Western Alliance Bancorporation
WAL
#1980
Rank
$10.37 B
Marketcap
$94.24
Share price
1.11%
Change (1 day)
3.53%
Change (1 year)

Western Alliance Bancorporation - 10-K annual report 2012


Text size:
Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)

OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012

Commission File Number: 001-32550

 

 

WESTERN ALLIANCE BANCORPORATION

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

 

 

Nevada 88-0365922

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

I.D. Number)

 

One E. Washington Street Suite 1400, Phoenix, AZ 85004
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)

(602)389-3500

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT:

 

Title of Each Class

 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered

Common Stock, $0.0001 Par Value New York Stock Exchange

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE ACT: None

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “large accelerated filer and accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer ¨  Accelerated filer x
Non-accelerated filer ¨  Smaller reporting company ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s voting stock held by non-affiliates was approximately $477.5 million based on the June 29, 2012 closing price of said stock on the New York Stock Exchange ($9.36 per share).

As of February 25, 2013, 86,945,168 shares of the registrant’s common stock were outstanding.

Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for its 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this report.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

INDEX

 

     Page 
PART I   

Forward-Looking Statements

   3  

Item 1.

 

Business

   3  

Item 1A.

 

Risk Factors

   13  

Item 1B.

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

   23  

Item 2.

 

Properties

   23  

Item 3.

 

Legal Proceedings

   24  

Item 4.

 

Mine Safety Disclosures

   24  
PART II   

Item 5.

 

Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

   25  

Item 6.

 

Selected Financial Data

   26  

Item 7.

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   28  

Item 7A.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

   69  

Item 8.

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

   69  

Item 9.

 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

   131  

Item 9A.

 

Controls and Procedures

   131  

Item 9B.

 

Other Information

   133  
PART III   

Item 10.

 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

   133  

Item 11.

 

Executive Compensation

   133  

Item 12.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

   133  

Item 13.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

   133  

Item 14.

 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

   133  
PART IV   

Item 15.

 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

   134  
SIGNATURES   138  
CERTIFICATIONS  

 

2


Table of Contents

PART I

Forward-Looking Statements

Certain statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (“Form 10K”) are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The Company intends such forward-looking statements be covered by the safe harbor provisions for forward-looking statements. All statements other than statements of historical fact are “forward-looking statements” for purposes of Federal and State securities laws, including statements that related to or are dependent on estimates or assumptions relating to expectations, beliefs, projections, future plans and strategies, anticipated events or trends and similar expressions concerning matters that are not historical facts.

The forward-looking statements contained in this Form 10K reflect our current views about future events and financial performance and involve certain risks, uncertainties, assumptions and changes in circumstances that may cause our actual results to differ significantly from historical results and those expressed in any forward-looking statement, including those risks discussed under the heading “Risk Factors” in this 2012 Form 10K. Risks and uncertainties include those set forth in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission and the following factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those presented: 1) dependency on real estate and events that negatively impact real estate; 2) high concentration of commercial real estate, construction and development and commercial and industrial loans; 3) actual credit losses may exceed expected losses in the loan portfolio; 4) the geographic concentrations of our assets increases the risks related to local economic conditions; 5) the effects of interest rates and interest rate policy; 6) exposure of financial instruments to certain market risks may cause volatility in earnings; 7) dependence on low-cost deposits; 8) ability to borrow from Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) or Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”); 9) events that further impair goodwill; 10) increase in the cost of funding as the result of changes to our credit rating; 11) expansion strategies may not be successful; 12) our ability to control costs; 13) risk associated with changes in internal controls and processes; 14) our ability to compete in a highly competitive market; 15) our ability to recruit and retain qualified employees, especially seasoned relationship bankers; 16) the effects of terrorist attacks or threats of war; 17) perpetration of internal fraud; 18) risk of operating in a highly regulated industry and our ability to remain in compliance; 19) possible need to revalue our deferred tax assets if stock transactions result in limitations on deductibility of net operating losses or loan losses; 20) exposure to environmental liabilities related to the properties we acquire title; 21) recent legislative and regulatory changes including Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, or EESA, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, or ARRA, and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 and the rules and regulations that might be promulgated thereunder; 22) cyber security risks; and 23) risks related to ownership and price of our common stock.

For more information regarding risks that may cause our actual results to differ materially from any forward-looking statements, see “Risk Factors” beginning on page 13. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, the Company does not undertake any obligations to update forward-looking statements to reflect circumstances and or events that occur after the date the forward-looking statements are made.

Purpose

The following discussion is designed to provide insight on the financial condition and results of operations of Western Alliance Bancorporation and its subsidiaries. Unless otherwise stated, “the Company” or “WAL” refers to this consolidated entity. This discussion should be read in conjunction with the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements and notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, herein referred to as “the Consolidated Financial Statements”. These Consolidated Financial Statements are presented beginning on page 72 of this Form 10-K.

 

ITEM 1.BUSINESS

Organization Structure and Description of Services

Western Alliance Bancorporation (“WAL” or “the Company”), is a multi-bank holding company headquartered in Phoenix, Arizona that provides full service banking and lending to locally owned businesses, professional firms, real estate developers and investors, local non-profit organizations, high net worth individuals and other consumers through its three wholly owned subsidiary banks (the “Banks”): Bank of Nevada (“BON”), operating in Southern Nevada, Western Alliance Bank (“WAB”), operating in Arizona and Northern Nevada, and Torrey Pines Bank (“TPB”), operating in California. In addition, the Company’s has two non-bank subsidiaries: Western Alliance Equipment Finance (“WAEF”), which offers equipment leasing nationwide, and Las Vegas Sunset Properties (“LVSP”), which holds certain assets. These entities are collectively referred to herein as the Company. The Company divested its 80 percent owned subsidiary Shine Investment Advisory Services, Inc. (“Shine”) as of October 31, 2012.

 

3


Table of Contents

WAL also has six unconsolidated subsidiaries used as business trusts in connection with issuance of trust-preferred securities as described in Note 11, “Junior Subordinated and Subordinated Debt” beginning on page 111 of this Form 10-K.

Bank Subsidiaries

 

Bank Name

  Headquarters  Year
Founded
  Number of
Locations
  Location Cities  Total
Assets
   Net
Loans*
   Deposits 
               (in millions) 

BON (1)

  Las Vegas, Nevada  1994  12  Las Vegas, North Las
Vegas, Henderson, and
Mesquite
  $3,029.1    $2,125.1    $2,569.1  

WAB (2)

  Phoenix, Arizona  2003  16  Phoenix, Tucson,
Scottsdale, Sedona, Mesa,
Flagstaff, Reno, Sparks,
Fallon, and Carson City
  $2,565.1    $2,015.8    $2,224.2  

TPB (3)

  San Diego, CA  2003  12  San Diego, La Mesa,
Carlsbad, Los Angeles,
Oakland, Piedmont, and
Los Altos
  $2,019.8    $1,492.6    $1,679.3  

 

*Including Held for sale loans
(1)BON commenced operations in 1994 as BankWest of Nevada (“BWN”). In 2006, BWN merged with Nevada First Bank and Bank of Nevada. As part of the mergers, BWN changed its name to BON. BON has three wholly-owned subsidiaries: BW Real Estate, Inc. which operates as a real estate investment trust and holds certain of BON’s real estate loans and related securities; BON Investments, Inc., which holds certain securities; and BW Nevada Holdings, LLC, which owns the Company’s 2700 West Sahara Avenue, Las Vegas, Nevada location.
(2)WAB commenced operations in 2003 as Alliance Bank of Arizona (“ABA”), and subsequently changed its name to WAB on December 31, 2010 as part of an inter-affiliate merger between ABA and First Independent Bank of Nevada (“FIB”). WAB has one wholly-owned subsidiary, WAB Investments, Inc., which holds certain securities.
(3)TPB commenced operations in 2003. On December 31, 2010, TPB merged with its affiliate Alta Alliance Bank (“AAB”). TPB has one wholly-owned subsidiary, TPB Investments, Inc., which holds certain securities.

Our subsidiary banks are state-chartered and are subject to primary regulation and examination by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and, in addition, are regulated and examined by their respective state banking agencies.

Until October 31, 2012, WAL owned an 80 percent interest investment in Shine, a registered investment advisor purchased in July 2007.

Until September 27, 2012, WAL maintained a 24.9 percent interest in Miller/Russell & Associates, Inc. (“MRA”), an Arizona registered investment advisor. MRA provides investment advisory services to individuals, foundations, retirement plans and corporations.

Market Segments

The Company had four reportable operating segments at December 31, 2012 and 2011. The Company’s reporting segments reflect the way the Company manages and assesses the performance of the business as a result of the strategic mergers and divestitures of subsidiaries.

The Company’s reportable operating segments consist of: “Bank of Nevada”, “Western Alliance Bank”, “Torrey Pines Bank” and “Other” (Western Alliance Bancorporation holding company, Western Alliance Equipment Finance, Shine, Inc until October 31, 2012, Premier Trust until September 1, 2010, and the discontinued operations portion of the credit card services).

Management has determined the operating segments using a combination of factors primarily driven by legal entity. Management determined that the legal entities that contributed less than the quantitative thresholds for separate management reporting be combined into the Other segment.

The accounting policies of the reported segments are the same as those of the Company as described in Note 1, “Nature of Operation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” beginning on page 79. Transactions between segments consisted primarily of borrowings, loan participations and shared services. All intercompany transactions are eliminated for reporting consolidated results of operations. Loan participations are recorded at par value with no resulting gain or loss. The Company allocated centrally-provided services to the operating segments based upon estimated usage of those services. Please refer to Note 18, “Segments” in our Consolidated Financial Statements for financial information regarding segment reporting beginning on page 128.

 

4


Table of Contents

The bank operating segments derive a majority of their revenues from net interest income generated from quality loan growth offset by deposit costs. The Company’s chief executive officer relies primarily on the success of loan and deposit growth while maintaining net interest margin and net profits from these efforts to assess the performance of these segments. The other segment derives a majority of its revenue from fees based on assets under management and interest income from investments. The Company’s chief executive officer relies primarily on costs and strategic initiative needs when assessing the performance of and allocating resources to this segment.

Lending Activities

Through its banking segments, the Company provides a variety of financial services to customers, including commercial real estate loans, construction and land development loans, commercial loans, and consumer loans. The Company’s lending has focused primarily on meeting the needs of business customers.

Commercial Real Estate (“CRE”): Loans to finance the purchase or refinancing of CRE and loans to finance inventory and working capital that are additionally secured by CRE make up the majority of our loan portfolio. These CRE loans are secured by apartment buildings, professional offices, industrial facilities, retail centers and other commercial properties. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, 48.0% and 49.0% of our CRE loans were owner-occupied. Owner-occupied commercial real estate loans are loans secured by owner-occupied nonfarm nonresidential properties for which the primary source of repayment (more than 50%) is the cash flow from the ongoing operations and activities conducted by the borrower who owns the property. Non-owner-occupied commercial real estate loans are commercial real estate loans for which the primary source of repayment is nonaffiliated rental income associated with the collateral property.

Construction and Land Development: Construction and land development loans include multi-family apartment projects, industrial/warehouse properties, office buildings, retail centers and medical facilities. These loans are primarily originated to experienced local developers with whom the Company has a satisfactory lending history. An analysis of each construction project is performed as part of the underwriting process to determine whether the type of property, location, construction costs and contingency funds are appropriate and adequate. Loans to finance commercial raw land are primarily to borrowers who plan to initiate active development of the property within two years.

Commercial and Industrial: Commercial and industrial loans include working capital lines of credit, inventory and accounts receivable lines, mortgage warehouse lines, equipment loans and leases, and other commercial loans. Commercial loans are primarily originated to small and medium-sized businesses in a wide variety of industries. WAB is designated a “Preferred Lender” in Arizona with the Small Business Association (“SBA”) under its “Preferred Lender Program.”

Residential real estate: In 2010 the Company discontinued residential real estate loan origination as a primary business line.

Consumer: Consumer loans are offered to meet customer demand and to respond to community needs. Consumer loans are generally offered at a higher rate and shorter term than residential mortgages. Examples of our consumer loans include: home equity loans and lines of credit; home improvement loans; credit card loans; and personal lines of credit.

As of December 31, 2012, the Company held $31.1 million credit card loans for sale. The held for investment loan portfolio totaled $5.68 billion, or approximately 74.5% of total assets. The following table sets forth the composition of our loan portfolio as of the periods presented.

 

   December 31, 
   2012  2011 
   Amount  Percent  Amount  Percent 
   (dollars in thousands) 

Commercial real estate-owner occupied

  $1,396,797    24.6 $1,252,182    26.1

Commercial real estate-non-owner occupied

   1,505,600    26.5  1,301,172    27.2

Commercial and industrial

   1,659,003    29.2  1,120,107    23.4

Residential real estate

   407,937    7.2  443,020    9.3

Construction and land development

   394,319    6.9  381,676    8.0

Commercial leases

   288,747    5.1  216,475    4.5

Consumer

   31,836    0.5  72,504    1.5
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total loans

   5,684,239    100.0  4,787,136    100.0
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred fees

   (6,045   (7,067 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

Total loans, net of deferred loan fees

  $5,678,194    $4,780,069   
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

For additional information concerning loans, refer to Note 4, “Loans, Leases and Allowance for Credit Losses” of the Consolidated Financial Statements or see the “Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financial Condition – Loans” discussions.

 

5


Table of Contents

General

The Company adheres to a specific set of credit standards across its bank subsidiaries that ensure the proper management of credit risk. Furthermore, our holding company’s management team plays an active role in monitoring compliance with such standards by our banks.

Loan originations are subject to a process that includes the credit evaluation of borrowers, utilizing established lending limits, analysis of collateral, and procedures for continual monitoring and identification of credit deterioration. Loan officers actively monitor their individual credit relationships in order to report suspected risks and potential downgrades as early as possible. The respective boards of directors of each of our banking subsidiaries approve their own loan policies, as well as loan limit authorizations. Except for variances to reflect unique aspects of state law and local market conditions, our lending policies generally incorporate consistent underwriting standards. The Company monitors all changes to each respective bank’s loan policy to ensure this consistency. Our credit culture has helped us to identify troubled credits early, allowing us to take corrective action when necessary.

Loan Approval Procedures and Authority

Our loan approval procedures are executed through a tiered loan limit authorization process, which is structured as follows:

 

  

Individual Authorities. The chief credit officer (“CCO”) of each subsidiary bank sets the authorization levels for individual loan officers on a case-by-case basis. Generally, the more experienced a loan officer, the higher the authorization level. The maximum approval authority for a loan officer is $2.0 million for real estate secured loans and $750,000 for other loans.

 

  

Management Loan Committees. Credits in excess of individual loan limits are submitted to the appropriate bank’s Management Loan Committee. The Management Loan Committees consist of members of the senior management team of that bank and are chaired by that bank’s chief credit officer. The Management Loan Committees have approval authority up to $7.0 million.

 

  

Credit Administration. Credits in excess of the affiliate banks’ Management Loan Committee authority are submitted by the bank subsidiary to Western Alliance Bancorporation’s Credit Committee (“WALCC”). WALCC has approval authority up to established house concentration limits, which range from $15.0 million to $35.0 million, depending on risk grade. WALCC approval is additionally required for new relationships of $12.5 million or greater to borrowers within market footprint, and $5.0 million outside market footprint. WALCC also reviews all affiliate loan approvals to any one borrower of $5.0 million or greater. WALCC is chaired by the Western Alliance Bancorporation Chief Credit Officer and includes the Company’s CEO and COO.

 

  

Board of Directors Oversight. The chief executive officer (“CEO”) of Western Alliance Bancorporation acting with the Chairman of the Board of Directors of Bank of Nevada has approval authority for any credit extension greater than $30.0 million at December 31, 2012.

The Company’s credit administration department works independent of loan production.

Loans to One Borrower. In addition to the limits set forth above, subject to certain exceptions, state banking law generally limits the amount of funds that a bank may lend to a single borrower. Under Nevada law, the combination of investments in private securities and total amount of outstanding loans that a bank may make to a single borrower generally may not exceed 25% of stockholders’ tangible equity. Under Arizona law, the obligations of one borrower to a bank generally may not exceed 20% of the bank’s capital, plus an additional 10% of its capital if the additional amounts are fully secured by readily marketable collateral. Under California law, the unsecured obligations of any one borrower to a bank generally may not exceed 15% of the sum of the bank’s shareholders’ equity, allowance for credit losses, capital notes and debentures; and the secured and unsecured obligations of any one borrower to a bank generally may not exceed 25% of the sum of the bank’s shareholders’ equity, allowance for credit losses, capital notes and debentures.

Concentrations of Credit Risk. Our lending policies also establish customer and product concentration limits to control single customer and product exposures. Our lending policies have several different measures to limit concentration exposures. Set forth below are the primary segmentation limits and actual measures as of December 31, 2012:

 

6


Table of Contents
   Percent of Total Capital 
   Policy Limit  Actual 

Commercial Real Estate (including owner-occupied)

   435  338

Commercial and Industrial (1)

   225  227

Construction/Land

   80  46

Residential Real Estate

   75  48

Consumer

   20  7

 

(1)Our policy incorporates a 5% “tolerance” in cases where a concentration limit is exceeded on a short-term basis. In this case, the 227% was reduced to 219% as of January 31, 2013.

Asset Quality

General

To measure asset quality, the Company has instituted a loan grading system consisting of nine different categories. The first five are considered “satisfactory.” The other four grades range from a “watch” category to a “loss” category and are consistent with the grading systems used by Federal banking regulators. All loans are assigned a credit risk grade at the time they are made, and each originating loan officer reviews the credit with his or her immediate supervisor on a quarterly basis to determine whether a change in the credit risk grade is warranted. In addition, the grading of our loan portfolio is reviewed on a test basis, at minimum, annually by our internal Loan Review department or an external, independent loan review firm.

Collection Procedure

If a borrower fails to make a scheduled payment on a loan, the bank attempts to remedy the deficiency by contacting the borrower and seeking payment. Contacts generally are made within 15 business days after the payment becomes past due. Each of the bank affiliates maintains a Special Assets Department, which generally services and collects loans rated substandard or worse. Each bank’s CCO is responsible for monitoring activity that may indicate an increased risk rating, such as past-dues, overdrafts, loan agreement covenant defaults, etc. All charge-offs in excess of $100,000 are reported to each bank’s respective board of directors. Loans deemed uncollectible are proposed for charge-off and subsequently reported at each respective bank’s board meeting.

Nonperforming Assets

Nonperforming assets include loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest, nonaccrual loans, troubled debt restructured loans, and repossessed assets including other real estate owned (“OREO”). In general, loans are placed on nonaccrual status when we determine ultimate collection of principal and interest to be in doubt due to the borrower’s financial condition, collateral value, and collection efforts. A troubled debt restructured loan is a loan on which the Bank, for reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties, grants a concession to the borrower that the Bank would not otherwise consider. Other repossessed assets resulted from loans where we have received title or physical possession of the borrower’s assets. Generally, the Company re-appraises OREO and collateral dependent impaired loans every six to twelve months depending on risk factors. Net losses on sales/valuations of repossessed assets were $4.2 million and $24.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. These losses may continue in future periods.

Criticized Assets

Federal bank regulators require that each insured bank classify its assets on a regular basis. In addition, in connection with examinations of insured institutions, examiners have authority to identify problem assets, and, if appropriate, re-classify them. Loan grades six through nine of our loan grading system are utilized to identify potential problem assets.

The following describes the potential problem assets in our loan grading system:

 

  

“Watch List/Special Mention.” Generally these are assets that require more than normal management attention. These loans may involve borrowers with adverse financial trends, higher debt to equity ratios, or weaker liquidity positions, but not to the degree of being considered a “problem loan” where risk of loss may be apparent. Loans in this category are usually performing as agreed, although there may be some minor non-compliance with financial covenants.

 

  

“Substandard.” These assets contain well-defined credit weaknesses and are characterized by the distinct possibility that the bank will sustain some loss if such weakness or deficiency is not corrected. These loans generally are adequately secured and in the event of a foreclosure action or liquidation, the bank should be protected from loss. All loans 90 days or more past due and all loans on nonaccrual are considered at least “substandard,” unless extraordinary circumstances would suggest otherwise.

 

7


Table of Contents
  

“Doubtful.” These assets have an extremely high probability of loss, but because of certain known factors which may work to the advantage and strengthening of the asset (for example, capital injection, perfecting liens on additional collateral and refinancing plans), classification as an estimated loss is deferred until a more precise status may be determined.

 

  

“Loss.” These assets are considered uncollectible, and of such little value that their continuance as assets is not warranted. This classification does not mean that the loan has absolutely no recovery or salvage value, but rather that it is not practicable or desirable to defer writing off the asset, even though partial recovery may be achieved in the future.

Allowance for Credit Losses

Like other financial institutions, the Company must maintain an adequate allowance for credit losses. The allowance for credit losses is established through a provision for credit losses charged to expense. Loans are charged against the allowance for credit losses when Management believes that collectability of the contractual principal or interest is unlikely. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. The allowance is an amount believed adequate to absorb probable losses on existing loans that may become uncollectable, based on evaluation of the collectability of loans and prior credit loss experience, together with the other factors. For a detailed discussion of the Company’s methodology see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis and Financial Condition – Critical Accounting Policies – Allowance for Credit Losses” beginning on page 50.

Investment Activities

Each of our banking subsidiaries and the holding company has its own investment policy, which is approved by each respective bank’s board of directors. These policies dictate that investment decisions will be made based on the safety of the investment, liquidity requirements, potential returns, cash flow targets, and consistency with our interest rate risk management. Each bank’s asset and liability committee is responsible for making securities portfolio decisions in accordance with established policies. The Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer have the authority to purchase and sell securities within specified guidelines established by the Company’s accounting and investment policies. All transactions for a specific bank or for the holding company are reviewed by the respective asset and liability management committee and/or board of directors.

Generally the bank’s investment policies limit securities investments to securities backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government, including U.S. treasury bills, notes, and bonds, and direct obligations of Ginnie Mae; mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) or collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMO”) issued by a government-sponsored enterprise (“GSE”) such as Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac; debt securities issued by a government-sponsored enterprise (“GSE”) such as Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and the FHLB; municipal securities with a rating of “Single-A” or higher; adjustable-rate preferred stock (“ARPS”) where the issuing company is rated “BBB” or higher; corporate debt with a rating of “Single-A” or better; investment grade corporate bond mutual funds; private label collateralized mortgage obligations with a single rating of “AA” or higher; commercial mortgage backed securities with a rating of “AAA”; and mandatory purchases of equity securities of the FRB and FHLB. Adjustable rate preferred stock (“ARPS”) holdings are limited to no more than 15% of a bank’s tier 1 capital; municipal securities are limited to no more than 5% of assets; investment grade corporate bond mutual funds are limited to no more than 5% of Total capital; corporate debt holdings are limited to no more than 2.5% of a bank’s assets; and commercial mortgage backed securities are limited to an aggregate purchase limit of $50 million.

The Company no longer purchases (although we may continue to hold previously acquired) collateralized debt obligations. Our policies also govern the use of derivatives, and provide that the Company and its banking subsidiaries are to prudently use derivatives as a risk management tool to reduce the Bank’s overall exposure to interest rate risk, and not for speculative purposes.

All of our investment securities are classified as available-for-sale (“AFS”), held-to-maturity (“HTM”) or measured at fair value (“trading”) pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 320, “Investments” and FASB ASC Topic 825, “Financial Instruments”. Available-for -sale securities are reported at fair value in accordance with FASB Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures.

As of December 31, 2012, the Company had an investment securities portfolio of $1.24 billion, representing approximately 16.2% of our total assets, with the majority of the portfolio invested in AAA/AA+-rated securities. The average duration of our investment securities was 2.90 years as of December 31, 2012.

The following table summarizes the investment securities portfolio as of December 31, 2012 and 2011.

 

8


Table of Contents
   December 31, 
   2012  2011 
   Amount   Percent  Amount   Percent 
   (dollars in millions) 

Direct obligations and GSE residential mortgage-backed securities

  $668.3     54.1 $871.1     58.8

U.S. Government sponsored agency securities

   0.0     0.0  156.2     10.5

Private label residential mortgage-backed securities

   35.6     2.9  25.8     1.7

Municipal obligations

   265.1     21.4  187.5     12.7

Adjustable-rate preferred stock

   75.5     6.1  54.7     3.7

Mutual funds

   38.0     3.1  28.8     1.9

CRA investments

   25.8     2.1  25.0     1.7

Trust preferred securities

   24.1     1.9  21.2     1.4

Collateralized debt obligations

   0.1     0.0  0.1     0.0

Private label commercial mortgage-backed securities

   5.7     0.5  5.4     0.4

Corporate bonds

   97.8     7.9  107.4     7.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $1,236.0     100.0 $1,483.2     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company had an investment in bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) of $138.3 million and $133.9 million, respectively. The BOLI was purchased to help offset employee benefit costs. For additional information concerning investments, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Financial Condition – Investments.”

Deposit Products

The Company offers a variety of deposit products including checking accounts, savings accounts, money market accounts and other types of deposit accounts, including fixed-rate, fixed maturity retail certificates of deposit. The Company has historically focused on growing its lower cost core customer deposits. As of December 31, 2012, the deposit portfolio was comprised of 29.9% non-interest bearing deposits and 70.1% interest-bearing deposits.

The competition for deposits in our markets is strong. The Company has historically been successful in attracting and retaining deposits due to several factors, including: (1) focus on a high quality of customer service; (2) our experienced relationship bankers who have strong relationships within their communities; (3) the broad selection of cash management services we offer; and (4) incentives to employees for business development. The Company intends to continue its focus on attracting deposits from our business lending relationships in order to maintain low cost of funds and improve net interest margin. The loss of low-cost deposits could negatively impact future profitability.

Deposit balances are generally influenced by national and local economic conditions, changes in prevailing interest rates, internal pricing decisions, perceived stability of financial institutions and competition. The Company’s deposits are primarily obtained from communities surrounding its branch offices. In order to attract and retain quality deposits, we rely on providing quality service and introducing new products and services that meet the needs of customers.

The Company’s deposit rates are determined by each individual bank through an internal oversight process under the direction of its asset and liability committee. The banks consider a number of factors when determining deposit rates, including:

 

  

current and projected national and local economic conditions and the outlook for interest rates;

 

  

local competition;

 

  

loan and deposit positions and forecasts, including any concentrations in either; and

 

  

FHLB advance rates and rates charged on other funding sources.

The following table shows our deposit composition:

 

   December 31, 
   2012  2011 
   Amount   Percent  Amount   Percent 
       (dollars in thousands) 

Non-interest bearing demand

  $1,933,169     29.9 $1,558,211     27.5

Interest-bearing demand

   582,315     9.0  482,729     8.5

Savings and money market

   2,573,506     39.9  2,166,639     38.3

Time certificates of $100,000 or more

   1,220,938     18.9  1,288,681     22.8

Other time deposits

   145,249     2.3  162,252     2.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

  $6,455,177     100.0 $5,658,512     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

9


Table of Contents

In addition to our deposit base, we have access to other sources of funding, including FHLB and FRB advances, repurchase agreements and unsecured lines of credit with other financial institutions. Previously, we have also accessed the capital markets through trust preferred offerings. For additional information concerning our deposits see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Balance Sheet Analysis – Deposits.”

Financial Products and Services

In addition to traditional commercial banking activities, the Company offers other financial services to customers, including: internet banking, wire transfers, electronic bill payment, lock box services, courier, and cash management services.

Customer, Product and Geographic Concentrations

Approximately 57.6% and 61.3% of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, consisted of commercial real estate secured loans, including commercial real estate loans and construction and land development loans. The Company’s business is concentrated in the Las Vegas, Los Angeles, Bay Area, Phoenix, Reno, San Diego and Tucson metropolitan areas. Consequently, the Company is dependent on the trends of these regional economies. The Company is not dependent upon any single or limited number of customers, the loss of which would have a material adverse effect on the Company. No material portion of the Company’s business is seasonal.

Foreign Operations

The Company has no foreign operations. The bank subsidiaries provide loans, letters of credit and other trade-related services to commercial enterprises that conduct business outside the United States.

Customer Concentration

Neither the Company nor any of its reportable segments has any customer relationships that individually account for 10% of consolidated or segment revenues, respectively.

Competition

The financial services industry is highly competitive. Many of our competitors are much larger in total assets and capitalization, have greater access to capital markets, and offer a broader range of financial services than we can offer and may have lower cost structures.

This increasingly competitive environment is primarily a result of long term changes in regulation that made mergers and geographic expansion easier; changes in technology and product delivery systems and web-based tools; the accelerating pace of consolidation among financial services providers; and the flight of deposit customers to perceived increased safety. We compete for loans, deposits and customers with other banks, credit unions, securities and brokerage companies, mortgage companies, insurance companies, finance companies, and other non-bank financial services providers. This strong competition for deposit and loan products directly affects the rates of those products and the terms on which they are offered to consumers.

Technological innovation continues to contribute to greater competition in domestic and international financial services markets.

Mergers between financial institutions have placed additional pressure on banks to consolidate their operations, reduce expenses and increase revenues to remain competitive. The competitive environment is also significantly impacted by federal and state legislation that makes it easier for non-bank financial institutions to compete with the Company.

Employees

As of December 31, 2012, the Company had 982 full-time equivalent team members. The Company’s employees are not represented by a union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. Management believes that its employee relations are good.

Recent Developments and Company Response

The global and U.S. economies, and the economies of the local communities in which we operate, experienced a rapid decline in 2008, the effects of which are still being felt. The financial markets and the financial services industry in particular suffered unprecedented disruption, causing many major institutions to fail or require government intervention to avoid failure. These conditions were brought about largely by the erosion of U.S. and global credit markets, including a significant and rapid deterioration of the mortgage lending and related real estate markets. Despite these conditions, in 2012, we continued to grow net interest income to $290.3 million, up 12.7% from $257.7 million in 2011. However, as with many financial institutions in our markets, we continued to suffer losses resulting primarily from provisions and charge-offs for credit losses, and net losses on sales/valuations of other repossessed assets, though not at the same levels as 2011, resulting in a slightly higher provision for credit losses in 2012 compared to 2011. As a result our net interest income after provision for credit loss in 2012 was $243.4 million, up 15.1% from $211.5 million in 2011.

 

10


Table of Contents

The United States, state and foreign governments took extraordinary actions in an attempt to deal with this worldwide financial crisis and the severe decline in the economy that followed. On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, into law. The Dodd-Frank Act has had, and will continue to have, a broad impact on the financial services industry. The SEC and the Federal banking agencies, including the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or the Federal Reserve) and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (or the FDIC), have issued a number of requests for public comment, proposed rules and final regulations to implement the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act. The following items provide a brief description of the impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on the operations and activities, both currently and prospectively, of the Company and its subsidiaries.

 

  

Deposit Insurance. The Dodd-Frank Act and implementing final rules from the FDIC make permanent the $250,000 deposit insurance limit for insured deposits. The assessment base against which an insured depository institution’s deposit insurance premiums paid to the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund (or the DIF) has been revised to use the institution’s average consolidated total assets less its average equity rather than its deposit base. Although we do not expect these provisions to have a material effect on our deposit insurance premium expense, in the future, they could increase the FDIC deposit insurance premiums paid by our insured depository institution subsidiaries.

 

  

Increased Capital Standards and Enhanced Supervision. The federal banking agencies are required to establish minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements for banks and bank holding companies. These new standards will be no lower than existing regulatory capital and leverage standards applicable to insured depository institutions and may, in fact, be higher when established by the agencies. Compliance with heightened capital standards may reduce our ability to generate or originate revenue-producing assets and thereby restrict revenue generation from banking and non-banking operations. The Dodd-Frank Act also increases regulatory oversight, supervision and examination of banks, bank holding companies and their respective subsidiaries by the appropriate regulatory agency. Compliance with new regulatory requirements and expanded examination processes could increase our cost of operations.

 

  

Trust Preferred Securities. Under the increased capital standards established by the Dodd-Frank Act, bank holding companies are prohibited from including in their regulatory Tier 1 capital hybrid debt and equity securities issued on or after May 19, 2010. Among the hybrid debt and equity securities included in this prohibition are trust preferred securities, which the Company has used in the past as a tool for raising additional Tier 1 capital and otherwise improving its regulatory capital ratios. Although the Company may continue to include our existing trust preferred securities as Tier 1 capital, the prohibition on the use of these securities as Tier 1 capital going forward may limit the Company’s ability to raise capital in the future.

 

  

The Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection. The Dodd-Frank Act creates a new, independent Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (or the Bureau) within the Federal Reserve that is tasked with establishing and implementing rules and regulations under certain federal consumer protection laws. These consumer protection laws govern the manner in which we offer many of our financial products and services. On July 21, 2011, the rulemaking and certain enforcement authority for enumerated federal consumer financial protection laws was transferred to the Bureau. As a result of this transfer, the Bureau now has significant interpretive and enforcement authority with respect to many of the federal laws and regulations under which we operate. In accordance with this authority, the Bureau has officially transferred many of the regulations formerly maintained by the Federal Reserve and the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, to a new chapter of Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations maintained by the Bureau, many of which deal with consumer credit, account disclosures and residential mortgage lending. Although the Bureau did not make significant or substantive changes to the rules during this transfer, it now has authority to promulgate guidance and interpretations of these rules and regulations in a manner that could differ from prior interpretations from other federal regulatory bodies.

 

  

State Enforcement of Consumer Financial Protection Laws. The Dodd-Frank Act permits states to adopt consumer protection laws and regulations that are stricter than those regulations promulgated by the Bureau. State attorneys general are permitted to enforce consumer protection rules adopted by the Bureau against certain state-chartered institutions. Although consumer products and services represent a relatively small part of our business, compliance with any such new regulations would increase our cost of operations and, as a result, could limit our ability to expand these products and services.

 

11


Table of Contents
  

Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders. The Dodd-Frank Act enhances the requirements for certain transactions with affiliates under Section 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, including an expansion of the definition of “covered transactions” and an increase in the amount of time for which collateral requirements regarding covered transactions must be maintained. Additionally, limitations on transactions with insiders are expanded through the (i) strengthening on loan restrictions to insiders; and (ii) expansion of the types of transactions subject to the various limits, including derivative transactions, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements and securities lending or borrowing transactions. Restrictions are also placed on certain asset sales to and from an insider to an institution, including requirements that such sales be on market terms and, in certain circumstances, approved by the institution’s board of directors.

 

  

Corporate Governance. The Dodd-Frank Act addresses many corporate governance and executive compensation matters that will affect most U.S. publicly traded companies, including us. The Dodd-Frank Act (1) grants shareholders of U.S. publicly traded companies an advisory vote on executive compensation; (2) enhances independence requirements for compensation committee members; (3) requires companies listed on national securities exchanges to adopt incentive-based compensation claw-back policies for executive officers; and (4) provides the SEC with authority to adopt proxy access rules that would allow shareholders of publicly traded-companies to nominate candidates for election as a director and have those nominees included in a company’s proxy materials. The SEC recently adopted final rules implementing rules for the shareholder advisory vote on executive compensation and golden parachute payments.

 

  

Debit Interchange Fees and Routing. The so-called Durbin Amendment, and the Federal Reserve’s implementing regulations, require that, unless exempt, bank issuers may only receive an interchange fee from merchants that is reasonable and proportional to the cost of clearing the transaction. Although this limitation only applies to banks with total assets, when aggregated or consolidated with the assets of all their affiliates, of $10 billion or more, other provisions of the Durbin Amendment and the Federal Reserve’s regulations also require that banks enable all debit cards with two or more unaffiliated payment networks. Moreover, banks are prohibited from placing restrictions or limiting a merchant’s ability to route an electronic debit transaction initiated through a debit card through any enabled network. These rules became effective on October 1, 2011.

Additional regulations called for in the Dodd-Frank Act, including regulations dealing with the risk retention requirements for assets transferred in a securitization and implementing restrictions on a banking organization’s proprietary trading and sponsorship or ownership of private equity funds or hedge funds are still being finalized. Although the Dodd-Frank Act contains some specific timelines for the Federal regulatory agencies to follow, in some instances the agencies have been unable to meet these deadlines and it remains unclear when implementing rules will be proposed and finalized. We continue to monitor the rulemaking process and, while our current assessment is that the Dodd-Frank Act and the implementing regulations will not have a materially greater effect on the Company than the rest of the industry, given the uncertainty associated with the manner in which the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented, the full extent of the impact such requirements will have on our operations is unclear. The changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act may impact the profitability of our business activities, require changes to certain of our business practices, impose upon us more stringent capital, liquidity and leverage requirements or otherwise adversely affect our business. These changes may also require us to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make any changes necessary to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements or limit our growth or expansionary activities. Failure to comply with the new requirements would negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition. While we cannot predict what effect any presently contemplated or future changes in the laws or regulations or their interpretations would have on us, these changes could be materially adverse to our investors.

The Company was a participant in programs established by the U.S. Treasury Department under the authority contained in the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (enacted on October 3, 2008) and the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (enacted on February 17, 2009). Among other matters, these laws:

 

  

provide for the government to invest additional capital into banks and otherwise facilitate bank capital formation (commonly referred to as the Troubled Asset Relief Program or TARP);

 

  

increase the limits on federal deposit insurance; and

 

  

provide for various forms of economic stimulus, including to assist homeowners in restructuring and lowering mortgage payments on qualifying loans.

Other laws, regulations, and programs at the federal, state and even local levels are under consideration that seek to address the economic climate and/or the financial institutions industry. The effect of these initiatives cannot be predicted.

During 2008, in addition to two private offerings raising a total of approximately $80 million in capital, the Company also took advantage of TARP Capital Purchase Program or the CPP to raise $140 million of new capital and strengthen its balance sheet.

 

12


Table of Contents

The Small Business Lending Fund, or SBLF, is a dedicated investment fund that encourages lending to small businesses by providing capital to qualified community banks, with assets of less than $10 billion. Enacted into law as part of the Small Business Jobs Act of 2010, under the SBLF, Treasury makes a capital investment into community banks the dividend payment on which is adjusted depending on the growth in the bank’s qualifying small business lending. On September 27, 2011, as part of the SBLF program, the Company sold $141 million of Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B, to the Secretary of the Treasury, and used approximately $140.8 million of these proceeds to redeem the 140,000 shares of the Company’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, issued in 2008 to the Treasury under the CPP, plus the accrued and unpaid dividends owed. As a result of its redemption of the CPP preferred stock, the Company is no longer subject to the limits on executive compensation and other restrictions stipulated under CPP. The Company will be subject to all terms, conditions and other requirements for participation in SBLF for as long as any SBLF Preferred Stock remains outstanding.

The Company’s Bank of Nevada subsidiary has been placed under informal supervisory oversight by banking regulators in the form of a memorandum of understanding. The oversight requires enhanced supervision by the Board of Directors of the bank, and the adoption or revision of written plans and/or policies addressing such matters as asset quality, credit underwriting and administration, the allowance for loan and lease losses, loan and investment portfolio risks, and loan concentrations. The bank is also prohibited from paying dividends or making other distributions to the Company without prior regulatory approval and is required to maintain higher levels of Tier 1 capital than otherwise would be required to be considered well-capitalized under federal capital guidelines. In addition, the bank is required to provide regulators with prior notice of certain management and director changes and, in certain cases, to obtain their non-objection before engaging in a transaction that would materially change its balance sheet composition. The Company believes Bank of Nevada is in full compliance with the requirements of the applicable memorandum of understanding.

Supervision and Regulation

The Company and its subsidiaries are extensively regulated and supervised under both Federal and State laws. A summary description of the laws and regulations which relate to the Company’s operations are discussed beginning on page 56.

Additional Available Information

The Company maintains an Internet website at http://www.westernalliancebancorp.com. The Company makes available its annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to such reports filed or furnished pursuant to Sections 13(a) and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and other information related to the Company free of charge, through this site as soon as reasonably practicable after it electronically files those documents with, or otherwise furnishes them to the Securities Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The SEC maintains an Internet site, http://www.sec.gov, in which all forms filed electronically may be accessed. The Company’s internet website and the information contained therein are not intended to be incorporated in this Form 10-K.

In addition, copies of the Company’s annual report will be made available, free of charge, upon written request.

 

ITEM IA.RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves various risks, many which are specific to the Company. Several of these risks and uncertainties, are discussed below and elsewhere in this report. This listing should not be considered as all-inclusive. These factors represent risks and uncertainties that could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Other risks that we do not know about now, or that we do not believe are significant, could negatively impact our business or the trading price of our securities. In addition to common business risks such as theft, loss of market share and disasters, the Company is subject to special types of risk due to the nature of its business. See additional discussions about credit, interest rate, market and litigation risks in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section of this report beginning on page 28 and additional information regarding legislative and regulatory risks in the “Supervision and Regulation” section beginning on page 56.

Risks Relating to Our Business

Our financial performance may be adversely affected by conditions in the financial markets and economic conditions generally

Our financial performance generally, and in particular the ability of borrowers to pay interest on and repay principal of outstanding loans and the value of collateral securing those loans, is highly dependent upon the business environment in the markets where we operate and in the United States as a whole. A favorable business environment is generally characterized by, among other factors, economic growth, efficient capital markets, low inflation, high business and investor confidence, and strong business earnings. Unfavorable or uncertain economic and market conditions can be caused by declines in economic growth, business activity or investor or business confidence, limitations on the availability or increases in the cost of credit and capital, increases in inflation or interest rates, natural disasters, terrorist attacks, or a combination of these or other factors.

 

13


Table of Contents

Since mid-2007, the financial services industry and the securities markets generally have been materially and adversely affected by significant declines in the values of nearly all asset classes and by a serious lack of liquidity. The global markets have been characterized by substantially increased volatility and an overall loss of investor confidence. Market conditions have led to the failure or merger of a number of prominent financial institutions. Financial institution failures or near-failures have resulted in further losses as a consequence of defaults on securities issued by them and defaults under contracts entered into with such entities as counterparties. Furthermore, declining asset values, defaults on mortgages and consumer loans, and the lack of market and investor confidence, as well as other factors, have all combined to increase credit default swap spreads and to cause rating agencies to lower credit ratings. Despite recent stabilization in asset prices, and economic performance, and historically low Federal Reserve borrowing rates, there remains a risk of continued asset and economic deterioration, which may increase the cost and decrease the availability of liquidity. Additionally, some banks and other lenders have suffered significant losses and they have become reluctant to lend, even on a secured basis, because of capital limitations, potentially increased risks of default and the impact of declining asset values on collateral. The foregoing has significantly weakened the strength and liquidity of some financial institutions worldwide.

It is possible that the business environment in the United States will continue to deteriorate for the foreseeable future. There can be no assurance that these conditions will improve in the near term. Such conditions could adversely affect the credit quality of our loans, our results of operations and our financial condition.

The Company is highly dependent on real estate and events that negatively impact the real estate market will hurt our business and earnings

The Company is located in areas in which economic growth is largely dependent on the real estate market, and a substantial majority of our loan portfolio is secured by or otherwise dependent on real estate. Until recently, real estate values have been declining in our markets, in some cases in a material and even dramatic fashion, which affects collateral values and has resulted in increased provisions for credit losses. We expect the weakness in these portions of our loan portfolio may continue through 2013. Accordingly, it is anticipated that our nonperforming asset and charge-off levels will remain elevated.

Further, the effects of recent mortgage market challenges, combined with the decreases in residential real estate market prices and demand, could result in further price reductions in home values, adversely affecting the value of collateral securing the residential real estate and construction loans that we hold, as well as loan originations and gains on sale of real estate and construction loans. A further decline in real estate activity would likely cause a further decline in asset and deposit growth and further negatively impact our earnings and financial condition.

The Company’s high concentration of commercial real estate, construction and land development and commercial and industrial loans expose us to increased lending risks

Commercial real estate, construction and land development and commercial and industrial loans, comprised approximately 87% of our total loan portfolio as of December 31, 2012, and expose the Company to a greater risk of loss than residential real estate and consumer loans, which comprised a smaller percentage of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 2012. Commercial real estate and land development loans typically involve larger loan balances to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers compared to residential loans. Consequently, an adverse development with respect to one commercial loan or one credit relationship exposes us to a significantly greater risk of loss compared to an adverse development with respect to one residential mortgage loan. In addition, these real estate construction, acquisition and development loans have certain risks that are not present in other types of loans. The primary credit risks associated with real estate construction, acquisition and development loans are underwriting, project risks and market risks. Project risks include cost overruns, borrower credit risk, project completion risk, general contractor credit risk and environmental and other hazard risks. Market risks are risks associated with the sale of the completed residential and commercial units. They include affordability risk, which means the risk that borrowers cannot obtain affordable financing, product design risk, and risks posed by competing projects. Real estate construction, acquisition and development loans also involve additional risks because funds are advanced upon the security of the project, which is of uncertain value prior to its completion, and costs may exceed realizable values in declining real estate markets.

Because of the uncertainties inherent in estimating construction costs and the realizable market value of the completed project and the effects of governmental regulation of real property, it is relatively difficult to evaluate accurately the total funds required to complete a project and the related loan-to-value ratio. As a result, real estate construction, acquisition and development loans often involve the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment dependent, in part, on the success of the ultimate project and the ability of the borrower to sell or lease the property, rather than the ability of the borrower or guarantor to repay principal and interest. If our appraisal of the value of the completed project proves to be overstated or market values or rental rates decline, we may have inadequate security for the repayment of the loan upon completion of construction of the project. If we are forced to foreclose on a project prior to or at completion due to a default, there can be no assurance that we will be able to recover all of the unpaid balance and accrued interest on the loan as well as related foreclosure and holding costs. In addition, we may be required to fund additional amounts to complete the project and may have to hold the property for an unspecified period of time while we attempt to dispose of it. The adverse effects of the foregoing matters upon our real estate construction, acquisition and development portfolio could lead to a further increase in non-performing loans related to this portfolio and these non-performing loans may result in a material level of charge-offs, which may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

14


Table of Contents

Actual credit losses may exceed the losses that we expect in our loan portfolio, which could require us to raise additional capital. If we are not able to raise additional capital, our financial condition, results of operations and capital would be materially and adversely affected

Credit losses are inherent in the business of making loans. We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our consolidated loan portfolio and maintain an allowance for estimated credit losses based on a number of factors, including the size of the portfolio, asset classifications, economic trends, industry experience and trends, industry and geographic concentrations, estimated collateral values, management’s assessment of the credit risk inherent in the portfolio, historical loan loss experience and loan underwriting policies. In addition, the Company evaluates all loans identified as problem loans and augments the allowance based upon our estimation of the potential loss associated with those problem loans. Additions to the allowance for credit losses recorded through our provision for credit losses decrease net income. If such assumptions and judgments are incorrect, our actual credit losses may exceed our allowance for credit losses.

At December 31, 2012, our allowance for credit losses was $95.4 million. Deterioration in the real estate market and/or general economic conditions could affect the ability of our loan customers to service their debt, which could result in additional loan provisions and subsequent increases in our allowance for credit losses in the future. Any increases in the provision or allowance for credit losses will result in a decrease in our net income and, potentially, capital, and may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Moreover, because future events are uncertain and because we may not successfully identify all deteriorating loans in a timely manner, there may be loans that deteriorate in an accelerated time frame. If actual credit losses materially exceed our allowance for credit losses, we may be required to raise additional capital, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. Our inability to raise additional capital on acceptable terms when needed could materially and adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and capital.

In addition, we may be required to increase our allowance for credit losses based on changes in economic and real estate market conditions, new information regarding existing loans, input from regulators in connection with their review of our allowance, as a result of changes in regulatory guidance regulations or accounting standards, identification of additional problem loans and other factors, both within and outside of our management’s control. Increases to our allowance for credit losses would negatively affect our financial condition and earnings.

Because of the geographic concentration of our assets, our business is highly susceptible to local economic conditions

Our business is primarily concentrated in selected markets in Arizona, California and Nevada. As a result of this geographic concentration, our financial condition and results of operations depend largely upon economic conditions in these market areas. Deterioration in economic conditions in the markets we serve could result in one or more of the following: an increase in loan delinquencies; an increase in problem assets and foreclosures; a decrease in the demand for our products and services; and a decrease in the value of collateral for loans, especially real estate, in turn reducing customers’ borrowing power, the value of assets associated with problem loans and collateral coverage.

We could be required to revalue our deferred tax assets if stock transactions result in limitations on the deductibility of our net operating losses or loan losses

Our deferred tax assets consist largely of net operating losses carryovers, loan loss allowances, and capital loss carryovers. The availability of net operating loss carryovers, and loan losses and capital loss carryovers to offset future taxable income would be limited if we were to undergo an “ownership change” as described in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. Our Amended and Restated By-laws, as amended and our Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, as amended to prohibit certain acquisitions of the Company’s common stock which are intended to protect the Company’s ability to use certain tax assets, such as net operating loss carryovers, capital loss carryovers and certain built-in losses, by preventing stock transactions that would result in an “ownership change” (any such restrictions would most likely affect 5% stockholders or those persons who would seek to acquire 5% of our stock).

Notwithstanding such restrictions there can be no assurance that such restrictions will prevent all acquisitions that could result in an “ownership change” or will be upheld if challenged, or that the restrictions and any remedies or cures for violations would be respected by taxing or other authorities. Further, because such restrictions restrict a stockholder’s ability to acquire, directly or indirectly, additional shares of common stock in excess of the specified limitations, and may limit a stockholder’s ability to dispose of common stock by reducing the universe of potential acquirers for such common stock, and because a stockholder’s ownership of common stock may become subject to such restrictions upon actions taken by persons related to, or affiliated with, such stockholder, the restrictions could adversely affect the marketability and market price for our stock.

 

15


Table of Contents

The recent downgrade of the U.S. government’s sovereign credit rating, any similar rating agency action in the future, the ongoing debt crisis in Europe and the downgrade of the sovereign credit ratings of several European nations could negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations

Standard & Poor’s Rating Services downgraded the U.S. government’s AAA sovereign credit rating to AA+ with a negative outlook in August 2011 and affirmed its AA+ rating following the announcement of a Congressional Committee on November 23, 2011 that it had failed to achieve its stated purpose of $1.2 trillion in deficit reduction. Moody’s Investors Services likewise changed its U.S. government rating outlook to negative on August 2, 2011, also reaffirmed its rating following the Congressional committee’s announcement. On November 22, 2011, Fitch Ratings stated that the failure of the committee to reach an agreement would likely cause it to change its outlook on U.S. government debt to negative. Further, on November 28, 2011, Fitch stated that a downgrade of the U.S. sovereign credit rating would occur without a credible plan in place by 2013 to reduce the U.S. government deficit. Since then, no such plan has been agreed to. The impact of any additional downgrades to the U.S. government’s sovereign credit rating by any of these rating agencies, as well as the perceived creditworthiness of U.S. government-related obligations, is inherently unpredictable and could adversely affect the U.S. and global financial markets and economic conditions and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operation.

In addition, while we don’t have direct exposure certain European nations continue to experience varying degrees of financial stress. Despite various assistance packages, worries about European financial institutions and sovereign finances persist. On January 13, 2012, Standard & Poor’s downgraded the credit ratings of France, Italy and seven other European nations in part as a result of the failure of leaders to address systemic stresses in the Eurozone. Market concerns over the direct and indirect exposure of European banks and insurers to these European Union nations and each other have resulted in a widening of credit spreads and increased costs of funding for some European financial institutions. Risks related to the European economic crisis have had, and are likely to continue to have, a negative impact on global economic activity and the financial markets. As these conditions persist, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

The Company’s financial instruments expose it to certain market risks and may increase the volatility of reported earnings

The Company holds certain financial instruments measured at fair value. For those financial instruments measured at fair value, the Company is required to recognize the changes in the fair value of such instruments in earnings. Therefore, any increases or decreases in the fair value of these financial instruments have a corresponding impact on reported earnings. Fair value can be affected by a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control, including our credit position, interest rate volatility, volatility in capital markets and other economic factors. Accordingly, our earnings are subject to mark-to-market risk and the application of fair value accounting may cause our earnings to be more volatile than would be suggested by our underlying performance.

If the Company lost a significant portion of its low-cost deposits, it could negatively impact our liquidity and profitability

The Company’s profitability depends in part on successfully attracting and retaining a stable base of low-cost deposits. While we generally do not believe these core deposits are sensitive to interest rate fluctuations, the competition for these deposits in our markets is strong and customers are increasingly seeking investments that are safe, including the purchase of U.S. Treasury securities and other government-guaranteed obligations, as well as the establishment of accounts at the largest, most-well capitalized banks. If the Company were to lose a significant portion of its low-cost deposits, it would negatively impact its liquidity and profitability.

From time to time, the Company has been dependent on borrowings from the FHLB and the FRB, and there can be no assurance these programs will be available as needed

As of December 31, 2012, the Company has borrowings from the FHLB of San Francisco of $120.0 million and no borrowings from the FRB. The Company in the recent past has been reliant on such borrowings to satisfy its liquidity needs. The Company’s borrowing capacity is generally dependent on the value of the Company’s collateral pledged to these entities. These lenders could reduce the borrowing capacity of the Company or eliminate certain types of collateral and could otherwise modify or even terminate its loan programs. Any change or termination would have an adverse affect on the Company’s liquidity and profitability.

A decline in the Company’s stock price or expected future cash flows, or a material adverse change in our results of operations or prospects, could result in further impairment of our goodwill

Since January 1, 2008, we have written off $191.2 million in goodwill. A further significant and sustained decline in our stock price and market capitalization, a significant decline in our expected future cash flows, a significant adverse change in the business climate or slower growth rates could result in additional impairment of our goodwill. If we were to conclude that a future write-down of our goodwill is necessary, then we would record the appropriate charge, which could be materially adverse to our operating results and financial position. For further discussion, see Note 7, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” in the notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

16


Table of Contents

A reduction in the Company’s credit rating could increase the cost of funding from the capital markets

Market participant’s regularly evaluate the credit ratings of the Company and it’s long-term debt based on a number of factors, including our financial strength as well as factors not entirely within our control, including conditions affecting the financial services industry generally. In light of the difficulties in the financial services industry and the real estate and financial markets, there can be no assurance that we will not be subject to credit downgrades. Credit ratings measure a company’s ability to repay its obligations and directly affect the cost and availability to that company of unsecured financing. Downgrades could adversely affect the cost and other terms upon which we are able to obtain funding and increase our cost of capital.

The Company’s expansion strategy may not prove to be successful and our market value and profitability may suffer

The Company continually evaluates expansion through acquisitions of banks, the organization of new banks and the expansion of our existing banks through establishment of new branches. Any future acquisitions will be accompanied by the risks commonly encountered in acquisitions. These risks include, among other things: 1) difficulty of integrating the operations and personnel; 2) potential disruption of our ongoing business; and 3) inability of our management to maximize our financial and strategic position by the successful implementation of uniform product offerings and the incorporation of uniform technology into our product offerings and control systems.

The recent crisis also revealed and caused risks that are unique to acquisitions of financial institutions and banks, and that are difficult to assess, including the risk that the acquired institution has troubled, illiquid, or bad assets or an unstable base of deposits or assets under management. The Company expects that competition for suitable acquisition candidates may be significant. We may compete with other banks or financial service companies with similar acquisition strategies, many of which are larger and have greater financial and other resources. The Company cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully identify and acquire suitable acquisition targets on acceptable terms and conditions.

In addition to the acquisition of existing financial institutions, the Company may consider the organization of new banks in new market areas. We do not have any current plans to organize a new bank. Any acquisition or organization of a new bank carries with it numerous risks, including the following:

 

  

the inability to obtain all the regulatory approvals;

 

  

significant costs and anticipated operating losses during the application and organizational phases, and the first years of operation of the new bank;

 

  

the inability to secure the services of qualified senior management;

 

  

the local market may not accept the services of a new bank owned and managed by a bank holding company headquartered outside of the market area of the new bank;

 

  

the inability to obtain attractive locations within a new market at a reasonable cost and

 

  

the additional strain on management resources and internal systems and controls.

The Company cannot provide any assurance that it will be successful in overcoming these risks or any other problems encountered in connection with acquisitions and the organization of new banks. Further, the Bank of Nevada is currently subject to a memorandum of understanding, which, among other things, imposes requirements that could limit the Bank’s ability to grow its business. See “Legal Proceedings.” Regulatory enforcement actions, like a memorandum of understanding, also may adversely affect our ability to engage in certain expansionary activities. The Company’s inability to provide resources necessary for its subsidiary banks to meet the requirements of any regulatory action or otherwise to overcome these risks could have an adverse effect on the achievement of our business strategy and maintenance of our market value.

The Company may not be able to keep pace with its growth by improving its controls and processes, or its reporting systems and procedures, which could cause it to experience compliance and operational problems or incur additional expenditures beyond current projections, any one of which could adversely affect our financial results

The Company’s future success will depend on the ability of officers and other key employees to continue to implement and improve operational, credit, financial, management and other internal risk controls and processes, and improve reporting systems and procedures, while at the same time maintaining and growing existing businesses and client relationships. We may not successfully implement such improvements in an efficient or timely manner and may discover deficiencies in existing systems and controls, which grow our existing businesses and client relationships and could require us to incur additional expenditures to expand our administrative and operational infrastructure. If we are unable to improve our controls and processes, or our reporting systems and procedures, we may experience compliance and operational problems or incur additional expenditures beyond current projections, any one of which could adversely affect our financial results.

 

17


Table of Contents

The Company’s future success will depend on our ability to compete effectively in a highly competitive market

The Company faces substantial competition in all phases of our operations from a variety of different competitors. Our competitors, including large commercial banks, community banks, thrift institutions, mutual savings banks, credit unions, consumer finance companies, insurance companies, securities dealers, brokers, mortgage bankers, investment advisors, money market mutual funds and other financial institutions, compete with lending and deposit-gathering services offered by us. Increased competition in our markets may result in reduced loans and deposits.

There is very strong competition for financial services in the market areas in which we conduct our businesses from many local commercial banks as well as numerous national and commercial banks and regionally based commercial banks. Many of these competing institutions have much greater financial and marketing resources than we have. Due to their size, many competitors can achieve larger economies of scale and may offer a broader range of products and services than us. If we are unable to offer competitive products and services, our business may be negatively affected.

Some of the financial services organizations with which we compete are not subject to the same degree of regulation as is imposed on bank holding companies and federally insured depository institutions. As a result, these non-bank competitors have certain advantages over us in accessing funding and in providing various services. The banking business in our primary market areas is very competitive, and the level of competition facing us may increase further, which may limit our asset growth and financial results.

The success of the Company is dependent upon its ability to recruit and retain qualified employees especially seasoned relationship bankers

The Company’s business plan includes and is dependent upon hiring and retaining highly qualified and motivated executives and employees at every level. In particular, our relative success to date has been partly the result of our management’s ability to identify and retain highly qualified relationship bankers that have long-standing relationships in their communities. These professionals bring with them valuable customer relationships and have been an integral part of our ability to attract deposits and to expand our marketshare. From time to time, the Company recruits or utilizes the services of employees who are subject to limitations on their ability to use confidential information of a prior employer, to freely compete with that employer, or to solicit customers of that employer. If the Company is unable to hire or retain qualified employees it may not be able to successfully execute its business strategy. If the Company or its employee is found to have violated any nonsolicitation or other restrictions applicable to it or its employees, the Company or its employee could become subject to litigation or other proceedings.

The Company would be harmed if it lost the services of any of its senior management team or senior relationship bankers

We believe that our success to date has been substantially dependent on our senior management team, which includes Robert Sarver, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Kenneth Vecchione, President and Chief Operating Officer, Dale Gibbons, Chief Financial Officer, Robert R. McAuslan, Chief Credit Officer, Bruce Hendricks, Chief Executive Officer of Bank of Nevada, James Lundy, Chief Executive Officer of Western Alliance Bank, Gerald Cady, Chief Executive Officer of Torrey Pines Bank, and certain of our senior relationship bankers. We also believe that our prospects for success in the future are dependent on retaining our senior management team and senior relationship bankers. In addition to their skills and experience as bankers, these persons provide us with extensive community ties upon which our competitive strategy is based. Our ability to retain these persons may be hindered by the fact that we have not entered into employment agreements with any of them. The loss of the services of any of these persons, particularly Mr. Sarver, could have an adverse effect on our business if we cannot replace them with equally qualified persons who are also familiar with our market areas.

Mr. Sarver’s involvement in outside business interests requires substantial time and attention and may adversely affect the Company’s ability to achieve its strategic plan

Mr. Sarver joined the Company in December 2002 and is an integral part of our business. He has substantial business interests that are unrelated to us, including his position as managing partner of the Phoenix Suns National Basketball Association franchise. Mr. Sarver’s other business interests demand significant time commitments, the intensity of which may vary throughout the year. Mr. Sarver’s other commitments may reduce the amount of time he has available to devote to our business. We believe that Mr. Sarver spends the substantial majority of his business time on matters related to our company. However, a significant reduction in the amount of time Mr. Sarver devotes to our business may adversely affect our ability to achieve our strategic plan.

 

18


Table of Contents

Terrorist attacks and threats of war or actual war may impact all aspects of our operations, revenues, costs and stock price in unpredictable ways

Terrorist attacks in the United States, as well as future events occurring in response or in connection to them including, without limitation, future terrorist attacks against United States targets, rumors or threats of war, actual conflicts involving the United States or its allies or military or trade disruptions, may impact our operations. Any of these events could cause consumer confidence and savings to decrease or result in increased volatility in the United States and worldwide financial markets and economy. Any of these occurrences could have an adverse impact on the Company’s operating results, revenues and costs and may result in the volatility of the market price for our securities, including our common stock, and impair their future price.

The business may be adversely affected by internet fraud

The Company is inherently exposed to many types of operational risk, including those caused by the use of computer, internet and telecommunications systems. These risks may manifest themselves in the form of fraud by employees, by customers, other outside entities targeting us and/or our customers that use our internet banking, electronic banking or some other form of our telecommunications systems. Although we devote substantial resources to maintaining secure systems and to preventing such incidents, given the growing use of electronic, internet-based, and networked systems to conduct business directly or indirectly with our clients, certain fraud losses may not be avoidable regardless of the preventative and detection systems in place.

We may experience interruptions or breaches in our information system security

We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct our business. Any failure, interruption or breach in security of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in our customer relationship management, general ledger, deposit, loan and other systems. While we have policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of the failure, interruption or security breach of these information systems, there can be no assurance that any such failures, interruptions or security breaches will not occur or, if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed. The occurrence of any failures, interruptions or security breaches of these information systems could damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose us to civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

A failure in or breach of our operational or security systems or infrastructure, or those of our third party vendors and other service providers, including as a result of cyber attacks, could disrupt our businesses, result in the disclosure or misuse of confidential or proprietary information, damage our reputation, increase our costs and cause losses

As a financial institution, we are susceptible to fraudulent activity that may be committed against us or our clients, which may result in financial losses to us or our clients, privacy breaches against our clients, or damage to our reputation. Such fraudulent activity may take many forms, including check fraud, electronic fraud, wire fraud, phishing, and other dishonest acts. In recent periods, there has been a rise in electronic fraudulent activity within the financial services industry, especially in the commercial banking sector, due to cyber criminals targeting commercial bank accounts. Consistent with industry trends, we have also experienced an increase in attempted electronic fraudulent activity in recent periods.

In addition, our operations rely on the secure processing, storage and transmission of confidential and other information on our computer systems and networks. Although we take numerous protective measures to maintain the confidentiality, integrity and availability of our and our clients’ information across all geographic and product lines, and endeavor to modify these protective measures as circumstances warrant, the nature of the threats continues to evolve. As a result, our computer systems, software and networks and those of our customers may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, loss or destruction of data (including confidential client information), account takeovers, unavailability of service, computer viruses or other malicious code, cyber attacks and other events that could have an adverse security impact and result in significant losses by us and/or our customers. Despite the defensive measures we take to manage our internal technological and operational infrastructure, these threats may originate externally from third parties, such as foreign governments, organized crime and other hackers, and outsource or infrastructure-support providers and application developers, or the threats may originate from within our organization. Given the increasingly high volume of our transactions, certain errors may be repeated or compounded before they can be discovered and rectified.

We also face the risk of operational disruption, failure, termination or capacity constraints of any of the third parties that facilitate our business activities, including exchanges, clearing agents, clearing houses or other financial intermediaries. Such parties could also be the source of an attack on, or breach of, our operational systems, data or infrastructure. In addition, we may be at risk of an operational failure with respect to our clients’ systems. Our risk and exposure to these matters remains heightened because of, among other things, the evolving nature of these threats, the outsourcing of some of our business operations, and the continued uncertain global economic environment. As cyber threats continue to evolve, we may be required to expend significant additional resources to continue to modify or enhance our protective measures or to investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities.

 

19


Table of Contents

We maintain an insurance policy which we believe provides reasonable coverage at a manageable expense for an institution of our size and scope with similar technological systems. However, we cannot assure that this policy will afford coverage for all possible losses or would be sufficient to cover all financial losses, damages, penalties, including lost revenues, should we experience any one or more of our or a third party’s systems failing or experiencing attack.

Risks Related to the Banking Industry

We operate in a highly regulated environment and the laws and regulations that govern our operations, corporate governance, executive compensation and accounting principles, or changes in them, or our failure to comply with them, may adversely affect us

The Company is subject to extensive regulation, supervision, and legislation that governs almost all aspects of our operations. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Supervision and Regulation” included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Intended to protect customers, depositors and the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund or DIF, these laws and regulations, among other matters, prescribe minimum capital requirements, impose limitations on the business activities in which we can engage, limit the dividends or distributions that our banking subsidiaries can pay to the company or the company can pay to its shareholders, restrict the ability of affiliates to guarantee the company’s debt, impose certain specific accounting requirements on us that may be more restrictive and may result in greater or earlier charges to earnings or reductions in our capital than generally accepted accounting principles, among other things. Compliance with laws and regulations can be difficult and costly, and changes to laws and regulations often impose significant additional compliance costs. Further, an alleged failure by us to comply with these laws and regulations, even if we acted in good faith or the alleged failure reflects a difference in interpretation, could subject the Company to additional restrictions on its business activities (including mergers, acquisitions and new branches), fines and other penalties, any of which could adversely affect our results of operations, capital base and the price of our securities.

On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, into law. The Dodd-Frank Act has had, and will continue to have, a broad impact on the financial services industry, including significant regulatory and compliance changes. Several of the requirements called for in the Dodd-Frank Act are in the process of being implemented by regulations issued by the SEC and Federal banking agencies, such as the FDIC and Federal Reserve, and the precise date on which compliance with various provisions will be required is not known. Given the uncertainty associated with the manner in which the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented by the various regulatory agencies and through regulations, the full extent of the impact such requirements will have on our operations is unclear. The changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act may impact the profitability of our business activities, require changes to certain of our business practices, impose upon us more stringent capital, liquidity and leverage requirements or otherwise adversely affect our business. In particular, the potential impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on our operations and activities, both currently and prospectively, may include, among others:

 

  

a reduction in our ability to generate or originate revenue-producing assets as a result of compliance with heightened capital standards;

 

  

an increased cost of operations due to greater regulatory oversight, supervision and examination of banks and bank holding companies, and higher deposit insurance premiums;

 

  

the limitation on our ability to raise qualifying regulatory capital through the use of trust preferred securities as these securities may no longer be included in Tier 1 capital going forward; and

 

  

the limitations on our ability to offer certain consumer products and services due to anticipated stricter consumer protection laws and regulations.

Examples of these provisions include, but are not limited to:

 

  

Creation of the Financial Stability Oversight Council that may recommend to the Federal Reserve increasingly strict rules for capital, leverage, liquidity, risk management and other requirements as companies grow in size and complexity;

 

  

Application of the same leverage and risk-based capital requirements that apply to insured depository institutions to most bank holding companies, such as the Company;

 

  

Changes to the assessment base used by the FDIC to assess insurance premiums from insured depository institutions and increases to the minimum reserve ratio for the DIF, from 1.15% to not less than 1.35%, with provisions to require institutions with total consolidated assets of $10 billion or more to bear a greater portion of the costs associated with increasing the DIF’s reserve ratio;

 

  

Repeal of the federal prohibitions on the payment of interest on demand deposits, thereby permitting depository institutions to pay interest on business transaction and other accounts;

 

20


Table of Contents
  

Establishment of the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection with broad authority to implement new consumer protection regulations and, for bank holding companies with $10 billion or more in assets, to examine and enforce compliance with federal consumer laws;

 

  

Implementation of risk retention rules for loans (excluding qualified residential mortgages) that are sold by a bank; and

 

  

Amendment of the Electronic Fund Transfer Act to, among other things, give the Federal Reserve the authority to issue rules have limiting debit-card interchange fees.

In addition, under section 343 of the Dodd-Frank Act, deposits held in noninterest-bearing transaction accounts at our bank subsidiaries were fully insured by the FDIC regardless of the balance in the account through December 31, 2012. This unlimited coverage was available to all depositors and was separate from, and in addition to, the insurance coverage provided for a depositor’s other accounts held at our banks. However, the scheduled expiration of this unlimited deposit insurance occurred on January 1, 2013 which may result in a loss of deposits at our banks and could have an adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

Further, we may be required to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make any changes necessary to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements under the Dodd-Frank Act as we continue to grow and approach $10 billion in total assets, which could include limiting our growth or expansion activities. Failure to comply with the new requirements may negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition. While we cannot predict what effect any presently contemplated or future changes in the laws or regulations or their interpretations would have on us, these changes could be materially adverse to our investors.

State and federal banking agencies periodically conduct examinations of our business, including for compliance with laws and regulations, and our failure to comply with any supervisory actions to which we are or become subject as a result of such examinations may adversely affect us

State and federal banking agencies periodically conduct examinations of our business, including for compliance with laws and regulations. If, as a result of an examination, the FDIC or Federal Reserve were to determine that the financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity or other aspects of any of the banks’ operations had become unsatisfactory, or that any of the banks or their management was in violation of any law or regulation, the FDIC or Federal Reserve may take a number of different remedial or enforcement actions it deems appropriate to remedy such a deficiency. These actions include the power to enjoin “unsafe or unsound” practices, to require affirmative actions to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice, to issue an administrative order that can be judicially enforced, to direct an increase in the bank’s capital, to restrict the bank’s growth, to assess civil monetary penalties against the bank’s officers or directors, to remove officers and directors and, if the FDIC concludes that such conditions cannot be corrected or there is an imminent risk of loss to depositors, to terminate the bank’s deposit insurance. Under Nevada, Arizona and California law, the respective state banking supervisory authority has many of the same enforcement powers with respect to its state-chartered banks.

Bank of Nevada has been placed under informal supervisory oversight by banking regulators in the form of a memorandum of understanding. The oversight requires enhanced supervision by the Board of Directors of the bank, and the adoption or revision of written plans and/or policies addressing such matters as asset quality, credit underwriting and administration, the allowance for loan and lease losses, loan and investment portfolio risks, and loan concentrations. The bank is also prohibited from paying dividends or making other distributions to the Company without prior regulatory approval and is required to maintain higher levels of Tier 1 capital than otherwise would be required to be considered well-capitalized under federal capital guidelines. In addition, the Bank of Nevada is required to provide regulators with prior notice of certain management and director changes and, in certain cases, to obtain their non-objection before engaging in a transaction that would materially change its balance sheet composition.

If we were unable to comply with regulatory directives in the future, or if we were unable to comply with the terms of any future supervisory requirements to which we may become subject, then we could become subject to additional supervisory actions and orders, including cease and desist orders, prompt corrective action and/or other regulatory enforcement actions. If our regulators were to take such additional supervisory actions, then we could, among other things, become subject to greater restrictions on our ability to develop any new business, as well as restrictions on our existing business, and we could be required to raise additional capital, dispose of certain assets and liabilities within a prescribed period of time, or both. Failure to implement the measures in the time frames provided, or at all, could result in additional orders or penalties from federal and state regulators, which could result in one or more of the remedial actions described above. In the event that one or more of our banks was ultimately unable to comply with the terms of a regulatory enforcement action, such a bank could ultimately fail and be placed into receivership by the chartering agency. Under applicable federal law and FDIC regulations, the failure of one of the subsidiary banks could impose liability for any loss to the FDIC or the DIF on the remaining subsidiary banks, further straining the financial resources available to the surviving charters. The terms of any such supervisory action and the consequences associated with any failure to comply therewith could have a material negative effect on our business, operating flexibility and financial condition.

 

21


Table of Contents

Changes in interest rates and increased rate competition could adversely affect our profitability, business and prospects

Most of the Company’s assets and liabilities are monetary in nature, which subjects us to significant risks from changes in interest rates and can impact our net income and the valuation of our assets and liabilities. Increases or decreases in prevailing interest rates could have an adverse effect on our business, asset quality and prospects. The Company’s operating income and net income depend to a great extent on our net interest margin. Net interest margin is the difference between the interest yields we receive on loans, securities and other earning assets and the interest rates we pay on interest bearing deposits, borrowings and other liabilities. These rates are highly sensitive to many factors beyond our control, including competition, general economic conditions and monetary and fiscal policies of various governmental and regulatory authorities, including the Federal Reserve. If the rate of interest we pay on our interest bearing deposits, borrowings and other liabilities increases more than the rate of interest we receive on loans, securities and other earning assets increases, our net interest income, and therefore our earnings, would be adversely affected. The Company’s earnings also could be adversely affected if the rates on our loans and other investments fall more quickly than those on our deposits and other liabilities. We have recently experienced increased competition for loans on the basis of interest rates.

In addition, loan volumes are affected by market interest rates on loans. Rising interest rates generally are associated with a lower volume of loan originations while lower interest rates are usually associated with higher loan originations. Conversely, in rising interest rate environments, loan repayment rates will decline and in falling interest rate environments, loan repayment rates will increase. The Company cannot guarantee that it will be able to minimize interest rate risk. In addition, an increase in the general level of interest rates may adversely affect the ability of certain borrowers to pay the interest on and principal of their obligations.

Interest rates also affect how much money the Company can lend. When interest rates rise, the cost of borrowing increases. Accordingly, changes in market interest rates could materially and adversely affect our net interest spread, asset quality, loan origination volume, business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The Company is exposed to risk of environmental liabilities with respect to properties to which we obtain title

Approximately 65% of the Company’s loan portfolio at December 31, 2012 was secured by real estate. In the course of our business, the Company may foreclose and take title to real estate, and could be subject to environmental liabilities with respect to these properties. We may be held liable to a governmental entity or to third parties for property damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up costs incurred by these parties in connection with environmental contamination, or may be required to investigate or clean up hazardous or toxic substances, or chemical releases at a property. The costs associated with investigation or remediation activities could be substantial. In addition, if we are the owner or former owner of a contaminated site, we may be subject to common law claims by third parties based on damages and costs resulting from environmental contamination emanating from the property. These costs and claims could adversely affect our business and prospects.

Risks Related to our Common Stock

The price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly, and this may make it difficult for you to resell shares of common stock owned by you at times or at prices you find attractive

The price of our common stock on New York Stock Exchange constantly changes. We expect that the market price of our common stock will continue to fluctuate and there can be no assurances about the market prices for our common stock.

Our stock price may fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control. These factors include:

 

  

sales of our equity securities;

 

  

our financial condition, performance, creditworthiness and prospects;

 

  

quarterly variations in our operating results or the quality of our assets;

 

  

operating results that vary from the expectations of management, securities analysts and investors;

 

  

changes in expectations as to our future financial performance;

 

  

announcements of strategic developments, acquisitions and other material events by us or our competitors;

 

  

the operating and securities price performance of other companies that investors believe are comparable to us;

 

  

the credit, mortgage and housing markets, the markets for securities relating to mortgages or housing, and developments with respect to financial institutions generally;

 

  

changes in global financial markets and global economies and general market conditions, such as interest or foreign exchange rates, stock, commodity or real estate valuations or volatility and other geopolitical, regulatory or judicial events; and

 

  

our past and future dividend practice.

 

22


Table of Contents

There may be future sales or other dilution of our equity, which may adversely affect the market price of our common stock

We are not restricted from issuing additional common stock, including any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, common stock. The issuance of any additional shares of common stock or preferred stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive common stock or the exercise of such securities could be substantially dilutive to shareholders of our common stock. Holders of our shares of common stock have no preemptive rights that entitle holders to purchase their pro rata share of any offering of shares of any class or series. Because our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings. Thus, our stockholders bear the risk of our future offerings reducing the market price of our common stock and diluting their stock holdings in us.

Offerings of debt, which would be senior to our common stock upon liquidation, and/or preferred equity securities which may be senior to our common stock for purposes of dividend distributions or upon liquidation, may adversely affect the market price of our common stock

We may from time to time issue debt securities, borrow money through other means, or issue preferred stock. On August 25, 2010, the Company completed a public offering of $75 million in principal Senior Notes due in 2015. In 2011, we issued preferred stock to the federal government under the SBLF program, and from time to time we have borrowed money from the Federal Reserve, the FHLB, other financial institutions and other lenders. All of these securities or borrowings have priority over the common stock on a liquidation, which could affect the market price of our stock. The SBLF preferred stock also may restrict our ability to pay dividends on our common stock under certain circumstances.

Our Board of Directors is authorized to issue one or more classes or series of preferred stock from time to time without any action on the part of the stockholders. Our Board of Directors also has the power, without stockholder approval, to set the terms of any such classes or series of preferred stock that may be issued, including voting rights, dividend rights, and preferences over our common stock with respect to dividends or upon our dissolution, winding-up and liquidation and other terms. If we issue preferred stock in the future that has a preference over our common stock with respect to the payment of dividends or upon our liquidation, dissolution, or winding up, or if we issue preferred stock with voting rights that dilute the voting power of our common stock, the rights of holders of our common stock or the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected.

Anti-takeover provisions could negatively impact our stockholders

Provisions of Nevada law and provisions of our amended and restated articles of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of us or have the effect of discouraging a third party from attempting to acquire control of us. Additionally, our amended and restated articles of incorporation authorize our Board of Directors to issue additional series of preferred stock and such preferred stock could be issued as a defensive measure in response to a takeover proposal. These provisions could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us even if an acquisition might be in the best interest of our stockholders.

 

ITEM 1B.UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None

 

ITEM 2.PROPERTIES

At December 31, 2012, the Company and Western Alliance Bank are headquartered at One E. Washington Street in Phoenix, Arizona. In addition, the Company occupies a leased 7,000 square foot service center in San Diego, California and owns a 36,000 square foot operations facility in Las Vegas, Nevada. The Company also has 6 executive and administrative facilities, 3 of which are owned, located in Las Vegas, Nevada, San Diego, California, Oakland, California, Phoenix, Arizona, Wilmington, Delaware and Reno, Nevada.

At December 31, 2012, the Company operated 40 domestic branch locations, of which 18 are owned and 22 are on leased premises. See Item 1 “Business” for location cities on page 3. For information regarding rental payments, see Note 5, “Premises and Equipment” of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Company continually evaluates the suitability and adequacy of its offices. Management believes that the existing facilities are adequate for present and anticipated future use.

 

23


Table of Contents
ITEM 3.LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

There are no material pending legal proceedings to which the Company is a party or to which any of our properties are subject. There are no material proceedings known to us to be contemplated by any governmental authority. See “Supervision and Regulation” for additional information. From time to time, we are involved in a variety of litigation matters in the ordinary course of our business and anticipate that we will become involved in new litigation matters in the future.

As previously disclosed, one of the Company’s banking subsidiaries, Bank of Nevada, continues to operate under informal supervisory oversight by banking regulators in the form of a memorandum of understanding. The memorandum requires enhanced management of such matters as asset quality, credit administration, repossessed property, and information technology. The bank is prohibited from paying dividends or making other distributions to the Company without prior regulatory approval and is required to maintain higher levels of Tier 1 capital than otherwise would be required to be considered well-capitalized under federal capital guidelines. In addition, the bank is required to obtain prior regulatory approval of certain severance and similar payments to institution affiliated parties, and to provide regulators with prior notice of certain management and director changes. The Company believes Bank of Nevada is in full compliance with the requirements of the memorandum of understanding.

 

ITEM 4.MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

 

24


Table of Contents

PART II

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Information

The Company’s common stock began trading on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “WAL” on June 30, 2005. The Company has filed, without qualifications, its 2012 Domestic Company section 303A CEO certification regarding its compliance with the NYSE’s corporate governance listing standards. The following table presents the high and low sales prices of the Company’s common stock for each quarterly period for the last two years as reported by The NASDAQ Global Select Market:

 

   2012 Quarters   2011 Quarters 
   Fourth   Third   Second   First   Fourth   Third   Second   First 

Range of stock prices:

                

High

  $10.99    $10.43    $9.40    $9.20    $6.87    $7.60    $8.33    $8.45  

Low

   9.28     8.82     8.00     6.32     4.99     4.44     6.47     6.77  

Holders

At December 31, 2012, there were approximately 1,164 stockholders of record. This number excludes an estimate for the number of stockholders whose shares are held in the name of brokerage firms or other financial institutions. The Company is not provided the exact number of or identities of these stockholders. There are no other classes of common equity outstanding.

Dividends

Western Alliance Bancorporation (“Western Alliance”) is a legal entity separate and distinct from the banks and our other non-bank subsidiaries. As a holding company with limited significant assets other than the capital stock of our subsidiaries, Western Alliance’s ability to pay dividends depends primarily upon the receipt of dividends or other capital distributions from our subsidiaries. Our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends to Western Alliance is subject to, among other things, their individual earnings, financial condition and need for funds, as well as federal and state governmental policies and regulations applicable to Western Alliance and each of those subsidiaries, which limit the amount that may be paid as dividends without prior approval. See the additional discussion in the “Supervision and Regulation” section of this report for information regarding restrictions on the ability to pay cash dividends. Our Bank of Nevada subsidiary is also presently subject to a Memorandum of Understanding that requires prior regulatory approval of any dividend paid to Western Alliance Bancorporation. In addition, the terms and conditions of other securities we issue may restrict our ability to pay dividends to holders of our common stock. For example if any required payments on outstanding trust preferred securities or our SBLF preferred stock are not made, Western Alliance would be prohibited from paying cash dividends on our common stock. Western Alliance has never paid a cash dividend on its common stock and does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

Sale of Unregistered Securities

None

Share Repurchases

There were no shares repurchased during 2012 or 2011.

Performance Graph

The following graph summarizes a five year comparison of the cumulative total returns for the Company’s common stock, the Standard & Poor’s 500 stock index and the KBW Regional Banking Index, each of which assumes an initial value of $100.00 on December 31, 2007 and reinvestment of dividends.

 

25


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

The information under the caption “Equity Compensation Plans” in our definitive proxy statement to be filed with the SEC is incorporated by reference into this Item 5.

 

ITEM 6.SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected financial data have been derived from the Company’s consolidated financial condition and results of operations, as of and for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008, and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this report:

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2012  2011  2010  2009  2008 
   (in thousands, except per share data) 

Results of Operations:

      

Interest income

  $318,295   $296,591   $281,813   $276,023   $295,591  

Interest expense

   28,032    38,923    49,260    73,734    100,683  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net interest income

   290,263    257,668    232,553    202,289    194,908  

Provision for credit losses

   46,844    46,188    93,211    149,099    68,189  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for credit losses

   243,419    211,480    139,342    53,190    126,719  

Non-interest income

   44,726    34,457    46,836    4,435    (117,258

Non-interest expense

   188,860    195,598    196,758    242,977    288,967  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before taxes

   99,285    50,339    (10,580  (185,352  (279,506

Income tax provision (benefit)

   23,961    16,849    (6,410  (38,453  (49,496
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   75,324    33,490    (4,170  (146,899  (230,010

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax benefit

   (2,490  (1,996  (3,025  (4,507  (6,450
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $72,834   $31,494   $(7,195 $(151,406 $(236,460
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

26


Table of Contents
   Year Ended December 31, 
   2012  2011  2010  2009  2008 
   (in thousands, except per share data) 

Per Share Data:

      

Income (loss) per share—basic

  $0.84   $0.19   $(0.23 $(2.74 $(7.27

Income (loss) per share—diluted

  $0.83   $0.19   $(0.23 $(2.74 $(7.27

Income (loss) per share from continuing operations—basic

  $0.87   $0.21   $(0.19 $(2.66 $(7.08

Income (loss) per share from continuing operations—diluted

  $0.86   $0.21   $(0.19 $(2.66 $(7.08

Book value per common share

  $7.15   $6.02   $5.77   $6.18   $9.59  

Shares outstanding at period end

   86,465    82,362    81,669    72,504    38,601  

Weighted average shares outstanding—basic

   82,285    80,909    75,083    58,836    32,652  

Weighted average shares outstanding—diluted

   82,912    81,183    75,083    58,836    32,652  

Selected Balance Sheet Data:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

  $204,625   $154,995   $216,746   $396,830   $139,954  

Investments and other

  $1,236,648   $1,490,501   $1,273,098   $864,779   $565,377  

Gross loans, including net deferred loan fees

  $5,709,318   $4,780,069   $4,240,542   $4,079,638   $4,095,711  

Allowance for loan losses

  $95,427   $99,170   $110,699   $108,623   $74,827  

Assets

  $7,622,637   $6,844,541   $6,193,883   $5,753,279   $5,242,761  

Deposits

  $6,455,177   $5,658,512   $5,338,441   $4,722,102   $3,652,266  

Other borrowings

  $193,717   $353,321   $75,000   $—     $—    

Junior subordinated and subordinated debt

  $36,218   $36,985   $43,034   $102,438   $103,038  

Stockholders’ equity

  $759,616   $636,683   $602,174   $575,725   $495,497  

Selected Other Balance Sheet Data:

      

Average assets

  $7,193,425   $6,486,396   $6,030,609   $5,575,025   $5,198,237  

Average earning assets

  $6,685,107   $5,964,056   $5,526,521   $5,125,574   $4,600,466  

Average stockholders’ equity

  $691,004   $631,361   $601,412   $586,171   $512,872  

Selected Financial and Liquidity Ratios:

      

Return on average assets

   1.01  0.49  (0.12)%   (2.72)%   (4.55)% 

Return on average stockholders’ equity

   10.54  4.99  (1.20)%   (25.83)%   (46.11)% 

Net interest margin

   4.49  4.37  4.23  3.97  4.28

Loan to deposit ratio

   88.45  84.48  79.43  86.39  112.14

Capital Ratios:

      

Leverage ratio

   10.1  9.8  9.5  9.5  8.9

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

   11.3  11.3  12.0  11.8  9.8

Total risk-based capital ratio

   12.6  12.6  13.2  14.4  12.3

Average equity to average assets

   9.6  9.7  10.0  10.5  9.9

Selected Asset Quality Ratios:

      

Nonaccrual loans to gross loans

   1.83  1.89  2.76  3.77  1.44

Nonaccrual loans and repossessed assets to total assets

   2.39  2.62  3.63  4.12  1.40

Loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing to total loans

   0.02  0.05  0.03  0.14  0.30

Allowance for credit losses to total loans

   1.67  2.07  2.61  2.66  1.83

Allowance for credit losses to nonaccrual loans

   91.13  109.71  94.62  70.67  128.34

Net charge-offs to average loans

   0.99  1.32  2.22  2.86  1.10

 

27


Table of Contents
ITEM 7.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with “Item 8 – Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risk, uncertainties and assumptions. Certain risks, uncertainties and other factors, including but not limited to those set forth under “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” may cause actual results to differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements.

Financial Overview and Highlights

Western Alliance Bancorporation is a multi-bank holding company headquartered in Phoenix, Arizona that provides full service banking, lending and investment advisory services through its subsidiaries.

Financial Result Highlights of 2012

Net income available to common stockholders for the Company of $69.0 million, or $0.83 per diluted share for 2012, compared to $15.3 million, or $0.19 per diluted share for 2011.

The significant factors impacting earnings of the Company during 2012 were:

 

  

All bank subsidiaries increased net income in 2012 over 2011. Bank of Nevada reported net income of $18.1 million compared to $7.5 million in 2011. Western Alliance Bank reported net income of $36.8 million for 2012 compared to $19.8 million for 2011. The Torrey Pines Bank Segment (which excludes discontinued operation), reported net income of $22.7 million for 2012 compared to $19.5 million for 2011.

 

  

During 2012, the Company improved its net interest margin to 4.49% from 4.37% and its net interest spread to 4.31% from 4.12%. The increase is attributed to the reduction in the cost of interest bearing liabilities, primarily deposits, at a faster rate than the reduction on earning asset yields from 0.90% to 0.60%. The Company has continued to report consecutive quarters of increases in net interest income.

 

  

The Company experienced loan growth of $929.2 million to $5.71 billion at December 31, 2012 from $4.78 billion at December 31, 2011.

 

  

During 2012, the Company increased deposits by $796.7 million to $6.46 billion at December 31, 2012 from $5.66 billion at December 31, 2011.

 

  

Other assets acquired through foreclosure declined by $11.9 million to $77.2 million at December 31, 2012 from $89.1 million at December 31, 2011.

 

  

Provision expense for 2012 remained almost flat at $46.8 million compared to $46.2 million for 2011 as net charge-offs also declined by $7.1 million to $50.6 million in 2012 compared to $57.7 million in 2011.

 

  

Key asset quality ratios improved for 2012 compared to 2011. Nonaccrual loans and repossessed assets to total assets improved to 2.39% from 2.62% in 2011 and nonaccrual loans to gross loans improved to 1.83% at the end of 2012 compared to 1.89% at the end of 2011.

 

  

On October 17, 2012 the Company completed an acquisition of Western Liberty Bancorp (“WLBC”) and recognized a bargain purchase gain of $17.6 million.

The impact to the Company from these items, and others of both a positive and negative nature, will be discussed in more detail as they pertain to the Company’s overall comparative performance for the year ended December 31, 2012 throughout the analysis sections of this report.

Acquisition of Western Liberty Bancorp

On October 17, 2012, the Company acquired WLBC which included two wholly owned subsidiaries, Service1st Bank of Nevada and Las Vegas Sunset Properties. The Company subsequently merged Service1st Bank of Nevada into its wholly owned subsidiary, Bank of Nevada, effective October 19, 2012.

Under the terms of the merger, the Company exchanged either $4.02 for each Western Liberty share for cash or 0.4341 shares of the Company’s common stock for each Western Liberty share which resulted in payment of $27.5 million and 2,966,322 shares of the Company’s common stock.

 

28


Table of Contents

The merger was undertaken because the purchase price of Western Liberty was at a significant discount to its tangible book value and was accretive to capital at close. Service1st combined with BON had approximately $3.09 billion of assets and $2.55 billion of deposits immediately following the merger and continues to operate as Bank of Nevada. Western Liberty’s results of operations have been included in the Company’s results beginning October 18, 2012. Acquisition related expenses of $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 have been included in non-interest expense. The acquisition was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations. The purchased assets and assumed liabilities were recorded at their respective acquisition date fair values, and identifiable intangible assets were recorded at fair value. A bargain purchase gain of $17.6 million resulted from the acquisition and is included as a component of noninterest income on the statement of income. The amount of gain is equal to the amount by which the fair value of net assets purchased exceeded the consideration paid. The statement of net assets acquired and the resulting bargain purchase gain are presented in the following table in thousands:

Recognized amounts of indentifiable assets acquired and liabilites assumed:

 

Assets:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

  $76,692  

Certificates of deposit

   1,988  

Investment securities

   446  

Loans

   90,747  

Federal Home Loan bank stock

   493  

Deferred tax assets

   17,446  

Premises and equipment

   19  

Other real estate owned

   5,094  

Identified intangible assets

   1,578  

Other assets

   949  
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   195,452  
  

 

 

 

Liabilities:

  

Deposits

   117,191  

Other liabilities

   1,252  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   118,443  
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   77,009  
  

 

 

 

Consideration paid

   59,447  
  

 

 

 

Bargain purchase gain

  $17,562  
  

 

 

 

Acquisition of Centennial Bank

On January 18, 2013, the Company’s Western Alliance Bank subsidiary executed a definitive agreement to acquire Centennial Bank, located in Fountain Valley, California, for $57.5 million in cash, distribution of specified loans and assumption of Centennial Bank’s transactional expenses up to $1.0 million. On February 12, 2013, the Company received bankruptcy court approval. Subject to regulatory approval, the transaction is expected to close in 2013. The Company expects the acquisition to be accretive to its earnings per share.

A summary of our results of operations and financial condition and select metrics is included in the following table:

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2012  2011  2010 
   (in thousands, except per share amounts) 

Net income (loss) available to common stockholders

  $69,041   $15,288   $(17,077

Basic earnings (loss) per share

   0.84    0.19    (0.23

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

   0.83    0.19    (0.23

Total assets

  $7,622,637   $6,844,541   $6,193,883  

Gross loans

  $5,709,318   $4,780,069   $4,240,542  

Total deposits

  $6,455,177   $5,658,512   $5,338,441  

Net interest margin

   4.49  4.37  4.23

Return on average assets

   1.01  0.49  (0.12)% 

Return on average stockholders’ equity

   10.54  4.99  (1.20)% 

 

29


Table of Contents

As a bank holding company, management focuses on key ratios in evaluating the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. In the current economic environment, key ratios regarding asset credit quality and efficiency are more informative as to the financial condition of the Company than those utilized in a more normal economic period such as return on equity and return on assets.

Asset Quality

For all banks and bank holding companies, asset quality plays a significant role in the overall financial condition of the institution and results of operations. The Company measures asset quality in terms of nonaccrual loans as a percentage of gross loans, and net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans. Net charge-offs are calculated as the difference between charged-off loans and recovery payments received on previously charged-off loans. The following table summarizes asset quality metrics:

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2012  2011  2010 
      (in thousands)    

Non-accrual loans

  $104,716   $90,392   $116,999  

Non-performing assets

   267,960    294,568    342,808  

Non-accrual loans to gross loans

   1.83  1.89  2.76

Net charge-offs to average loans

   0.99  1.32  2.22

Asset and Deposit Growth

The ability to originate new loans and attract new deposits is fundamental to the Company’s asset growth. The Company’s assets and liabilities are comprised primarily of loans and deposits. Total assets increased to $7.62 billion at December 31, 2012 from $6.84 billion at December 31, 2011. Total gross loans including net deferred fees and unearned income increased by $929.2 million, or 19.4%, to $5.71 billion as of December 31, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011. Total deposits increased $796.7 million, or 14.1%, to $6.46 billion as of December 31, 2012 from $5.66 billion as of December 31, 2011.

RESULTS OF OPERATONS

The following table sets forth a summary financial overview for the comparable years:

 

   Year Ended
December 31,
  Increase  Year Ended
December 31,
  Increase 
   2012  2011  (Decrease)  2011  2010  (Decrease) 
   (in thousands, except per share amounts) 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

       

Interest income

  $318,295   $296,591   $21,704   $296,591   $281,813   $14,778  

Interest expense

   28,032    38,923    (10,891  38,923    49,260    (10,337
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net interest income

   290,263    257,668    32,595    257,668    232,553    25,115  

Provision for credit losses

   46,844    46,188    656    46,188    93,211    (47,023
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for credit losses

   243,419    211,480    31,939    211,480    139,342    72,138  

Other non-interest income

   44,726    34,457    10,269    34,457    46,836    (12,379

Non-interest expense

   188,860    195,598    (6,738  195,598    196,758    (1,160
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

   99,285    50,339    48,946    50,339    (10,580  60,919  

Income tax provision (benefit)

   23,961    16,849    7,112    16,849    (6,410  23,259  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   75,324    33,490    41,834    33,490    (4,170  37,660  

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax benefit

   (2,490  (1,996  (494  (1,996  (3,025  1,029  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $72,834   $31,494   $41,340   $31,494   $(7,195 $38,689  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income (loss) available to common stockholders

  $69,041   $15,288   $53,753   $15,288   $(17,077 $32,365  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (loss) per share—basic

  $0.84   $0.19   $0.65   $0.19   $(0.23 $0.42  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (loss) per share—diluted

  $0.83   $0.19   $0.64   $0.19   $(0.23 $0.42  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

30


Table of Contents

Net Interest Margin

The net interest margin is reported on a tax equivalent basis (“TEB”). A tax equivalent adjustment is added to reflect interest earned on certain municipal securities and loans that are exempt from Federal income tax. The following tables set forth the average balances and interest income on a fully tax equivalent basis and interest expense for the years indicated:

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2012  2011 
   (dollars in thousands) 
   Average
Balance
  Interest   Average
Yield/
Cost
  Average
Balance
  Interest   Average
Yield/
Cost
 
Interest-Earning Assets         

Securities:

         

Taxable

  $1,092,007   $23,518     2.15 $1,178,765   $29,836     2.53

Tax-exempt (1)

   293,339    13,284     6.97  128,336    4,583     5.92
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities

   1,385,346    36,802     3.17  1,307,101    34,419     2.86

Federal funds sold and other

   636    2     0.31  897    1     0.11

Loans (1) (2) (3)

   5,110,247    280,985     5.55  4,373,454    261,443     5.98

Short term investments

   155,811    140     0.09  246,963    629     0.25

Restricted stock

   33,067    366     1.11  35,641    99     0.28
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total earnings assets

   6,685,107    318,295     4.91  5,964,056    296,591     5.02
Nonearning Assets         

Cash and due from banks

   116,948       119,499     

Allowance for credit losses

   (98,878     (105,927   

Bank-owned life insurance

   135,969       131,645     

Other assets

   354,279       377,123     
  

 

 

     

 

 

    

Total assets

  $7,193,425      $6,486,396     
  

 

 

     

 

 

    
Interest-Bearing Liabilities         

Sources of Funds

         

Interest-bearing deposits:

         

Interest checking

  $515,322   $1,220     0.24 $478,345   $1,759     0.37

Savings and money market

   2,371,473    8,088     0.34  2,105,316    12,858     0.61

Time deposits

   1,359,538    7,486     0.55  1,460,690    13,360     0.91
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing deposits

   4,246,333    16,794     0.40  4,044,351    27,977     0.69

Short-term borrowings

   295,273    1,365     0.46  161,618    714     0.44

Long-term debt

   73,738    7,945     10.77  73,143    7,904     10.81

Junior subordinated and subordinated debt

   36,784    1,928     5.24  41,256    2,328     5.64
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

   4,652,128    28,032     0.60  4,320,368    38,923     0.90
Noninterest-Bearing Liabilities         

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits

   1,788,267       1,509,363     

Other liabilities

   62,026       25,304     

Stockholders’ equity

   691,004       631,361     
  

 

 

     

 

 

    

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

  $7,193,425      $6,486,396     
  

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

  

 

 

   

Net interest income and margin (4)

   $290,263     4.49  $257,668     4.37
   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Net interest spread (5)

      4.31     4.12

 

(1)Yields on loans and securities have been adjusted to a tax equivalent basis. Interest income has not been adjusted to a tax equivalent basis. The tax-equivalent adjustments for 2012 and 2011 were $9,738 and $3,014, respectively.
(2)Net loan fees of $7.6 million and $4.3 million are included in the yield computation for 2012 and 2011, respectively.
(3)Includes nonaccrual loans.
(4)Net interest margin is computed by dividing net interest income by total average earning assets.
(5)Net interest spread represents average yield earned on interest-earning assets less the average rate paid on interest bearing liabilities.

 

31


Table of Contents
   Year Ended December 31, 
   2011  2010 
   (dollars in thousands) 
   Average
Balance
  Interest   Average
Yield/
Cost
  Average
Balance
  Interest   Average
Yield/
Cost
 
Interest-Earning Assets         

Securities:

         

Taxable

  $1,178,765   $29,836     2.53 $869,027   $23,272     2.68

Tax-exempt (1)

   128,336    4,583     5.92  46,171    1,481     5.73
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities

   1,307,101    34,419     2.86  915,198    24,753     2.83

Federal funds sold and other

   897    1     0.11  17,328    141     0.81

Loans (1) (2) (3)

   4,373,454    261,443     5.98  4,105,022    255,626     6.23

Short term investments

   246,963    629     0.25  448,815    1,130     0.25

Restricted stock

   35,641    99     0.28  40,158    163     0.41
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total earnings assets

   5,964,056    296,591     5.02  5,526,521    281,813     5.12
Nonearning Assets         

Cash and due from banks

   119,499       116,588     

Allowance for credit losses

   (105,927     (114,074   

Bank-owned life insurance

   131,645       99,435     

Other assets

   377,123       402,139     
  

 

 

     

 

 

    

Total assets

  $6,486,396      $6,030,609     
  

 

 

     

 

 

    
Interest-Bearing Liabilities         

Sources of Funds

         

Interest-bearing deposits:

         

Interest checking

  $478,345   $1,759     0.37 $581,063   $2,898     0.50

Savings and money market

   2,105,316    12,858     0.61  1,861,668    16,724     0.90

Time deposits

   1,460,690    13,360     0.91  1,437,234    21,707     1.51
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing deposits

   4,044,351    27,977     0.69  3,879,965    41,329     1.07

Short-term borrowings

   161,618    714     0.44  131,878    1,506     1.14

Long-term debt

   73,143    7,904     10.81  26,558    2,777     10.46

Junior subordinated and subordinated debt

   41,256    2,328     5.64  62,342    3,648     5.85
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

   4,320,368    38,923     0.90  4,100,743    49,260     1.20
Noninterest-Bearing Liabilities         

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits

   1,509,363       1,296,634     

Other liabilities

   25,304       31,820     

Stockholders’ equity

   631,361       601,412     
  

 

 

     

 

 

    

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

  $6,486,396      $6,030,609     
  

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

  

 

 

   

Net interest income and margin (4)

   $257,668     4.37  $232,553     4.23
   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Net interest spread (5)

      4.12     3.92

 

(1)Yields on loans and securities have been adjusted to a tax equivalent basis. Interest income has not been adjusted to a tax equivalent basis. The tax-equivalent adjustments for 2011 and 2010 were $3,014 and $1,164, respectively.
(2)Net loan fees of $4.3 million and $4.2 million are included in the yield computation for 2011 and 2010, respectively.
(3)Includes nonaccrual loans.
(4)Net interest margin is computed by dividing net interest income by total average earning assets.
(5)Net interest spread

 

32


Table of Contents

The table below sets forth the relative impact on net interest income of changes in the volume of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and changes in rates earned and paid by us on such assets and liabilities. For purposes of this table, nonaccrual loans have been included in the average loan balances.

 

   Year Ended December 31,  Year Ended December 31, 
   2012 versus 2011  2011 versus 2010 
   Increase (Decrease)
Due to Changes in (1)(2)
  Increase (Decrease)
Due to Changes in (1)(2)
 
   Volume  Rate  Total  Volume  Rate  Total 
   (in thousands)  (in thousands) 

Interest on investment securities:

       

Taxable

  $(1,868 $(4,450 $(6,318 $7,840   $(1,276 $6,564  

Tax-exempt

   7,472    1,229    8,701    2,934    168    3,102  

Federal funds sold and other

   (1  2    1    (18  (122  (140

Loans

   40,512    (20,970  19,542    16,047    (10,230  5,817  

Short term investments

   (82  (407  (489  (514  13    (501

Restricted stock

   (28  295    267    (13  (51  (64
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total interest income

   46,005    (24,301  21,704    26,276    (11,498  14,778  

Interest expense:

       

Interest checking

   88    (627  (539  (378  (761  (1,139

Savings and money market

   908    (5,678  (4,770  1,488    (5,354  (3,866

Time deposits

   (557  (5,317  (5,874  215    (8,562  (8,347

Short-term borrowings

   618    33    651    131    (923  (792

Long-term debt

   64    (23  41    5,034    93    5,127  

Junior subordinated debt

   (234  (166  (400  (1,190  (130  (1,320
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total interest expense

   887    (11,778  (10,891  5,300    (15,637  (10,337
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net increase

  $45,118   $(12,523 $32,595   $20,976   $4,139   $25,115  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(1)Changes due to both volume and rate have been allocated to volume changes.
(2)Changes due to mark-to-market gains/losses under ASC 825 have been allocated to volume changes.

Comparison of interest income, interest expense and net interest margin

The Company’s primary source of revenue is interest income. Interest income for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $318.3 million, an increase of 7.3% when comparing interest income for the year ended December 31, 2011. This increase was primarily from interest income from loans and investment securities. Interest income from loans increased by $19.5 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012 compared to the twelve months ended December 31, 2011. Interest income from investment securities increased by $2.4 million for the twelve month period ended December 31, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011. Federal funds sold and other interest income declined by $0.2 million to $0.5 million from $0.7 million for the comparable twelve month periods. Despite the increased interest income, average yield on interest earning assets dropped 11 basis points for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to 2011, primarily the result of decreased yields on loans of 43 basis points.

Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to 2011 decreased by 27.9% to $28.0 million from $38.9 million. This decline was primarily due to decreased average cost of deposits, which declined 29 basis points to 0.40% for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the same period in 2011. Interest paid on borrowings and other debt increased slightly for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to 2011.

Net interest income was $290.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to 2011, an increase of $32.6 million, or 11.2%. The increase in net interest income reflects a $721.1 million increase in average earning assets, offset by a $331.8 million increase in average interest bearing liabilities. The increased net interest margin of 12 basis points was mostly due to a decrease in our average cost of funds primarily as a result of downward repricing of deposits.

 

33


Table of Contents

Interest income for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $296.6 million, an increase of 5.2% when comparing interest income for the year ended December 31, 2010. This increase was primarily from interest income from loans and investment securities. Interest income from loans increased by $5.8 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 compared to the twelve months ended December 31, 2010. Interest income from investment securities increased by $9.7 million for the twelve month period ended December 31, 2011 compared to December 31, 2010. Federal funds sold and other interest income declined by $0.5 million to $0.7 million from $1.3 million for the comparable twelve month periods. Despite the increased interest income, average yield on interest earning assets dropped 10 basis points for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to 2010, primarily the result of decreased yields on loans of 25 basis points.

Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to 2010 decreased by 21.0% to $38.9 million from $49.3 million. This decline was primarily due to decreased average cost of deposits, which declined 38 basis points to 0.69% for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the same period in 2010. Interest paid on borrowings and other debt increased by $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to 2010, primarily due to the higher cost of the senior debt obligations issued in the third quarter of 2010.

Net interest income was $257.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to 2010, an increase of $25.1 million, or 10.8%. The increase in net interest income reflects a $437.5 million increase in average earning assets, offset by a $219.6 million increase in average interest bearing liabilities. The increased net interest margin of 14 basis points was due to a decrease in our average cost of funds primarily as a result of downward repricing of deposits and decreased rates on short-term borrowings.

Provision for Credit Losses

The provision for credit losses in each period is reflected as a charge against earnings in that period. The provision is equal to the amount required to maintain the allowance for credit losses at a level that is adequate to absorb probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The provision for credit losses increased slightly by $0.7 million, to $46.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared with $46.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The provision increase for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to 2011, was due to provision for credit losses on commercial and industrial loans and construction and land development loans which were up by $20.5 million and $1.8 million, respectively, while provision for credit losses on commercial real estate, residential real estate loans and consumer loans decreased by $6.1 million, $14.2 million, and $1.3 million, respectively. The Company may establish an additional allowance for credit losses for the purchased credit impaired (“PCI”) loans through a charge to provision for loan losses when impairment is determined as a result of lower than expected cash flows. Since the acquisition of WLBC, the Company has not established an allowance for these PCI loans.

The provision for credit losses was $46.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 a decrease of $47.0 million compared with $93.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The provision decreased primarily due to decreased net charge-offs and improvement in asset quality. Provision for credit losses related to commercial real estate, commercial and industrial, and construction and land development loans decreased by $27.6 million, $12.0 million and $8.7 million, respectively, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 compared to 2010. Provision for credit losses related to residential real estate and consumer loans increased by $1.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to 2010.

Non-interest Income

The Company earned non-interest income primarily through fees related to services provided to loan and deposit customers, bank owned life insurance, investment advisory services, investment securities gains and impairment charges, mark to market gains and other.

 

34


Table of Contents

The following tables present a summary of non-interest income for the periods presented:

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2012  2011  Increase
(Decrease)
  2011  2010  Increase
(Decrease)
 
   (in thousands) 

Gain on sales of investment securities, net

  $3,949   $4,798   $(849 $4,798   $19,757   $(14,959

Securities impairment charges, net

   —      (226  226    (226  (1,186  960  

Unrealized gain (loss) on assets and liabilities measured at fair value, net

   653    5,621    (4,968  5,621    (369  5,990  

Service charges and fees

   9,452    9,102    350    9,102    8,969    133  

Income from bank owned life insurance

   4,439    5,372    (933  5,372    3,299    2,073  

Other fee revenue

   3,564    3,453    111    3,453    3,324    129  

Investment advisory fees

   2,119    2,537    (418  2,537    4,003    (1,466

Operating lease income

   1,037    1,878    (841  1,878    3,793    (1,915

Amortization of affordable housing investments

   (1,779  —      (1,779  —      —      —    

Gain on extinguishment of debt

   —      —      —      —      3,000    (3,000

Bargain purchase gain from acquisition

   17,562    —      17,562    —      —      —    

Derivative losses, net

   (196  (238  42    (238  (269  31  

Other

   3,926    2,160    1,766    2,160    2,515    (355
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total non-interest income

  $44,726   $34,457   $10,269   $34,457   $46,836   $(12,379
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to 2011 increased by $10.3 million, or 29.8%, primarily as a result of the $17.6 million bargain purchase gain on the acquisition of WLBC. Other income increased by $1.8 million mostly due to net gains from the sale of both Shine and MRA of $0.9 million and net gains from legal settlements of $0.9 million. Unrealized gain on assets and liabilities measured at fair value, net declined by $5.0 million due to the unrealized gain on the junior subordinated recorded in 2011 when credit spreads widened which did not happen in 2012. During 2012, the Company invested in affordable housing credits which resulted in $1.8 million amortization in 2012. The Company did not have these investments in 2011. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, the Company sold $220.9 million of investment securities for a net gain on security sales of $3.9 million compared to $504.1 million of investment securities sales as of December 31, 2011 for net gains on sales of $4.8 million. Income from bank owned life insurance decreased by $0.9 million, or 17.4% due to lower returns.

Total non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to 2010 decreased by $12.4 million, or 26.4%, primarily as a result of the $15.0 million decrease in net gains on sale of investment securities. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, the Company sold $504.1 million of investment securities for a net gain on security sales of $4.8 million compared to $496.9 million of investment securities sales as of December 31, 2010 for net gains on sales of $19.8 million. Mark to market gains increased for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 compared to 2010 due to $6.0 million of unrealized gains recorded on the junior subordinated debt as the result of credit spreads widening. Service charges, other fee revenue and derivative losses remained almost flat for the comparable twelve month periods ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. Income from bank owned life insurance increased by 62.8% due to increased investment in this asset in the fourth quarter of 2010. Partially offsetting these increases was a decrease in trust and advisory fees for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to 2010 due to the disposition of the Company’s trust unit, Premier Trust, in the third quarter of 2010 which contributed $1.7 million in trust fees in 2010. In addition, operating lease income declined by $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to 2010 due to the decline in the balance of operating equipment leases. The Company no longer focuses on this product. Other non-interest income declined by $0.4 million for the year ended 2011 compared to 2010 mostly due to a gain from the sale of Premier Trust in the third quarter of 2010. In addition, the Company recognized a one-time gain on extinguishment of the remaining subordinated debt in the second quarter of 2010 of $3.0 million.

 

35


Table of Contents

Non-interest Expense

The following table presents a summary of non-interest expenses for the periods presented:

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2012   2011   Increase
(Decrease)
  2011   2010   Increase
(Decrease)
 
           (in thousands)     

Non-interest expense:

        

Salaries and employee benefits

  $105,044    $93,140    $11,904   $93,140    $86,586    $6,554  

Occupancy

   18,815     19,972     (1,157  19,972     19,580     392  

Net loss on sales/valuations of repossessed assets and bank premises, net

   4,207     24,592     (20,385  24,592     28,826     (4,234

Insurance

   8,511     11,045     (2,534  11,045     15,475     (4,430

Loan and repossessed asset expense

   6,675     8,126     (1,451  8,126     8,076     50  

Legal, professional and director fees

   8,229     7,678     551    7,678     7,591     87  

Marketing

   5,607     4,676     931    4,676     4,061     615  

Data processing

   5,749     3,566     2,183    3,566     3,374     192  

Intangible amortization

   3,256     3,559     (303  3,559     3,604     (45

Customer service

   2,604     3,336     (732  3,336     4,256     (920

Goodwill and intangible impairment

   3,435     —       3,435    —       —       —    

Operating lease depreciation

   746     1,201     (455  1,201     2,506     (1,305

Merger/restructure expense

   2,819     1,564     1,255    1,564     1,651     (87

Other

   13,163     13,143     20    13,143     11,172     1,971  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest expense

  $188,860    $195,598    $(6,738 $195,598    $196,758    $(1,160
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest expense decreased $6.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the same period in 2011. The decrease in non-interest expense was mostly related to a decrease in net decrease in repossessed assets valuations and sales, insurance, loan and repossessed asset expense and occupancy. For 2012 compared to 2011, other real estate owned (“OREO”) valuation write-downs decreased by $15.0 million, net loss on sales of OREO decreased by $4.6 million and net loss on sale of assets and other repossessed assets decreased by $0.8 million primarily due to stabilization of asset values, a decline in the number of new OREO properties and in the number of OREO and assets sold. Insurance expense declined due to the reduced FDIC insurance premiums for the comparable periods of $2.5 million for 2012. Loan and repossessed assets expense declined for 2012 compared to 2011 mostly due to $1.3 million decrease in repossessed asset expense. Partially offsetting these declines was total salaries and benefits which increased by $11.9 million for the year ended 2012 compared to 2011 due to growth and increased variable performance based compensation as the Company achieved strategic goals in 2012. The Company also recorded goodwill and intangible impairment of $3.4 million related to its divestiture of Shine. Data processing and merger/restructure expense increased by $2.2 million and $1.3 million, respectively, as the Company’s continued growth and changes to product lines drive changes to infrastructure and technology.

Total non-interest expense decreased $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the same period in 2010. The decrease in non-interest expense was mostly related to a decrease in insurance expense and a net decrease in repossessed assets valuations and sales. Insurance expense declined due to the reduced FDIC insurance premiums for the comparable periods of $4.4 million, or 33.2% from $13.4 million for 2010 to $8.9 million for 2011. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 compared to 2010, other real estate owned (“OREO”) valuation write-downs decreased by $4.8 million, net loss on sales of OREO increased by $0.6 million and net loss on sale of assets and other repossessed assets remained flat at $0.7 million primarily due to a decline in the number of new OREO properties and in the number of OREO and assets sold. Operating lease depreciation continued to decline as the Company no longer focuses on operating equipment leases. Customer service expense declined by $0.9 million primarily due to decreased customer data processing expense which was $2.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $2.3 million in 2011. Total salaries and benefits increased by $6.6 million for the year ended 2011 compared to 2010 due to increased variable performance based compensation from changes to incentive plans based on strategic initiatives which were achieved in 2011. Marketing expenses increased $0.6 million mostly due to increased charitable contributions of $0.4 million and business development costs of $0.3 million for the comparable year 2011 to 2010. Other expense increased by $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to 2010 mostly due to increased off-balance sheet reserve provision of $0.9 million, travel expense of $0.6 million and accounting and audit fees of $0.4 million. Occupancy expense increased by $0.4 million for 2011 compared to 2010 as a result of increased equipment and building maintenance costs of $0.9 million and increased building rent of $0.4 million partially off-set by decreased depreciation expense of $0.9 million.

 

36


Table of Contents

Income Taxes

The reconciliation between the statutory federal income tax rate and the Company’s effective tax rate are summarized as follows:

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2012  2011  2010 
      (in thousands)    

Income tax at statutory rate

  $34,750   $17,619   $(3,703

Increase (decrease) resulting from:

    

State income taxes, net of federal benefits

   1,801    1,411    (739

Dividends received deductions

   (992  (900  (476

Bank-owned life insurance

   (1,553  (1,431  (1,155

Tax-exempt income

   (3,844  (867  (280

Nondeductible expenses

   334    276    340  

Change in rates applied to deferred items

   156    —      —    

Loss on sale of subsidiaries

   (2,523  —      —    

Deferred tax asset valuation allowance

   383    —      (2,033

Restricted stock write off

   1,133    617    1,259  

Bargain purchase option

   (5,952  —      —    

Low income housing tax credits

   (2,089  —      —    

Other, net

   2,357    124    377  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  $23,961   $16,849   $(6,410
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2012 was 24.1% compared to 33.6% for the year ended December 31, 2011. The reduction in the effective tax rate from 2011 compared to 2012 is primarily due to low income housing tax credits and permanent tax differences which include an increase in tax exempt income from revenue from municipal obligations, and the permanent differences resulting from the purchase of WLBC and the tax loss from the disposition of Shine. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the net deferred tax asset decreased $10.0 million to $51.7 million. This decrease in the net deferred tax asset was primarily the result of the net operating income of the Company for the period and the resulting use of the Company’s historic NOL carryforwards (but significantly offset by the acquisition of substantial NOL carryforwards from the WLBC acquisition and an increase in capital loss carryforwards resulting from the loss on the disposition of Shine), and also due to the tax effect of the change in other comprehensive income.

At December 31, 2012, the $8.0 million deferred tax valuation allowance (compared to $7.6 million at December 31, 2011) relates to net capital losses on ARPS securities sales and capital losses resulting from the disposition of the shares of Shine.

Business Segment Results

Bank of Nevada which includes the operating results of Service1st or the period beginning October 19, 2012 reported net income of $18.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $7.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in net income for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to 2011 was primarily due to decreased non-interest expense of $13.8 million. Total deposits at Bank of Nevada increased by $191.8 million to $2.57 billion at December 31, 2012 compared to $2.38 billion at December 31, 2011. Total loans increased $324.2 million to $2.18 billion at December 31, 2012 compared to 2011.

Western Alliance Bank, which consists of Alliance Bank of Arizona operating in Arizona and First Independent Bank operating in Northern Nevada, reported a net income of $36.8 million and $19.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The increase in net income for the year ended December 31, 2012 from the year ended December 31, 2011 was mostly due to increased interest income of $15.4 million and decreased provision for credit losses of $7.5 million partially offset by increased tax expense of $5.5 million. During 2012, total loans at Western Alliance Bank grew $392.2 million to $2.04 billion from $1.64 billion at December 31, 2011. In addition, total deposits grew by $346.7 million to $2.22 billion at December 31, 2012.

Torrey Pines Bank segment, which excludes discontinued operations, reported net income of $22.7 million and $19.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The increase in net income for the year ended December 31, 2012 from the year ended December 31, 2011 was the result of increased net interest income of $10.5 million partially offset by increased non-interest expense of $3.3 million, increased provision for credit losses of $2.1 million, decreased non-interest income of $1.2 million and increased income tax expense of $0.7 million. Total loans at Torrey Pines Bank increased by $189.3 million to $1.48 billion at December 31, 2012 from $1.32 billion at December 31, 2011. Total deposits increased by $262.5 million during 2012 to $1.68 billion at December 31, 2012.

 

37


Table of Contents

The other segment, which includes the holding company, Shine (until October 31, 2012), Western Alliance Equipment Finance, the discontinued operations related to the affinity credit card platform excluding loans held for sale which are included in TPB, Las Vegas Sunset Properties and Premier Trust (through September 1, 2010), reported a net loss of $4.8 million and $15.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The decrease in the net loss for the comparable years is primarily due to the bargain purchase gain on the acquisition of WLBC of $17.6 million.

BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS

Total assets increased $778.1 million, or 11.4%, to $7.62 billion at December 31, 2012 compared to $6.84 billion at December 31, 2011. The majority of the increase was in loans of $929.2 million, or 19.4%, to $5.71 billion slightly offset by a decrease in investment securities of $247.2 million.

Total liabilities increased $655.2 million, or 10.6% to $6.86 billion at December 31, 2012 from $6.21 billion at December 31, 2011. Total deposits increased by $796.7 million or 14.1% to $6.46 billion at December 31, 2012 from $5.66 billion at December 31, 2011. Non-interest bearing demand deposits increased by $375.0 million, or 24.1%, to $1.93 billion at December 31, 2012 from $1.56 billion at December 31, 2011.

Total stockholders’ equity increased by $122.9 million to $759.6 million at December 31, 2012 from $636.7 million at December 31, 2011 which included $32.0 million of common stock issued as part of the acquisition of WLBC and $72.8 million of net income.

The table below summarizes the distribution of the Company’s loans held for investment at the year-end indicated.

 

   December 31, 
   2012  2011  2010  2009  2008 
         (in thousands)       

Commercial real estate

  $2,902,397   $2,553,354   $2,261,638   $2,024,624   $1,763,392  

Construction and land development

   394,319    381,676    451,470    623,198    820,874  

Commercial and industrial

   1,947,750    1,336,582    934,627    802,193    860,280  

Residential real estate

   407,937    443,020    527,302    568,319    589,196  

Consumer

   31,836    72,504    71,545    80,300    71,148  

Net deferred loan fees

   (6,045  (7,067  (6,040  (18,995  (9,179
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross loans, net of deferred fees

   5,678,194    4,780,069    4,240,542    4,079,639    4,095,711  

Less: allowance for credit losses

   (95,427  (99,170  (110,699  (108,623  (74,827
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total loans, net

  $5,582,767   $4,680,899   $4,129,843   $3,971,016   $4,020,884  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The following table sets forth the amount of loans outstanding by type of loan as of December 31, 2012 that were contractually due in one year or less, more than one year and less than five years, and more than five years based on remaining scheduled repayments of principal. Lines of credit or other loans having no stated final maturity and no stated schedule of repayments are reported as due in one year or less. The tables also present an analysis of the rate structure for loans including loans held for sale within the same maturity time periods. Actual cash flows from these loans may differ materially from contractual maturities due to prepayment, refinancing or other factors.

 

38


Table of Contents
   Due in one
year or less
   Due after
one year to
five years
   Due after
five years
   Total 
       (in thousands)         

Commercial real estate — owner occupied

        

Floating rate

  $25,344    $148,127    $515,340    $688,811  

Fixed rate

   54,984     296,873     356,129     707,986  

Commercial real estate — non-owner occupied

        

Floating rate

   85,635     284,628     346,867     717,130  

Fixed rate

   103,667     542,032     136,726     782,425  

Commercial and industrial

        

Floating rate

   627,989     253,724     173,626     1,055,339  

Fixed rate

   72,426     277,420     253,818     603,664  

Leases

        

Floating rate

   —       1,952     5,471     7,423  

Fixed rate

   9,571     160,681     111,072     281,324  

Construction and land development

        

Floating rate

   174,393     41,298     22,272     237,963  

Fixed rate

   48,700     100,952     6,704     156,356  

Residential real estate

        

Floating rate

   17,936     35,439     269,791     323,166  

Fixed rate

   18,481     29,234     37,056     84,771  

Consumer

        

Floating rate

   49,447     4,581     356     54,384  

Fixed rate

   3,452     4,842     282     8,576  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $1,292,025    $2,181,783    $2,235,510    $5,709,318  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012, approximately $2.4 billion or 76.3%, of total variable rate loans were subject to rate floors with a weighted average interest rate of 5.42%. At December 31, 2012, total loans consisted of 54.0% with floating rates and 46.0% with fixed rates.

Concentrations of Lending Activities

The Company’s lending activities are primarily driven by the customers served in the market areas where the Company has branch offices in the States of Nevada, California and Arizona. The Company monitors concentrations within five broad categories: geography, industry, product, call code, and collateral. The Company grants commercial, construction, real estate and consumer loans to customers through branch offices located in the Company’s primary markets. The Company’s business is concentrated in these areas and the loan portfolio includes significant credit exposure to the commercial real estate market of these areas. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, commercial real estate related loans accounted for approximately 58% and 61% of total loans, respectively, and approximately 3% and 2%, respectively of commercial real estate related loans are secured by undeveloped land. Substantially all of these loans are secured by first liens with an initial loan to value ratio of generally not more than 75%. Approximately 48% and 49% of these commercial real estate loans excluding construction and land loans were owner occupied at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. In addition, approximately 4% of total loans were unsecured as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Interest Reserves

Interest reserves are generally established at the time of the loan origination for construction and land development loans. The Company’s practice is to monitor the construction, sales and/or leasing progress to determine the feasibility of ongoing construction and development projects. , The Company discontinues the use of the interest reserve when a project is determined not to be viable and may take appropriate action to protect its collateral position via renegotiation and/or legal action as deemed appropriate. At December 31, 2012, the Company had 29 loans with an outstanding balance of $46.1 million with available interest reserves of $2.6 million. This is an increase from 18 loans at December 31, 2011 with an outstanding principal balance of $28.0 million and available interest reserve amounts of $0.5 million.

 

39


Table of Contents

Impaired loans

A loan is identified as impaired when it is probable that interest and principal will not be collected according to the contractual terms of the original loan agreement. Generally, impaired loans are classified as nonaccrual. However, in certain instances, impaired loans may continue on an accrual basis, such as loans classified as impaired due to doubt regarding collectability according to contractual terms, that are both fully secured by collateral and are current in their interest and principal payments. Impaired loans are measured for reserve requirements in accordance with ASC Topic 310, Receivables, based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate or, as a practical expedient, at the loan's observable market price or the fair value of the collateral less applicable disposition costs if the loan is collateral dependent. The amount of an impairment reserve, if any, and any subsequent changes are charged against the allowance for credit losses. In addition to our own internal loan review process, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) may from time to time direct the Company to modify loan grades, loan impairment calculations or loan impairment methodology. During the first quarter 2012, in conjunction with an examination, the FDIC directed Management to substitute the collateral dependent impairment method for the net present value impairment method on certain TDRs.

Total nonaccrual loans and loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing increased by $13.1 million, or 14.1%, at December 31, 2012 to $106.1 million from $93.0 million at December 31, 2011.

 

   December 31, 
   2012  2011  2010  2009  2008 
   (dollars in thousands) 

Total nonaccrual loans

  $104,716   $90,392   $116,999   $153,702   $58,302  

Loans past due 90 days or more on accrual status

   1,388    2,589    1,458    5,538    11,515  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total nonperforming loans

   106,104    92,981    118,457    159,240    69,817  

Troubled debt restructured loans

   84,609    112,483    116,696    46,480    15,605  

Other impaired loans

   30,866    4,027    3,182    27,752    92,981  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total impaired loans

  $221,579   $209,491   $238,335   $233,472   $178,403  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other assets acquired through foreclosure, net

  $77,247   $89,104   $107,655   $83,347   $14,545  

Nonaccrual loans to gross loans

   1.83  1.89  2.76  3.77  1.42

Loans past due 90 days or more on accrual status to total loans

   0.02    0.05    0.03    0.14    0.28  

Interest income received on nonaccrual loans

  $191   $444   $2,501   $624   $488  

Interest income that would have been recorded under the original terms of nonaccrual loans

  $5,469   $6,331   $6,016   $8,713   $1,827  

The composite of nonaccrual loans were as follows:

 

   At December 31, 2012  At December 31, 2011 
   Nonaccrual
Balance
   %  Percent of
Total Loans
  Nonaccrual
Balance
   %  Percent of
Total Loans
 
   (dollars in thousands) 

Construction and land

  $11,093     10.59  0.19 $28,813     31.88  0.60

Residential real estate

   26,722     25.52  0.47  15,747     17.42  0.33

Commercial real estate

   59,975     57.28  1.05  38,019     42.05  0.80

Commercial and industrial

   6,722     6.42  0.12  7,410     8.20  0.15

Consumer

   204     0.19  0.00  403     0.45  0.01
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total nonaccrual loans

  $104,716     100.00  1.83 $90,392     100.00  1.89
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, nonaccrual loans totaled $104.7 million and $90.4 million, respectively. Nonaccrual loans by bank at December 31, 2012 were $73.5 million at Bank of Nevada, $23.6 million at Western Alliance Bank and $7.6 million at Torrey Pines Bank, compared to $69.0 million at Bank of Nevada, $16.2 million at Western Alliance Bank and $5.2 million at Torrey Pines Bank at December 31, 2011. Nonaccrual loans as a percentage of total gross loans were 1.83% and 1.89% at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Nonaccrual loans as a percentage of each bank’s total gross loans at December 31, 2012 were 3.37% at Bank of Nevada, 1.16% at Western Alliance Bank, and 0.51% at Torrey Pines Bank, compared to 3.71% at Bank of Nevada, 0.98% at Western Alliance Bank and 0.39% at Torrey Pines Bank at December 31, 2011.

 

40


Table of Contents

Troubled Debt Restructured Loans

A troubled debt restructured loan is a loan on which the Bank, for reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties, grants a concession to the borrower that the Bank would not otherwise consider. The loan terms that have been modified or restructured due to a borrower’s financial situation include, but are not limited to, a reduction in the stated interest rate, an extension of the maturity or renewal of the loan at an interest rate below current market, a reduction in the face amount of the debt, a reduction in the accrued interest, extensions, deferrals, renewals and rewrites. A troubled debt restructured loan is also considered impaired. Generally, a loan that is modified at an effective market rate of interest may no longer be disclosed as a troubled debt restructuring in years subsequent to the restructuring if it is not impaired based on the terms specified by the restructuring agreement.

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the aggregate amount of loans classified as impaired was $198.2 million and $209.5 million, respectively, a net decrease of 5.4%. The total specific allowance for loan losses related to these loans was $12.9 million and $10.4 million for December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company had $84.6 million and $112.5 million, respectively, in loans classified as accruing restructured loans. The net decrease in impaired loans is primarily attributable to decreases in impaired construction and land development loans, commercial and industrial loans and consumer loans of $29.4 million, $9.2 million, and $1.5 million, respectively partially offset by increases in impaired commercial real estate and residential real estate impaired loans, of $19.8 million and $9.0 million, respectively. Impaired construction and land development impaired commercial and industrial, and impaired consumer loans decreased by $29.4 million, $9.2 million and $1.5 million, respectively from $61.9 million, $25.7 million and $2.3 million, respectively, at December 31, 2011, to $32.5 million, $16.5 million and $0.8 million, respectively, at December 31, 2012. Impaired loans by bank (excluding purchased credit impaired loans) at December 31, 2012 were $123.4 million at Bank of Nevada, $43.4 million at Western Alliance Bank, and $18.8 million at Torrey Pines Bank compared to $124.7 million at Bank of Nevada, $58.9 million at Western Alliance Bank, and $25.9 million at Torrey Pines Bank at December 31, 2011. Additionally, Western Alliance Bancorporation held a $12.7 million of impaired loans at December 31, 2012.

The following tables present a breakdown of total impaired loans and the related specific reserves for the periods indicated:

 

   At December 31, 2012 
   Impaired
Balance
   Percent  Percent of
Total Loans
  Reserve
Balance
   Percent  Percent of
Total Allowance
 
   (dollars in thousands) 

Construction and land development

  $32,492     16.40  0.57 $284     2.21  0.30

Residential real estate

   37,851     19.10  0.66  5,448     42.34  5.71

Commercial real estate

   110,538     55.78  1.94  4,417     34.33  4.63

Commercial and industrial

   16,510     8.33  0.29  2,552     19.84  2.67

Consumer

   764     0.39  0.01  165     1.28  0.17
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total impaired loans

  $198,155     100.00  3.47 $12,866     100.00  13.48
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

   At December 31, 2011 
   Impaired
Balance
   Percent  Percent of
Total Loans
  Reserve
Balance
   Percent  Percent of
Total
Allowance
 
   (dollars in thousands) 

Construction and land development

  $61,911     29.55  1.30 $3,501     33.74  3.53

Residential real estate

   28,850     13.77  0.60  2,186     21.07  2.20

Commercial real estate

   90,712     43.31  1.90  2,827     27.25  2.85

Commercial and industrial

   25,730     12.28  0.54  1,863     17.95  1.88

Consumer

   2,288     1.09  0.05  —       0.00  0.00
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total impaired loans

  $209,491     100.00  4.39 $10,377     100.00  10.46
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

The amount of interest income recognized on impaired loans for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was approximately $9.0 million, $8.0 million and $7.6 million, respectively.

 

41


Table of Contents

Allowance for Credit Losses

The following table summarizes the activity in our allowance for credit losses for the period indicated.

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2012  2011  2010  2009  2008 
   (dollars in thousands) 

Allowance for credit losses:

      

Balance at beginning of period

  $99,170   $110,699   $108,623   $74,827   $49,305  

Provisions charged to operating expenses:

      

Construction and land development

   4,448    2,692    11,405    35,697    25,714  

Commercial real estate

   15,823    21,959    49,582    20,935    3,850  

Residential real estate

   2,088    16,256    15,116    36,199    15,151  

Commercial and industrial

   21,599    1,109    13,117    49,060    19,829  

Consumer

   2,886    4,172    3,991    7,208    3,645  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Provision

   46,844    46,188    93,211    149,099    68,189  

Recoveries of loans previously charged-off:

      

Construction and land development

   2,903    2,154    3,197    1,708    32  

Commercial real estate

   3,294    2,157    1,003    230    3  

Residential real estate

   1,078    1,060    2,039    545    43  

Commercial and industrial

   3,067    3,401    3,000    1,529    533  

Consumer

   357    174    164    173    37  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total recoveries

   10,699    8,946    9,403    4,185    648  

Loans charged-off:

      

Construction and land development

   10,992    11,238    23,623    35,807    16,715  

Commercial real estate

   19,166    22,128    33,821    16,756    2,912  

Residential real estate

   7,063    19,071    20,663    24,082    6,643  

Commercial and industrial

   17,341    9,757    17,218    38,573    15,937  

Consumer

   6,724    4,469    5,213    4,270    1,108  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total charged-off

   61,286    66,663    100,538    119,488    43,315  

Net charge-offs

   50,587    57,717    91,135    115,303    42,667  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

  $95,427   $99,170   $110,699   $108,623   $74,827  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding

   0.99  1.32  2.22  2.86  1.10

Allowance for credit losses to gross loans

   1.67  2.07  2.61  2.66  1.83

The following table summarizes the allocation of the allowance for credit losses by loan type. However, allocation of a portion of the allowance to one category of loans does not preclude its availability to absorb losses in other categories:

 

   December 31, 
   2012  2011  2010  2009  2008 
   (dollars in thousands) 
   Amount   % of
Loans in
Each
Category
to Gross
Loans
  Amount   % of
Loans in
Each
Category
to Gross
Loans
  Amount   % of
Loans in
Each
Category
to Gross
Loans
  Amount   % of
Loans in
Each
Category
to Gross
Loans
  Amount   % of
Loans in
Each
Category
to Gross
Loans
 

Construction and land development

  $10,554     6.9 $14,195     8.0 $20,587     10.6 $29,608     15.2 $28,010     20.0

Real estate:

                

Commercial

   34,982     51.1    35,031     53.3    33,043     53.3    16,279     49.4    11,870     42.9  

Residential

   15,237     7.2    19,134     9.3    20,889     12.4    24,397     13.9    11,735     14.4  

Commercial and industrial

   32,860     34.3    25,535     27.9    30,782     22.0    31,883     19.6    19,867     21.0  

Consumer

   1,794     0.5    5,275     1.5    5,398     1.7    6,456     2.0    3,345     1.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $95,427     100.0 $99,170     100.0 $110,699     100.0 $108,623     100.0 $74,827     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

42


Table of Contents

The allowance for credit losses as a percentage of total loans decreased to 1.67% at December 31, 2012 from 2.07% at December 31, 2011. Although the Company has increased the size of its loan portfolio, the total balance of the allowance for credit losses has declined due to improving credit quality and a change in portfolio mix toward higher rated credits.

Potential Problem Loans

The Company classifies loans consistent with federal banking regulations using a nine category grading system. These loan grades are described in further detail in Item 1, “Business” of this Form 10-K. The following table presents information regarding potential problem loans, consisting of loans graded watch, substandard, doubtful, and loss, but still performing:

 

   At December 31, 2012 
   Number of
Loans
   Loan
Balance
   Percent  Percent of
Total
Loans
 
   (dollars in thousands) 

Construction and land development

   8    $5,821     4.89  0.10

Commercial real estate

   70     82,422     69.30  1.44

Residential real estate

   34     9,749     8.20  0.17

Commercial and industrial

   79     20,155     16.95  0.35

Consumer

   6     783     0.66  0.01
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

   197    $118,930     100.00  2.07
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

   At December 31, 2011 
   Number of
Loans
   Loan
Balance
   Percent  Percent of
Total
Loans
 
   (dollars in thousands) 

Construction and land development

   11    $6,212     4.04  0.13

Commercial real estate

   83     104,455     67.87  2.19

Residential real estate

   42     12,751     8.28  0.27

Commercial and industrial

   111     28,751     18.68  0.60

Consumer

   9     1,746     1.13  0.04
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

   256    $153,915     100.00  3.23
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total potential problem loans are primarily secured by real estate.

Investment securities

Investment securities are classified at the time of acquisition as either held-to-maturity, available-for-sale, or trading based upon various factors, including asset/liability management strategies, liquidity and profitability objectives, and regulatory requirements. Held-to-maturity securities are carried at amortized cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums or accretion of discounts. Available-for-sale securities are securities that may be sold prior to maturity based upon asset/liability management decisions. Investment securities identified as available-for-sale are carried at fair value. Unrealized gains or losses on available-for-sale securities are recorded as accumulated other comprehensive income in stockholders’ equity. Amortization of premiums or accretion of discounts on mortgage-backed securities is periodically adjusted for estimated prepayments. Investment securities measured at fair value are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses included in current period earnings.

The investment securities portfolio of the Company is utilized as collateral for borrowings, required collateral for public deposits and customer repurchase agreements, and to manage liquidity, capital and interest rate risk.

 

43


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the carrying value of the investment securities portfolio:

 

   At December 31, 
   2012   2011   2010 
       (in thousands)     

Direct obligations and GSE residential mortgage-backed securities

  $668,265    $871,099    $781,179  

U.S. Government sponsored agency securities

   —       156,211     280,103  

Private label residential mortgage-backed securities

   35,607     25,784     8,111  

Municipal obligations

   265,073     187,509     1,677  

Adjustable-rate preferred stock

   75,555     54,676     67,243  

Mutual funds

   37,961     28,864     —    

CRA investments

   25,816     25,015     23,743  

Trust preferred securities

   24,135     21,159     23,126  

Collateralized debt obligations

   50     50     276  

Private label commercial mortgage-backed securities

   5,741     5,431     —    

Corporate bonds

   97,781     107,360     49,907  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment securities

  $1,235,984    $1,483,158    $1,235,365  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average yield is calculated by dividing income within each maturity range by the outstanding amount of the related investment and has not been tax affected on tax-exempt obligations. For purposes of calculating the weighted average yield, securities available for sale are carried at amortized cost in the table below. The maturity distribution and weighted average yield of our investment security portfolios at December 31, 2012 are summarized in the table below:

 

   December 31, 2012 
   Due Under 1
Year

Amount/Yield
  Due 1-5 Years
Amount/Yield
  Due 5-10 Years
Amount/Yield
  Due Over 10
Years

Amount/Yield
  Total
Amount/Yield
 
   (dollars in thousands) 

Available-for-sale

                

Municipal obligations

  $—       0.00 $255     1.92 $56     5.90 $72,860     3.05 $73,171     3.05

Adjustable-rate preferred stock

   5,617     4.50    19,910     8.16    —       0.00    50,028     6.29    75,555     6.65  

Direct U.S. obligations and GSE residential mortgage-backed securities

   —       0.00    —       0.00    —       0.00    663,204     1.99    663,204     1.99  

Private label residential mortgage-backed securities

   —       0.00    —       0.00    7,944     2.60    27,663     2.78    35,607     2.74  

Private label commercial mortgage-backed securities

   —       0.00    5,741     3.14    —       0.00    —       0.00    5,741     3.14  

Trust preferred securities

   —       0.00    —       0.00    —       0.00    24,135     1.33    24,135     1.33  

Mutual funds

   37,961     4.62    —       0.00    —       0.00    —       0.00    37,961     4.62  

Corporate bonds

   —       0.00    —       0.00    —       0.00    —       0.00    —       0.00  

Other

   24,216     2.61    —       0.00    —       0.00    —       0.00    24,216     2.61  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

  $67,794     3.89 $25,906     6.99 $8,000     2.62 $837,890     2.35 $939,590     2.58
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Held-to-maturity

                

Municipal obligations

  $—       0.00 $931     3.04 $36,122     2.99 $154,849     3.32 $191,902     3.26

Corporate bonds

   —       0.00    12,665     2.74    85,116     3.12    —       0.00    97,781     3.07  

Collateralized debt obligations

   —       0.00    —       0.00    —       0.00    50     0.00    50     0.00  

Other

   1,600     0.00    —       0.00    —       0.00    —       0.00    1,600     0.00  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

  $1,600     0.00 $13,596     2.76   $121,238     3.08 $154,899     3.32 $291,333     3.18
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Measured at fair value

                

Direct U.S. obligations and GSE residential mortgage-backed securities

  $—       0.00 $9     1.16 $785     5.25 $4,267     4.11 $5,061     4.28
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

The Company does not own any subprime MBS in its investment portfolio. The majority of its MBS are GSE issued. The remaining MBS not GSE issued consist of $15.2 million rated AAA, $1.6 million rated AA, $6.1 million rated A, and $5.2 million rated BBB, and $7.4 million are non-investment grade with $5.5 million collateralized by Alt-A mortgages.

Gross unrealized losses at December 31, 2012 are primarily caused by interest rate fluctuations, credit spread widening and reduced liquidity in applicable markets. The Company has reviewed securities on which there is an unrealized loss in accordance with its accounting policy for other then temporary impaired (“OTTI”) described in Note 3, Investment Securities, and recorded impairment charges totaling $0.2 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011. The impairment charges related to unrealized losses in the Company’s CDO portfolio. There were no impairment charges recorded in 2012.

 

44


Table of Contents

The Company does not consider any other securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired as of December 31, 2012 and 2011. However, the Company cannot guarantee that additional OTTI will not occur in future periods. At December 31, 2012, the Company had the intent and ability to retain its investments for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill is created when a company acquires a business. When a business is acquired, the purchased assets and liabilities are recorded at fair value and intangible assets are identified. Excess consideration paid to acquire a business over the fair value of the net assets is recorded as goodwill. At December 31, 2012, the Company had $23.2 million of goodwill and $6.5 million of core deposit intangibles. During the third quarter 2012, Management concluded that goodwill and intangibles related to Shine Investment Advisory Services, Inc. were impaired, and recorded a $3.4 million impairment charge. This was due to ongoing evaluations of various strategic alternatives related to this entity. Shine was sold in October 2012. The Company’s annual goodwill impairment testing is as of October 1. As a result of this process, the Company determined that there was no additional goodwill impairment. There also was no goodwill impairment in 2011.

The goodwill impairment charges had no effect on the Company’s cash balances or liquidity. In addition, because goodwill is not included in the calculation of regulatory capital, the Company’s regulatory ratios were not affected by these non-cash expenses. No assurance can be given that goodwill will not be further impaired in future periods.

Other Intangibles

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
Core Deposit Intangibles  2012  2011 
   (in thousands) 

Balance, beginning of year

  $8,112   $11,550  

Acquisiton of Service1st

   1,578    —    

Amortization

   (3,151  (3,438
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

  $6,539   $8,112  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
Other Intangibles  2012  2011 
   (in thousands) 

Balance, beginning of year

  $1,695   $1,816  

Amortization

   (104  (121

Sale of Shine Investment Advisory Services, Inc.

   (1,383  —    

Impairment of credit card intangible

   (208  —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

  $—     $1,695  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Deposits

The average balances and weighted average rates paid on deposits for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 are presented below.

 

45


Table of Contents
   Year Ended December 31, 
   2012 Average
Balance/Rate
  2011 Average
Balance/Rate
  2010 Average
Balance/Rate
 
   (dollars in thousands) 

Interest checking (NOW)

  $515,322     0.24 $478,345     0.37 $581,063     0.50

Savings and money market

   2,371,473     0.34    2,105,316     0.61    1,861,668     0.90  

Time

   1,359,538     0.55    1,460,690     0.91    1,437,234     1.51  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total interest-bearing deposits

   4,246,333     0.40    4,044,351     0.69    3,879,965     1.07  

Noninterest bearing demand deposits

   1,788,267     —      1,509,363     —      1,296,634     —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total deposits

  $6,034,600     0.28 $5,553,714     0.50 $5,176,599     0.80
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total deposits increased to $6.46 billion at December 31, 2012, from $5.66 billion at December 31, 2011, an increase of $796.7 million or 14.1%. This increase was primarily from money market and savings accounts, non-interest bearing demand deposits and interest bearing demand deposits which increased by $406.9 million, $374.9 million and $99.6 million, respectively. Certificates of deposits decreased by $84.7 million from December 31, 2011 to December 31, 2012. Deposits have historically been the primary source of funding the Company’s asset growth. In addition, all of the banking subsidiaries are members of Certificate of Deposit Registry Service (“CDARS”). CDARS provides a mechanism for obtaining FDIC insurance for large deposits. At December 31, 2012, the Company had $386.3 million of CDARs deposits. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company also had $99.8 million and $34.6 million, respectively, of other brokered deposits outstanding.

Certificates of Deposit of $100,000 or More

The table below discloses the remaining maturity for certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more:

 

   December 31, 
   2012   2011 
   (in thousands) 

3 months or less

  $384,420    $544,964  

3 to 6 months

   351,622     340,502  

6 to 12 months

   408,602     313,312  

Over 12 months

   76,294     89,903  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $1,220,938    $1,288,681  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Assets Acquired Through Foreclosure

The following table represents the changes in other assets acquired through foreclosure:

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2012  2011  2010 
      (in thousands)    

Balance, beginning of period

  $89,104   $107,655   $83,347  

Additions

   28,825    48,585    93,656  

Additions from acquisition of WLBC

   5,094    —      —    

Dispositions

   (40,993  (47,366  (40,674

Valuation adjustments in the period, net

   (4,783  (19,770  (28,674
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

  $77,247   $89,104   $107,655  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other assets acquired through foreclosure consist primarily of properties acquired as a result of, or in-lieu-of, foreclosure. Properties or other assets (primarily repossessed assets formerly leased) are classified as other real estate owned and other repossessed property and are reported at the lower of carrying value or fair value, less estimated costs to sell the property. Costs relating to the development or improvement of the assets are capitalized and costs relating to holding the assets are charged to expense. The Company had $77.2 million, $89.1 million and $107.7 million, respectively, of such assets at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010. At December 31, 2012, the Company held approximately 75 other real estate owned properties compared to 83 at December 31, 2011. When significant adjustments were based on unobservable inputs, such as when a current appraised value is not available or management determines the fair value of the collateral is further impaired below appraised value and there is no observable market price, the resulting fair value measurement has been categorized as a Level 3 measurement.

 

46


Table of Contents

Capital Resources

The Company and the Banks are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the Federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements could trigger certain mandatory or discretionary actions that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s business and financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Banks must meet specific capital guidelines that involve qualitative measures of their assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Banks to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of total and Tier I capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier I leverage (as defined) to average assets (as defined). As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company and the Banks met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

As of December 31, 2012, the Company and each of its subsidiaries met the minimum capital ratio requirements necessary to be classified as well-capitalized, as defined by the banking agencies. To be categorized as well-capitalized, the Banks must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier I risk-based and Tier I leverage ratios as set forth in the table below. In addition, the Memorandum of Understanding to which Bank of Nevada is subject requires it to maintain a higher Tier 1 leverage ratio than otherwise required to be considered well-capitalized. At December 31, 2012, the capital levels at Bank of Nevada exceeded this elevated requirement.

Federal banking regulators have proposed revisions to the bank capital requirement standards known as Basel III. Basel III strengthens bank capital requirements and introduces new regulatory requirements on bank liquidity and bank leverage. Based on the Company’s assessment of these proposed regulations, as of December 31, 2012, the Company and each of its subsidiaries met the requirements necessary to be classified as well-capitalized under the proposed regulation.

The actual capital amounts and ratios for the Banks and Company are presented in the following tables as of the periods indicated:

 

   Total
Capital
   Tier 1
Capital
   Risk-
Weighted
Assets
   Tangible
Average
Assets
   Total
Capital
Ratio
  Tier 1
Capital
Ratio
  Tier 1
Leverage
Ratio
 
   (dollars in thousands) 

December 31, 2012

            

WAL (Consolidated)

  $856,199    $768,687    $6,797,392    $7,576,101     12.6  11.3  10.1

Bank of Nevada

   371,164     338,404     2,534,301     2,994,626     14.7  13.3  11.3

Western Alliance Bank

   258,930     218,716     2,382,971     2,538,356     10.9  9.2  8.6

Torrey Pines Bank

   196,677     165,403     1,826,740     1,930,808     10.8  9.1  8.6

Well-capitalized ratios

           10.0  6.0  5.0

Minimum capital ratios

           8.0  4.0  4.0

December 31, 2011

            

WAL (Consolidated)

  $723,327    $651,104    $5,749,818    $6,636,083     12.6  11.3  9.8

Bank of Nevada

   294,747     266,430     2,232,208     2,818,077     13.2  11.9  9.5

Western Alliance Bank

   231,360     188,328     1,944,738     2,128,033     11.9  9.7  8.9

Torrey Pines Bank

   183,772     151,058     1,541,878     1,641,500     11.9  9.8  9.2

Well-capitalized ratios

           10.0  6.0  5.0

Minimum capital ratios

           8.0  4.0  4.0

Additionally, State of Nevada banking regulations restrict distribution of the net assets of Bank of Nevada because such regulations require the sum of the bank’s stockholders’ equity and reserve for loan losses to be at least 6% of the average of the bank’s total daily deposit liabilities for the preceding 60 days. As a result of these regulations, approximately $155.5 million and $147.6 million of Bank of Nevada’s stockholders’ equity was restricted at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

47


Table of Contents

JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBT

The Company has formed or acquired through mergers six statutory business trusts, which exist for the exclusive purpose of issuing Cumulative Trust Preferred Securities. All of the funds raised from the issuance of these securities were passed to the Company and are reflected in the accompanying balance sheet as junior subordinated debt. The junior subordinated debt has contractual balances and maturity dates as follows:

 

       December 31, 

Name of Trust

  Maturity   2012  2011 
       (in thousands) 

BankWest Nevada Capital Trust II

   2033    $15,464   $15,464  

First Independent Capital Trust I

   2034     7,217    7,217  

Intermountain First Statutory Trust I

   2034     10,310    10,310  

WAL Trust No. 1

   2036     20,619    20,619  

WAL Statutory Trust No. 2

   2037     5,155    5,155  

WAL Statutory Trust No. 3

   2037     7,732    7,732  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 
    $66,497   $66,497  

Unrealized gains on trust preferred securities measured at fair value, net

     (30,279  (29,512
    

 

 

  

 

 

 
    $36,218   $36,985  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

The weighted average contractual rate of the junior subordinated debt was 2.97% and 3.61% as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

In the event of certain changes or amendments to regulatory requirements or Federal tax rules, the debt is redeemable in whole. The obligations under these instruments are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Company and rank subordinate and junior in right of payment to all other liabilities of the Company. The trust preferred securities qualify as Tier 1 Capital for the Company, subject to certain limitations, with the excess being included in total capital for regulatory purposes. Under the proposed Basel III guidelines, the trust preferred securities would be phased out for regulatory capital.

Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

The Company enters into contracts for services in the ordinary course of business that may require payment for services to be provided in the future and may contain penalty clauses for early termination of the contracts. To meet the financing needs of customers, the Company has financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk, including commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. The Company has also committed to irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee the following payments or distributions with respect to the holders of preferred securities to the extent that BankWest Nevada Trust I, BankWest Nevada Trust II, Intermountain First Statutory Trust I, and WAL Trust No. 1 have not made such payments or distributions: (1) accrued and unpaid distributions, (2) the redemption price, and (3) upon a dissolution or termination of the trust, the lesser of the liquidation amount and all accrued and unpaid distributions and the amount of assets of the trust remaining available for distribution. The Company does not believe that these off-balance sheet arrangements have or are reasonably likely to have a material effect on its financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures, or capital resources. However, there can be no assurance that such arrangements will not have a future effect.

 

48


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth our significant contractual obligations as of December 31, 2012.

 

   Payments Due by Period 
   (in thousands) 
   Total   Less Than 1
Year
   1-3 Years   3-5
Years
   After 5
Years
 
   (in thousands) 

Time deposit maturities

  $1,366,187    $1,277,496    $86,348    $2,343    $—    

Long-term borrowed funds

   75,000     —       75,000     —       —    

Junior subordinated debt

   36,218     —       —       —       36,218  

Purchase obligations

   16,609     8,985     3,818     3,806     —    

Operating lease obligations

   33,818     5,789     10,202     8,465     9,362  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $1,527,832    $1,292,270    $175,368    $14,614    $45,580  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Purchase obligations primarily relate to contracts for software licensing and maintenance and outsourced service providers. Off-balance sheet commitments associated with outstanding letters of credit, commitments to extend credit, and credit card guarantees as of December 31, 2012 are summarized below. Since commitments associated with letters of credit and commitments to extend credit may expire unused, the amounts shown do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements.

 

       Amount of Commitment Expiration per Period 
   Total
Amounts
Committed
   Less Than
1 Year
   1-3 Years   3-5 Years   After 5
Years
 
   (in thousands) 

Commitments to extend credit

  $1,096,264    $637,730    $215,363    $102,029    $141,142  

Credit card guarantees

   295,506     295,506     —       —       —    

Standby letters of credit

   32,757     25,184     4,286     3,238     49  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $1,424,527    $958,420    $219,649    $105,267    $141,191  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table sets forth certain information regarding FHLB and FRB advances and customer repurchase agreements.

 

   December 31, 
   2012  2011  2010 
   (dollars in thousands) 

FHLB and FRB Advances

  

Maximum month-end balance

  $320,000   $280,000   $20,000  

Balance at end of year

   120,000    280,000    —    

Average balance

   144,738    13,206    5,367  

Customer Repurchase Accounts:

    

Maximum month-end balance

   125,745    176,966    211,046  

Balance at end of year

   79,034    123,626    109,409  

Average balance

   98,716    148,412    126,511  

Total Short-Term Borrowed Funds

  $199,034   $403,626   $109,409  

Weighted average interest rate at end of year

   0.23  0.16  0.23

Weighted average interest rate during year

   0.46  0.20  0.81

Short-Term Borrowed Funds. The Company from time to time utilizes short-term borrowed funds to support short-term liquidity needs generally created by increased loan demand. The majority of these short-term borrowed funds consist of advances from the FHLB and FRB and customer repurchase agreements. The Company’s borrowing capacity at FHLB and FRB is determined based on collateral pledged, generally consisting of securities and loans. In addition, the Company has borrowing capacity from other sources pledged by securities, including securities sold under agreements to repurchase, which are reflected at the amount of cash received in connection with the transaction, and may require additional collateral based on the fair value of the underlying securities. At December 31, 2012, total short-term borrowed funds consisted of customer repurchases of $79.0 million and $120.0 million of FHLB advances. No advances were outstanding from the FRB at December 31, 2012. At December 31, 2011, total short-term borrowed funds consisted of $123.6 million of customer repurchases and $280.0 million of FHLB advances. The decrease of $204.6 million in short-term borrowings for 2012 compared to 2011 was due to the Company’s increased liquidity in the fourth quarter.

 

49


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies

The Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contain a discussion of our significant accounting policies, including information regarding recently issued accounting pronouncements, our adoption of such policies and the related impact of their adoption. We believe that certain of these policies, along with various estimates that we are required to make in recording our financial transactions, are important to have a complete understanding of our financial position. In addition, these estimates require us to make complex and subjective judgments, many of which include matters with a high degree of uncertainty. The following is a summary of these critical accounting policies and significant estimates.

Allowance for credit losses

Credit risk is inherent in the business of extending loans and leases to borrowers. Like other financial institutions, the Company must maintain an adequate allowance for credit losses. The allowance for credit losses is established through a provision for credit losses charged to expense. Loans are charged against the allowance for credit losses when Management believes that the contractual principal or interest will not be collected. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. The allowance is an amount believed adequate to absorb probable losses on existing loans that may become uncollectable, based on evaluation of the collectability of loans and prior credit loss experience, together with other factors. The Company formally re-evaluates and establishes the appropriate level of the allowance for credit losses on a quarterly basis.

The Company’s allowance for credit loss methodology incorporates several quantitative and qualitative risk factors used to establish the appropriate allowance for credit losses at each reporting date. Quantitative factors include our historical loss experience, delinquency and charge-off trends, collateral values, changes in the level of nonperforming loans and other factors. Qualitative factors include the economic condition of our operating markets and the state of certain industries. Specific changes in the risk factors are based on actual loss experience, as well as perceived risk of similar groups of loans classified by collateral type, purpose and term. An internal one-year and five-year loss history are also incorporated into the allowance calculation model. Due to the credit concentration of our loan portfolio in real estate secured loans, the value of collateral is heavily dependent on real estate values in Nevada, Arizona and California, which have declined substantially from their peak. While management uses the best information available to make its evaluation, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary if there are significant changes in economic or other conditions. In addition, the FDIC and state bank regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination processes, periodically review our subsidiary banks’ allowances for credit losses, and may require us to make additions to our allowance based on their judgment about information available to them at the time of their examinations. Management regularly reviews the assumptions and formulae used in determining the allowance and makes adjustments if required to reflect the current risk profile of the portfolio.

The allowance consists of specific and general components. The specific allowance relates to impaired loans. In general, impaired loans include those where interest recognition has been suspended, loans that are more than 90 days delinquent but because of adequate collateral coverage, income continues to be recognized, and other criticized and classified loans not paying substantially according to the original contract terms. For such loans, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows, collateral value or observable market price of the impaired loan are lower than the carrying value of that loan, pursuant to FASB ASC 310, Receivables (“ASC 310”). Loans not collateral dependent are evaluated based on the expected future cash flows discounted at the original contractual interest rate. The amount to which the present value falls short of the current loan obligation will be set up as a reserve for that account or charged-off.

The Company uses an appraised value method to determine the need for a reserve on impaired, collateral dependent loans and further discounts the appraisal for disposition costs. Generally, the Company obtains independent collateral valuation analysis for each loan every six to twelve months.

The general allowance covers all non-impaired loans and is based on historical loss experience adjusted for the various qualitative and quantitative factors listed above. The change in the allowance from one reporting period to the next may not directly correlate to the rate of change of the nonperforming loans for the following reasons:

1. A loan moving from impaired performing to impaired nonperforming does not mandate an increased reserve. The individual account is evaluated for a specific reserve requirement when the loan moves to impaired status, not when it moves to nonperforming status, and is reevaluated at each subsequent reporting period. Because our nonperforming loans are predominately collateral dependent, reserves are primarily based on collateral value, which is not affected by borrower performance, but rather by market conditions.

2. Not all impaired accounts require a specific reserve. The payment performance of the borrower may require an impaired classification, but the collateral evaluation may support adequate collateral coverage. For a number of impaired accounts in which borrower performance has ceased, the collateral coverage is now sufficient because a partial charge off of the account has been taken. However, in those instances, although the specific reserve calculation results in no allowance, the Company may record a reserve due to qualitative considerations.

 

50


Table of Contents

Derivative financial instruments

Derivatives are recognized on the balance sheet at their fair value, with changes in fair value reported in current-period earnings. These instruments consist primarily of interest rate swaps.

Certain derivative transactions that meet specified criteria qualify for hedge accounting. The Company occasionally purchases a financial instrument or originates a loan that contains an embedded derivative instrument. Upon purchasing the instrument or originating the loan, the Company assesses whether the economic characteristics of the embedded derivative are clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics of the remaining component of the financial instrument (i.e., the host contract) and whether a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded instrument would meet the definition of a derivative instrument. When it is determined that (1) the embedded derivative possesses economic characteristics that are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics of the host contract, and (2) a separate instrument with the same terms would qualify as a derivative instrument, the embedded derivative is separated from the host contract and carried at fair value. However, in cases where (1) the host contract is measured at fair value, with changes in fair value reported in current earnings, or (2) the Company is unable to reliably identify and measure an embedded derivative for separation from its host contract, the entire contract is carried on the balance sheet at fair value and is not designated as a hedging instrument.

Goodwill

The Company recorded as goodwill the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired in accordance with applicable guidance. Under new guidance, on at least an annual basis, the Company first assesses through qualitative factors whether it is more likely than not that goodwill is impaired. Pursuant to this guidance, a two-step process would then be completed for impairment testing. The first step tests for impairment, while the second step, if necessary, measures the impairment. The resulting impairment amount if any is charged to current period earnings as non-interest expense.

Other intangible assets

The Company’s intangible assets consist of core deposit intangible assets are amortized over periods ranging from 6 to 12 years. The Company evaluates the remaining useful lives of its core deposit intangible assets each reporting period, as required by FASB ASC 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other, to determine whether events and circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining period of amortization. If the estimate of an intangible asset’s remaining useful life has changed, the remaining carrying amount of the intangible asset is amortized prospectively over that revised remaining useful life. The Company has not revised its estimates of the useful lives of its core deposit intangibles during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 or 2010.

Stock compensation plans

The Company has the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan as amended (the “Incentive Plan”), which is described more fully in Note 13, “Stockholders’ Equity.” Compensation expense for stock options and non-vested restricted stock awards is based on the fair value of the award on the measurement date, which, for the Company, is the date of the grant and is recognized ratably over the service period of the award. The Company utilizes the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to calculate the fair value of stock options. The fair value of non-vested restricted stock awards is the market price of the Company’s stock on the date of grant.

During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company granted stock options to the non-executive directors of its subsidiaries. These directors do not meet the definition of an employee under FASB ASC 718 Compensation. Accordingly, the Company applies FASB ASC 505 Equity to determine the measurement date for options granted to these directors. Therefore, the expense related to these options is re-measured each reporting date until the options are vested.

Income taxes

Western Alliance Bancorporation and its subsidiaries, other than BW Real Estate, Inc., file a consolidated federal tax return. Due to tax regulations, several items of income and expense are recognized in different periods for tax return purposes than for financial reporting purposes. These items represent “temporary differences.” Deferred taxes are provided on an asset and liability method whereby deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and tax credit carry-forwards and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences. Temporary differences are the differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases. The most significant source of these timing differences are the credit loss reserve and net operating loss carryforwards, which account for substantially all of the net deferred tax asset. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of Management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effect of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment.

 

51


Table of Contents

Although realization is not assured, the Company believes that the realization of the recognized net deferred tax asset of $51.8 million at December 31, 2012 is more likely than not based on expectations as to future taxable income and based on available tax planning strategies as defined in FASB ASC 740, Income Taxes (‘ASC 740”) that could be implemented if necessary to prevent a carryforward from expiring.

Based on the above discussion, the Company believes that it is more likely than not that it will fully utilize deferred federal and state tax assets pertaining to the existing net operating loss carryforwards and any NOL that would be created by the reversal of the future net deductions that have not yet been taken on a tax return. See Note 8, “Income Taxes” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion on income taxes

Business Combinations

Business combinations are accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with FASB ASC 805, “Business Combinations.” Under the acquisition method the acquiring entity in a business combination recognizes all of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities at their estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition. Any excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets and other identifiable intangible assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. To the extent the fair value of net assets acquired, including identified intangible assets, exceeds the purchase price, a bargain purchase gain is recognized. Assets acquired and liabilities assumed from contingencies must also be recognized at fair value, if the fair value can be determined during the measurement period. Results of operations of an acquired business are included in the statement of earnings from the date of acquisition. Acquisition-related costs, including conversion and restructuring charges, are expensed as incurred.

Liquidity

Liquidity is the ongoing ability to accommodate liability maturities and deposit withdrawals, fund asset growth and business operations, and meet contractual obligations through unconstrained access to funding at reasonable market rates. Liquidity management involves forecasting funding requirements and maintaining sufficient capacity to meet the needs and accommodate fluctuations in asset and liability levels due to changes in our business operations or unanticipated events.

The ability to have readily available funds sufficient to repay fully maturing liabilities is of primary importance to depositors, creditors and regulators. Our liquidity, represented by cash and amounts due from banks, federal funds sold and non-pledged marketable securities, is a result of our operating, investing and financing activities and related cash flows. In order to ensure funds are available when necessary, on at least a quarterly basis, we project the amount of funds that will be required, and we strive to maintain relationships with a diversified customer base. Liquidity requirements can also be met through short-term borrowings or the disposition of short-term assets. The Company has unsecured borrowing lines at correspondent banks totaling $110.0 million. In addition, loans and securities are pledged to the FHLB providing $1.20 billion in borrowing capacity with outstanding borrowings and letters of credit of $120.0 million and $130.0 million, respectively, leaving $952.8 million in available credit as of December 31, 2012. Loans and securities pledged to the FRB discount window provided $600.6 million in borrowing capacity. As of December 31, 2012, there were no outstanding borrowings from the FRB, thus our available credit totaled $600.6 million.

The Company has a formal liquidity policy, and in the opinion of management, our liquid assets are considered adequate to meet cash flow needs for loan funding and deposit cash withdrawals for the next 90-120 days. At December 31, 2012, there was $702.7 million in liquid assets comprised of $205.3 million in cash and cash equivalents and $445.6 million in unpledged marketable securities. At December 31, 2011, the Company maintained $891.2 million in liquid assets comprised of $162.3 million of cash and cash equivalents and $728.9 million of unpledged marketable securities.

The holding company maintains additional liquidity that would be sufficient to fund its operations and certain nonbank affiliate operations for an extended period should funding from normal sources be disrupted. Since deposits are taken by the bank operating subsidiaries and not by the parent company, parent company liquidity is not dependent on the bank operating subsidiaries’ deposit balances. In our analysis of parent company liquidity, we assume that the parent company is unable to generate funds from additional debt or equity issuance, receives no dividend income from subsidiaries, and does not pay dividends to shareholders, while continuing to meet nondiscretionary uses needed to maintain operations and repayment of contractual principal and interest payments owed by the parent company and affiliated companies. Under this scenario, the amount of time the parent company and its nonbank subsidiaries can operate and meet all obligations before the current liquid assets are exhausted is considered as part of the parent company liquidity analysis. Management believes the parent company maintains adequate liquidity capacity to operate without additional funding from new sources for over 12 months. The Banks maintain sufficient funding capacity to address large increases in funding requirements, such as deposit outflows. This capacity is comprised of liquidity derived from a reduction in asset levels and various secured funding sources.

 

52


Table of Contents

On a long-term basis, the Company’s liquidity will be met by changing the relative distribution of our asset portfolios, for example by reducing investment or loan volumes, or selling or encumbering assets. Further, the Company can increase liquidity by soliciting higher levels of deposit accounts through promotional activities and/or borrowing from correspondent banks, the FHLB of San Francisco and the FRB. At December 31, 2012, our long-term liquidity needs primarily relate to funds required to support loan originations and commitments and deposit withdrawals which can be met by cash flows from investment payments and maturities, and investment sales if necessary.

The Company’s liquidity is comprised of three primary classifications: (i) cash flows provided by operating activities; (ii) cash flows used in investing activities; and (iii) cash flows provided by financing activities. Net cash provided by or used in operating activities consists primarily of net income, adjusted for changes in certain other asset and liability accounts and certain non-cash income and expense items, such as the credit loss provision, investment and other amortization and depreciation. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, net cash provided by operating activities was $112.0 million, $142.5 million and $0.3 million, respectively.

Our primary investing activities are the origination of real estate, commercial and consumer loans and purchase and sale of securities. Our net cash provided by and used in investing activities has been primarily influenced by our loan and securities activities. The net increase in loans for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, was $915.7 million, $644.8 million and $339.3 million, respectively.

Net cash provided by financing activities has been impacted significantly by increased deposit levels. During the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, deposits increased $679.5 million, $320.1 million and $616.3 million, respectively.

Fluctuations in core deposit levels may increase our need for liquidity as certificates of deposit mature or are withdrawn before maturity and as non-maturity deposits, such as checking and savings account balances, are withdrawn. Additionally, we are exposed to the risk that customers with large deposit balances will withdraw all or a portion of such deposits, due in part to the FDIC limitations on the amount of insurance coverage provided to depositors. To mitigate the uninsured deposit risk, we have joined the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (CDARS) and Insured Cash Sweep Service (ICS), a program that allows customers to invest up to $50.0 million in certificates of deposit or money market accounts through one participating financial institution, with the entire amount being covered by FDIC insurance. As of December 31, 2012, we had $386.3 million of CDARS and $107.6 million of ICS deposits.

As of December 31, 2012, we had $178.3 million of wholesale brokered deposits outstanding. Brokered deposits are generally considered to be deposits that have been received from a third party that is acting on behalf of that party’s customer. Often, a broker will direct a customer’s deposits to the banking institution offering the highest interest rate available. Federal banking law and regulation places restrictions on depository institutions regarding brokered deposits because of the general concern that these deposits are at a greater risk of being withdrawn and placed on deposit at another institution offering a higher interest rate, thus posing liquidity risk for institutions that gather brokered deposits in significant amounts. The Company does not anticipate using brokered deposits as a significant liquidity source in the near future.

Federal and state banking regulations place certain restrictions on dividends paid by the Banks to Western Alliance. The total amount of dividends which may be paid at any date is generally limited to the retained earnings of each Bank. Dividends paid by the Banks to the Company would be prohibited if the effect thereof would cause the respective Bank’s capital to be reduced below applicable minimum capital requirements. In addition, the memorandum of understanding at Bank of Nevada presently requires prior regulatory approval of the payments of dividends to Western Alliance.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Market risk is the risk of loss in a financial instrument arising from adverse changes in market prices and rates, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices and equity prices. Our market risk arises primarily from interest rate risk inherent in our lending, investing and deposit taking activities. To that end, management actively monitors and manages our interest rate risk exposure. We generally manage our interest rate sensitivity by evaluating re-pricing opportunities on our earning assets to those on our funding liabilities.

Management uses various asset/liability strategies to manage the re-pricing characteristics of our assets and liabilities, all of which are designed to ensure that exposure to interest rate fluctuations is limited to within our guidelines of acceptable levels of risk-taking. Hedging strategies, including the terms and pricing of loans and deposits and management of the deployment of our securities, are used to reduce mismatches in interest rate re-pricing opportunities of portfolio assets and their funding sources.

Interest rate risk is addressed by each Bank’s respective Asset and Liability Management Committee, or ALCO (or its equivalent), which includes members of executive management, senior finance and operations. ALCO monitors interest rate risk by analyzing the potential impact on the net economic value of equity and net interest income from potential changes in interest rates, and considers the impact of alternative strategies or changes in balance sheet structure. We manage our balance sheet in part to maintain the potential impact on economic value of equity and net interest income within acceptable ranges despite changes in interest rates.

 

53


Table of Contents

Our exposure to interest rate risk is reviewed on at least a quarterly basis by the ALCO. Interest rate risk exposure is measured using interest rate sensitivity analysis to determine our change in economic value of equity in the event of hypothetical changes in interest rates. If potential changes to net economic value of equity and net interest income resulting from hypothetical interest rate changes are not within the limits established by each Bank’s Board of Directors, the respective Board of Directors may direct management to adjust the asset and liability mix to bring interest rate risk within board-approved limits.

Net Interest Income Simulation. In order to measure interest rate risk at December 31, 2012, we used a simulation model to project changes in net interest income that result from forecasted changes in interest rates. This analysis calculates the difference between net interest income forecasted using an immediate increase and decrease in interest rates and a net interest income forecast using a flat market interest rate environment derived from spot yield curves typically used to price our assets and liabilities. The income simulation model includes various assumptions regarding the re-pricing relationships for each of our products. Many of our assets are floating rate loans, which are assumed to re-price immediately, and proportional to the change in market rates, depending on their contracted index. Some loans and investments include the opportunity of prepayment (embedded options), and accordingly the simulation model uses estimated market speeds to derive prepayments and reinvests proceeds at modeled yields. Our non-term deposit products re-price more slowly, usually changing less than the change in market rates and at our discretion.

This analysis indicates the impact of changes in net interest income for the given set of rate changes and assumptions. It assumes the balance sheet remains static and that its structure does not change over the course of the year. It does not account for all factors that could impact our results, including changes by management to mitigate interest rate changes or secondary factors such as changes to our credit risk profile as interest rates change.

Furthermore, loan prepayment rate estimates and spread relationships change regularly. Interest rate changes create changes in actual loan prepayment speeds that will differ from the market estimates incorporated in this analysis. Changes that vary significantly from the modeled assumptions may have significant effects on our actual net interest income.

This simulation model assesses the changes in net interest income that would occur in response to an instantaneous and sustained increase or decrease (shock) in market interest rates. At December 31, 2012, our net interest margin exposure for the next twelve months related to these hypothetical changes in market interest rates was within our current guidelines.

Sensitivity of Net Interest Income

 

   Interest Rate Scenario (change in basis points from Base) 
(in 000’s)  Down 100  Base   UP 100  UP 200  Up 300  Up 400 

Interest Income

  $322,716   $324,983    $340,212   $359,543   $381,881   $405,231  

Interest Expense

  $25,304   $25,317    $43,114   $61,113   $79,120   $97,125  

Net Interest Income

  $297,412   $299,666    $297,098   $298,430   $302,761   $308,106  

% Change

   -0.8    -0.9  -0.4  1.0  2.8

Economic Value of Equity. We measure the impact of market interest rate changes on the net present value of estimated cash flows from our assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet items, defined as economic value of equity, using a simulation model. This simulation model assesses the changes in the market value of interest rate sensitive financial instruments that would occur in response to an instantaneous and sustained increase or decrease (shock) in market interest rates.

At December 31, 2012, our economic value of equity exposure related to these hypothetical changes in market interest rates was within the current guidelines established by us. The following table shows our projected change in economic value of equity for this set of rate shocks at December 31, 2012.

 

54


Table of Contents

Economic Value of Equity

 

   Interest Rate Scenario (change in basis points from Base) 
   Down 100  Base   UP 100  UP 200  Up 300  Up 400 

Present Value (000’s)

        

Assets

  $7,718,096   $7,659,795    $7,508,564   $7,346,984   $7,188,284   $7,040,604  

Liabilities

  $6,805,523   $6,794,856    $6,647,545   $6,489,433   $6,349,273   $6,212,141  

Net Present Value

  $912,573   $864,939    $861,019   $857,551   $839,011   $828,463  

% Change

   5.5    -0.5  -0.9  -3.0  -4.2

The computation of prospective effects of hypothetical interest rate changes are based on numerous assumptions, including relative levels of market interest rates, asset prepayments and deposit decay, and should not be relied upon as indicative of actual results. Further, the computations do not contemplate any actions we may undertake in response to changes in interest rates. Actual amounts may differ from the projections set forth above should market conditions vary from the underlying assumptions.

Derivative Contracts. In the normal course of business, the Company uses derivative instruments to meet the needs of its customers and manage exposure to fluctuations in interest rates. The following table summarizes the aggregate notional amounts, market values and terms of the Company’s derivative positions with derivative market makers as of December 31, 2012.

Outstanding Derivatives Positions

 

Notional

  Net Value  Weighted Average
Term (in yrs)
 

9,361,464

   (777,703  2.9  

The following table summarizes the aggregate notional amounts, market values and terms of the Company’s derivative positions with derivative market makers as of December 31, 2011:

Outstanding Derivatives Positions

 

Notional

  Net Value  Weighted Average
Term (in yrs)
 

32,880,403

   (163,316  3.8  

Recent accounting pronouncements

In April 2011, the FASB issued guidance within ASU 2011-03 “Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreements.” The amendments in ASU 2011-03 remove from the assessment of effective control (1) the criterion requiring the transferor to have the ability to repurchase or redeem the financial assets on substantially the agreed terms, even in the event of default by the transferee, and (2) the collateral maintenance implementation guidance related to that criterion. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated statement of income, its consolidated balance sheet, or its consolidated statement of cash flows.

In May 2011, the FASB issued guidance within ASU 2011-04 “Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs.” The amendments in ASU 2011-04 generally represent clarifications of Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement but also include some instances where a particular principle or requirement for measuring fair value or disclosing information about fair value measurements has changed. This update results in common principles and requirements for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements in accordance with U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated statement of income, its consolidated balance sheet, or its consolidated statement of cash flows. See note 16 “Fair Value Accounting” for the enhanced disclosures required by ASU 2011-04.

 

55


Table of Contents

In June 2011, the FASB issued guidance within ASU 2011-05 “Presentation of Comprehensive Income.” The amendments in ASU 2011-05 to Topic 220, Comprehensive Income, allow an entity the option to present the total comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. In both choices, an entity is required to present each component of net income along with total net income, each component of other comprehensive income along with a total for other comprehensive income, and a total amount for comprehensive income. This update eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity. The amendments do not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net income. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated statement of income, its consolidated balance sheet, or its consolidated statement of cash flows.

In July 2012, the FASB issued guidance within ASU 2012-02 “Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment.” The amendments in ASU 2012-02 to Topic 350, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other, allow an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform a quantitative impairment test. Under these amendments, an entity would not be required to calculate the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible assets unless the entity determines, based on qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not, the indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired. The amendments include a number of events and circumstances for an entity to consider in conducting the qualitative assessment. The amendments are effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In January 2013, the FASB issued guidance within ASU 2013-01 “Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.” The amendments in ASU 2013-01 to Topic 210, Balance Sheet, clarify that the scope of ASU 2011-11 “Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities,” would apply to derivatives including bifurcated embedded derivatives, repurchase agreements and reverse agreements, and securities borrowing and securities lending transactions that are either offset or subject to a master netting arrangement. The amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated statement of operations, its consolidated balance sheet, or its consolidated cash flows.

In February 2013, the FASB issued guidance within ASU 2013-02 “Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.” The amendments in ASU 2013-02 to Topic 220, Comprehensive Income, update, supersede and replace the presentation requirements for reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income in ASUs 2011-05 and 2011-12. The amendments require an entity to provide additional information about reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income. The amendments are effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated statement of operations, its consolidated balance sheet, or its consolidated cash flows and will only impact the presentation of other comprehensive income in the consolidated financial statements.

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

Bank holding companies and banks operate in an extensively regulated environment under state and federal law. These laws and regulations are intended primarily for the protection of depositors and the Deposit Insurance Fund, or DIF, and not for the benefit of shareholders or creditors. The following discussion is only intended to summarize some of the significant statutes and regulations that affect the banking industry, and therefore is not a comprehensive survey of the field. These summaries are not intended to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the particular statute or regulation described. Moreover, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or Dodd-Frank Act, and its implementing regulations have made multiple changes to the regulation, supervision, examination and operation of financial institutions. These regulations have been in effect for only a limited time, and we cannot predict the long-term impact their implementation will have on the capital, credit and real estate markets as well as our operations and activities.

Regulatory oversight of financial institutions, including banks and bank holding companies, has increased in recent periods. Regulators conduct a variety of evaluations, including compliance and safety and soundness examinations. As a result of these reviews, regulators may require that we change our practices or policies, write down assets or increase reserves (and therefore reduce our capital base), and take or omit to take other actions deemed prudent by the regulator. Given the implementation of new laws and regulations, the Company cannot predict the outcome of future regulatory evaluations or whether it will become subject to conditions, policies or directives resulting from regulatory evaluations.

 

56


Table of Contents

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act

As a result of the financial crisis, the U.S. Congress passed, and on July 21, 2010 President Obama signed into law, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act. The Dodd-Frank Act has had, and will continue to have, a broad impact on the financial services industry. The Federal regulatory agencies have issued a number of requests for public comment, proposed rules and final regulations to implement the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act. The following items provide a brief description of the impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on the operations and activities, both currently and prospectively, of the Company and its subsidiaries.

Deposit Insurance. The Dodd-Frank Act and implementing final rules from the FDIC make permanent the $250,000 deposit insurance limit for insured deposits. The assessment base against which an insured depository institution’s deposit insurance premiums paid to the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund (or the DIF) are calculated has been revised to use the institution’s average consolidated total assets less its average equity rather than its deposit base. These provisions could increase the FDIC deposit insurance premiums paid by our insured depository institution subsidiaries. The Dodd-Frank Act also amended the Federal Deposit Insurance Act to provide full deposit insurance coverage for non-interest-bearing transaction accounts for two years beginning on December 31, 2010. As a result, the FDIC discontinued its Transaction Account Guarantee Program, created under the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program. Unlike the FDIC’s programs, no opt outs from participation in the Dodd-Frank Act’s insurance protection were allowed and institutions were not required to pay a separate assessment for participation; however, this unlimited deposit insurance coverage expired on December 31, 2012.

Increased Capital Standards and Enhanced Supervision. The federal banking agencies have issued rules to establish minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements for banks and bank holding companies that are no lower then existing regulatory capital and leverage standards applicable to insured depository institutions. Compliance with heightened capital standards may reduce our ability to generate or originate revenue-producing assets and thereby restrict revenue generation from banking and non-banking operations. The Dodd-Frank Act also increases regulatory oversight, supervision and examination of banks, bank holding companies and their respective subsidiaries by the appropriate regulatory agency. Compliance with new regulatory requirements and expanded examination processes could increase our cost of operations.

Trust Preferred Securities. Under the increased capital standards established by the Dodd-Frank Act, bank holding companies are prohibited from including in their regulatory Tier 1 capital hybrid debt and equity securities issued on or after May 19, 2010. Among the hybrid debt and equity securities included in this prohibition are trust preferred securities, which the Company has used in the past as a tool for raising additional Tier 1 capital and otherwise improving its regulatory capital ratios. Although the Company may continue to include our existing trust preferred securities as Tier 1 capital, the prohibition on the use of these securities as Tier 1 capital going forward may limit the Company’s ability to raise capital in the future.

The Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection. The Dodd-Frank Act created the independent Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (or the Bureau) within the Federal Reserve that is tasked with establishing and implementing rules and regulations under certain federal consumer protection laws. These consumer protection laws govern the manner in which we offer many of our financial products and services. On July 21, 2011, the rulemaking and certain enforcement authority for enumerated federal consumer financial protection laws was transferred to the Bureau. As a result of this transfer, the Bureau now has significant interpretive and enforcement authority with respect to many of the federal laws and regulations under which we operate. In accordance with this authority, the Bureau has officially transferred many of the regulations formally maintained by the Federal Reserve and the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, to a new chapter of Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations maintained by the Bureau, many of which deal with consumer credit, account disclosures and residential mortgage lending. Although the Bureau did not make significant or substantive changes to the rules as part of this transfer, it now has authority to promulgate guidance and interpretations of these rules and regulations in a manner that could differ from prior interpretations from other federal regulatory bodies.

Additionally, the Bureau has examination authority over financial institutions with more than $10 billion in total assets as it relates to compliance with the federal consumer financial laws. Included among these laws are new standards prohibiting a financial institution from providing consumer financial products and services in an unfair, deceptive or abusive manner. As the Company continues to grow, it will likely surpass this $10 billion threshold and be subject to the examination of the Bureau with respect to its consumer products and services.

State Enforcement of Consumer Financial Protection Laws. The Dodd-Frank Act permits states to adopt consumer protection laws and regulations that are stricter than those regulations promulgated by the Bureau. State attorneys general are permitted to enforce consumer protection rules adopted by the Bureau against certain state-chartered institutions. Although our subsidiaries do not currently offer many of these consumer products or services, compliance with any such new regulations would increase our cost of operations and, as a result, could limit our ability to expand into these products and services.

 

57


Table of Contents

Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders. The Dodd-Frank Act enhances the requirements for certain transactions with affiliates under Section 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, including an expansion of the definition of “covered transactions” and an increase in the amount of time for which collateral requirements regarding covered transactions must be maintained. Additionally, limitations on transactions with insiders are expanded through the (i) strengthening on loan restrictions to insiders; and (ii) expansion of the types of transactions subject to the various limits, including derivative transactions, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements and securities lending or borrowing transactions. Restrictions are also placed on certain asset sales to and from an insider to an institution, including requirements that such sales be on market terms and, in certain circumstances, approved by the institution’s board of directors.

Corporate Governance. The Dodd-Frank Act addresses many corporate governance and executive compensation matters that will affect most U.S. publicly traded companies, including us. The Dodd-Frank Act (1) grants shareholders of U.S. publicly traded companies an advisory vote on executive compensation; (2) enhances independence requirements for compensation committee members; (3) requires companies listed on national securities exchanges to adopt incentive-based compensation claw-back policies for executive officers; and (4) provides the SEC with authority to adopt proxy access rules that would allow shareholders of publicly traded-companies to nominate candidates for election as a director and have those nominees included in a company’s proxy materials. The SEC adopted final rules implementing rules for the shareholder advisory vote on executive compensation and golden parachute payments.

Additional regulations called for in the Dodd-Frank Act, including regulations dealing with the risk retention requirements for assets transferred in a securitization and implementing restrictions on a banking organization’s proprietary trading and sponsorship or ownership of private equity funds are still being finalized. Although the Dodd-Frank Act contains some specific timelines for the Federal regulatory agencies to follow, in some instances, the agencies have been unable to meet these deadlines and it remains unclear when implementing rules will be proposed and finalized. We continue to monitor the rulemaking process and, while our current assessment is that the Dodd-Frank Act and the implementing regulations will not have a materially greater effect on the Company than the rest of the industry, given the uncertainty associated with the manner in which the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented, the full extent of the impact such requirements will have on our operations is unclear. The changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act may impact the profitability of our business activities, require changes to certain of our business practices, impose upon us more stringent capital, liquidity and leverage requirements or otherwise adversely affect our business. These changes may also require us to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make any changes necessary to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements as we continue to grow and approach $10 billion in total assets, which could include limiting our growth or expansionary activities. Failure to comply with the new requirements would negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition. While we cannot predict what effect any presently contemplated or future changes in the laws or regulations or their interpretations would have on us, these changes could be materially adverse to our investors.

Bank Holding Company Regulation

General. Western Alliance Bancorporation is a bank holding company, registered with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve or the Federal Reserve, under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, or the BHC Act. As such, the Federal Reserve is the Company’s primary federal regulator, and the Company is subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the Federal Reserve. The Company must file reports with the Federal Reserve and provide it with such additional information as it may require.

A bank holding company is required to serve as a source of financial and managerial strength for its subsidiary banks and may not conduct its operations in an unsafe or unsound manner. Under Federal Reserve policy, the Company must stand ready to use its available resources to provide adequate capital to its subsidiary banks during a period of financial stress or adversity and should maintain the financial flexibility and capital-raising capacity to obtain additional resources for assisting its subsidiary banks. Such support may be required at times when, absent the Federal Reserve’s policy, a bank holding company may not be inclined to provide it. The expectation to serve as a source of financial strength is in addition to certain guarantees required under the prompt correction action provisions discussed below. A bank holding company’s failure to meet these obligations will generally be considered by the Federal Reserve to be an unsafe and unsound banking practice or a violation of Federal Reserve regulations, or both.

Among its powers, the Federal Reserve may require a bank holding company to terminate an activity or terminate control of, divest or liquidate subsidiaries or affiliates that the Federal Reserve determines constitute a significant risk to the financial safety or soundness of the bank holding company or any of its bank subsidiaries. Subject to certain exceptions, bank holding companies also are required to give written notice to and receive approval from the Federal Reserve before purchasing or redeeming their common stock or other equity securities. The Federal Reserve also may regulate provisions of a bank holding company’s debt, including by imposing interest rate ceilings and reserve requirements. In addition, the Federal Reserve requires all bank holding companies to maintain capital at or above certain prescribed levels.

 

58


Table of Contents

As a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, the Company also cannot engage in proprietary trading or establish or invest in private equity or hedge funds, subject to a few narrow exemptions. The so-called Volcker Rule became effective on July 21, 2012, however, the Federal Reserve exercised its authority to extend the conformance period for compliance with the Volker Rule for two years until July 21, 2014. The federal agencies tasked with jointly issuing implementing regulations, including the SEC, OCC, FDIC and Federal Reserve, issued a notice of proposed rulemaking in October 2011, with public comment due by February 13, 2012.

Holding Company Bank Ownership. The BHC Act requires every bank holding company to obtain the approval of the Federal Reserve before it may acquire, directly or indirectly, ownership or control of any voting shares of another bank or bank holding company if, after such acquisition, it would own or control more than 5% of any class of the outstanding voting shares of such other bank or bank holding company, acquire all or substantially all the assets of another bank or bank holding company or merge or consolidate with another bank holding company. The BHC Act further provides that the Federal Reserve may not approve any transaction that would result in a monopoly or would be in furtherance of any combination or conspiracy to monopolize or attempt to monopolize the business of banking in any section of the United States, or the effect of which may be substantially to lessen competition or to tend to create a monopoly in any section of the country, or that in any other manner would be in restraint of trade, unless the anticompetitive effects of the proposed transaction are clearly outweighed by the public interest in meeting the convenience and needs of the community to be served. The Federal Reserve is also required to consider the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the bank holding companies and banks concerned and the convenience and needs of the community to be served. Consideration of financial resources generally focuses on capital adequacy, and consideration of convenience and needs issues includes the parties’ performance under the Community Reinvestment Act or CRA. In addition, the Federal Reserve must take into account the institutions’ effectiveness in combating money laundering.

Holding Company Non-bank Ownership. With certain exceptions, the BHC Act prohibits a bank holding company from acquiring or retaining, directly or indirectly, ownership or control of more than 5% of the outstanding voting shares of any company that is not a bank or bank holding company, or from engaging, directly or indirectly, in activities other than those of banking, managing or controlling banks, or providing services for its subsidiaries. The principal exceptions to these prohibitions involve certain non-bank activities that have been identified, by statute or by Federal Reserve regulation or order as activities so closely related to the business of banking or of managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. Business activities that have been determined to be so related to banking include securities brokerage services, investment advisory services, fiduciary services and certain management advisory and data processing services, among others. As described below, a bank holding company that qualifies as a “financial holding company” also may engage in a broader range of activities that are financial in nature (and complementary to such activities). Additional limitations on expansion were implemented by the Dodd-Frank Act’s amendments to the BHC Act, which prohibit mergers or acquisitions if the resulting institution would own or control more than 10% of the aggregate consolidated liabilities of all U. S. financial companies.

Bank holding companies that qualify and elect to become financial holding companies may engage in non-bank activities that have been identified by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (“GLB Act”) or by Federal Reserve and Treasury regulation as financial in nature or incidental to a financial activity. The Federal Reserve may also determine that a financial holding company may engage in certain activities that are complementary to a financial activity. Activities that are defined as financial in nature include securities underwriting, dealing and market making, sponsoring mutual funds and investment companies, engaging in insurance underwriting and agency activities, and making merchant banking investments in non-financial companies. In order to become or remain a financial holding company, a bank holding company and its bank subsidiaries, must be well-capitalized, well-managed, and, except in limited circumstances, have at least satisfactory CRA ratings. A financial holding company must also file a certification with the Federal Reserve that all its depository institution subsidiaries are well-capitalized and well managed. If, after becoming a financial holding company and undertaking activities not permissible for a bank holding company, the company fails to continue to meet any of the prerequisites for financial holding company status, the company must enter into an agreement with the Federal Reserve to comply with all applicable capital and management requirements. If the company does not return to compliance within 180 days, the Federal Reserve may order the company to divest its subsidiary banks or the company may discontinue or divest investments in companies engaged in, activities permissible only for a bank holding company that has elected to be treated as a financial holding company. On March 30, 2009, the Company withdrew its election to be a financial holding company, and is now required to limit its activities to those permissible for a bank holding company.

Change in Control. In the event that the BHC Act is not applicable to a person or entity, the Change in Bank Control Act of 1978 (“CIBC Act”) requires prior notice to the Federal Reserve before any person or entity may acquire “control” of a bank or bank holding company. A limited number of exemptions apply to such transactions. Subject to more recent guidance issued by the Federal Reserve, control is conclusively presumed to exist if a person or entity acquires 25% or more of the outstanding shares of any class of voting stock of the bank holding company or insured depository institution. Control is rebuttably presumed to exist if a person or entity acquires 10% or more but less than 25% of such voting stock and either the issuer has a class of registered securities under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, or no other person or entity will own, control or hold the power to vote a greater percentage of such voting stock immediately after the transaction. In some instances, such as when an investor is a private equity fund, the Federal Reserve will require information from an entity acquiring 5% or more of a class of voting securities of a bank holding company.

 

59


Table of Contents

The Federal Reserve has stated that generally it will be able to conclude that an investor does not have “control” of a bank or bank holding company if it does not own in excess of 15% of the voting power and 33% of the total equity of the relevant bank or bank holding company. Under prior Federal Reserve guidance, a board seat was generally not permitted for non-controlling investment of 10% or greater of the equity or voting power. Under revised guidance, however, the Federal Reserve may permit a non-controlling investor to have up to two board seats if the investor’s aggregate board representation is proportionate to its total interest in the bank or bank holding company but does not exceed 25% of the voting members of the board and another shareholder of the bank or bank holding company controls the bank or bank holding company under the BHC Act. The Federal Reserve has also set forth the terms of nonvoting equity securities it will deem to be voting securities and gives examples of other indicia of control beyond just equity ownership limits.

State Law Restrictions. As a Nevada corporation, the Company is subject to certain limitations and restrictions under applicable Nevada corporate law. For example, Nevada law imposes restrictions relating to indemnification of directors, maintenance of books, records and minutes and observance of certain corporate formalities. The Company is also a bank holding company within the meaning of state law in the states where its subsidiary banks are located. For example, it is subject to examination by and may be required to file reports with the Nevada Financial Institutions Division or the Nevada FID under sections 666.095 and 666.105 of the Nevada Revised Statutes. Any transfer of control of a Nevada bank holding company must be approved in advance by the Nevada Commissioner.

Likewise, under section 6-142 of the Arizona Revised Statutes, no person may acquire control of a company that controls an Arizona bank without the prior approval of the Arizona Superintendent of Financial Institutions, or Arizona Superintendent. A person who has the power to vote 15% or more of the voting stock of a controlling company is presumed to control the company.

The Company also is subject to the examination and reporting requirements of the California Department of Financial Institutions, or the California DFI, under sections 1283 and 1284 of the California Financial Code. Any transfer of control of a corporation that controls a California bank requires the prior approval of the California Commissioner of Financial Institutions, or the California Commissioner.

Bank Regulation

General. On December 31, 2010, the Company merged its former Alta Alliance Bank subsidiary into its Torrey Pines Bank subsidiary, and its former First Independent Bank of Nevada subsidiary into its Alliance Bank of Arizona subsidiary. As part of the latter merger, Alliance Bank of Arizona was renamed Western Alliance Bank doing business as Alliance Bank of Arizona (in Arizona) and First Independent Bank (in Nevada). Following this charter consolidation, the Company controls three subsidiary banks: Bank of Nevada located in Las Vegas, Nevada, Western Alliance Bank located in Phoenix, Arizona, and Torrey Pines Bank located in San Diego, California. All three banks are state-chartered, nonmember banks and are subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the FDIC, which is their primary federal banking agency. In addition, Bank of Nevada is chartered in Nevada and subject to supervision by the Nevada FID, Western Alliance Bank is chartered in Arizona and is subject to supervision by the Arizona Department of Financial Institutions, and Torrey Pines Bank is chartered in California and is subject to supervision by the California DFI.

Federal and state banking laws and the implementing regulations promulgated by the federal and state banking regulatory agencies cover most aspects of the banks’ operations, including capital requirements, reserve requirements against deposits and for possible loan losses and other contingencies, dividends and other distributions to shareholders, customers’ interests in deposit accounts, payment of interest on certain deposits, permissible activities and investments, securities that a bank may issue and borrowings that a bank may incur, rate of growth, number and location of branch offices and acquisition and merger activity with other financial institutions.

Deposit Insurance Assessments. Deposits in the banks are insured by the FDIC to applicable limits through the DIF. All of the Company’s subsidiary banks are required to pay deposit insurance premiums, which are generally assessed semiannually and paid quarterly. The FDIC utilizes a risk-based assessment system that imposes insurance premiums based upon a risk matrix that takes into account a bank’s capital level and supervisory rating. The risk matrix utilizes four risk categories (plus a category for large and highly complex institutions) which are distinguished by capital levels and supervisory ratings. Banks with higher levels of capital and a low degree of supervisory concern are assessed lower premiums than banks with lower levels of capital or a higher degree of supervisory concern. On February 7, 2011, the FDIC approved a final rule to implement deposit insurance assessment changes called for under the Dodd-Frank Act. The final rate schedule went into effect on April 1, 2011. The deposit insurance initial base assessment rates currently range from 2.5 basis points (for a financial institution in Risk Category I) to 45 basis points (for financial institutions in Risk Category IV or large, highly complex institutions), but may be higher under certain conditions. The base for deposit insurance assessments has been changed under the Dodd-Frank Act and the FDIC’s implementing rules, and is now defined as average consolidated total assets during the assessment period less average tangible equity capital during the assessment period. The banks’ average consolidated total assets and average tangible equity capital are defined in the schedule of quarterly averages in the Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income, commonly referred to as Call Reports, using a daily averaging method. In addition, the FDIC collects the Financing Corporation, or FICO deposit assessments on assessable deposits. FICO, assessments are set quarterly, and in 2012 ranged from 0.66 basis points in the first quarter to 0.66 basis points in the fourth quarter.

 

60


Table of Contents

In November 2009, the FDIC issued a rule that required all insured depository institutions, with limited exceptions, to prepay their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012. The FDIC also adopted a uniform three-basis point increase in assessment rates effective on January 1, 2011. In December 2009, the Company paid $34.3 million in prepaid risk-based assessments, which included $2.2 million related to the fourth quarter of 2009 that would have otherwise been payable in the first quarter of 2010. This amount is included in deposit insurance expense for 2009. The remaining pre-paid deposit insurance was included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2012.

Supervision and Examination. Federal banking agencies have broad enforcement powers, including the power to terminate deposit insurance, impose substantial fines and other civil and criminal penalties, and appoint a conservator or receiver. If, as a result of an examination, the FDIC were to determine that the financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity or other aspects of any of the banks’ operations had become unsatisfactory, or that any of the banks or their management was in violation of any law or regulation, the FDIC may take a number of different remedial actions as it deems appropriate. These actions include the power to enjoin “unsafe or unsound” practices, to require affirmative actions to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice, to issue an administrative order that can be judicially enforced, to direct an increase in the bank’s capital, to restrict the bank’s growth, to assess civil monetary penalties against the bank’s officers or directors, to remove officers and directors and, if the FDIC concludes that such conditions cannot be corrected or there is an imminent risk of loss to depositors, to terminate the bank’s deposit insurance.

Under Nevada, Arizona and California law, the respective state banking supervisory authority has many of the same remedial powers with respect to its state-chartered banks.

Bank of Nevada has been placed under informal supervisory oversight by banking regulators in the form of a memorandum of understanding. The oversight requires enhanced supervision by the Board of Directors of the bank, and the adoption or revision of written plans and/or policies addressing such matters as asset quality, credit underwriting and administration, the allowance for loan and lease losses, loan and investment portfolio risks, and loan concentrations. The bank is also prohibited from paying dividends or making other distributions to the Company without prior regulatory approval and is required to maintain higher levels of Tier 1 capital than otherwise would be required to be considered well-capitalized under federal capital guidelines. In addition, the bank is required to provide regulators with prior notice of certain management and director changes and, in certain cases, to obtain their non-objection before engaging in a transaction that would materially change its balance sheet composition. The Company believes Bank of Nevada is in full compliance with the requirements of the memorandum of understanding.

Capital Standards

Regulatory Capital Guidelines. The Federal Reserve and the FDIC have risk-based capital adequacy guidelines intended to measure capital adequacy with regard to the degree of risk associated with a banking organization’s operations for transactions reported on the balance sheet as assets and transactions, such as letters of credit and recourse arrangements, that are reported as off-balance-sheet items. The Company and its subsidiary banks are required to comply with these capital adequacy standards. Under these guidelines, the nominal dollar amounts of assets on the balance sheet and credit-equivalent amounts of off- balance-sheet items are multiplied by one of several risk adjustment percentages. These range from 0.0% for assets with low credit risk, such as cash and certain U.S. government securities, to 100.0% for assets with relatively higher credit risk, such as business loans. A banking organization’s risk-based capital ratios are obtained by dividing its Tier 1 capital and total qualifying capital (Tier 1 capital and a limited amount of Tier 2 capital) by its total risk-adjusted assets and certain off-balance-sheet items. Tier 1 capital consists of common stock, retained earnings, non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, trust preferred securities up to a certain limit, and minority interests in certain subsidiaries, less most other intangible assets. Tier 2 capital consists of preferred stock not qualifying as Tier 1 capital, limited amounts of subordinated debt, other qualifying term debt, a limited amount of the allowance for loan and lease losses and certain other instruments that have some characteristics of equity. The inclusion of elements of Tier 2 capital as qualifying capital is subject to certain other requirements and limitations of the federal banking supervisory agencies. Since December 31, 1992, to be considered adequately capitalized, the Federal Reserve and the FDIC have required a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-adjusted assets and certain off-balance-sheet items of 4.0% and a minimum ratio of qualifying total capital to risk-adjusted assets and certain off-balance-sheet items of 8.0%.

 

61


Table of Contents

The Federal Reserve and the FDIC require banking organizations to maintain a minimum amount of Tier 1 capital relative to average total assets, referred to as the leverage ratio. The principal objective of the leverage ratio is to constrain the maximum degree to which a banking organization may leverage its equity capital base. For a banking organization rated in the highest of the five categories used by regulators to rate banking organizations, to be considered adequately capitalized, the minimum leverage ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets is 3.0%. However, an institution with a 3.0% leverage ratio would be unlikely to receive the highest rating since a strong capital position is a significant part of the regulators’ rating criteria. All banking organizations not rated in the highest category must maintain an additional capital cushion of 100 to 200 basis points. The Federal Reserve and the FDIC have the discretion to set higher minimum capital requirements for specific institutions. Furthermore, the Federal Reserve has previously indicated that it may consider a “tangible Tier 1 capital leverage ratio” (thereby deducting all intangibles from Tier 1 capital) and other indicators of capital strength in evaluating proposals for expansion or new activities. The Company’s tier one leverage ratio at December 31, 2012 was 10.1%. A bank that does not achieve and maintain the required capital levels may be issued a capital directive by the Federal Reserve or the FDIC, as appropriate, to ensure the maintenance of required capital levels.

The federal regulatory authorities’ risk-based capital guidelines are based upon the 1988 capital accord (“Basel I”) of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the “Basel Committee”). The Basel Committee is a committee of central banks and bank supervisors/regulators from the major industrialized countries that develops broad policy guidelines for use by each country’s supervisors in determining the supervisory policies they apply. In 2004, the Basel Committee published a new capital accord (“Basel II”) to replace Basel I. Basel II provides two approaches for setting capital standards for credit risk – an internal ratings-based approach tailored to individual institutions’ circumstances and a standardized approach that bases risk weightings on external credit assessments to a much greater extent than permitted in existing risk-based capital guidelines. Basel II also would set capital requirements for operational risk and refine the existing capital requirements for market risk exposures. In July 2010, the Basel Committee adopted the key design elements for Basel III and, in September 2010, adopted the transition measures. The requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act have largely surpassed the regulatory requirements called for by Basel III. Regulators have begun the process of adopting standards required under the Dodd-Frank Act to remove reliance on credit rating agencies. In June 2012, the federal banking agencies announced three proposed rulemakings on proposed regulatory capital rules designed, in parts to implement the Basel III requirements and to implement the “standardized” approach of Basel II for non-core banks and bank holding companies.

The capital framework under the Basel III proposal would replace the existing regulatory capital rules for all banks, savings associations and U.S. bank holding companies with greater than $500 million in total assets, and all savings and loan holding companies. The Basel III proposals were initially expected to begin phasing in on January 1, 2013, but in a joint statement released on November 9, 2012, the federal banking regulatory agencies announced that the implementation of the proposed rules to effect Basel III in the United States was indefinitely delayed. No new time frame for implementation has been provided.

If implemented as currently proposed, among other things, the Basel III rules would impact regulatory capital ratios of banking organizations in the following manner, when fully phased in:

 

  

Create a new requirement to maintain a ratio of common equity tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets of not less than 4.5%;

 

  

Increase the minimum leverage capital ratio to 4.0% for all banking organizations (currently 3.0% for certain banking organizations);

 

  

Increase the minimum tier 1 risk-based capital ratio from 4.0% to 6.0%; and

 

  

Maintain the minimum total risk-based capital ratio at 8.0%.

In addition, the proposed rules would subject a banking organization to certain limitations on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments to executive officers if the organization did not maintain a capital conservation buffer of common equity tier 1 capital in an amount greater than 2.5% of its total risk-weighted assets. The effect of the capital conservation buffer will be to increase the minimum common equity tier 1 capital ratio to 7.0%, the minimum tier 1 risk-based capital ratio to 8.5% and the minimum total risk-based capital ratio to 10.5%.

As currently proposed, at the beginning of the Basel III phase-in period, banks and bank holding companies will be required to maintain a ratio of common equity tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 3.5%, a ratio of tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.5%, and a ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.0%.

The proposed rules would also change the capital categories for insured depository institutions for purposes of prompt corrective action as, discussed more fully below. Under the proposed rules, to be well capitalized, an insured depository institution would be required to maintain a minimum common equity tier 1 capital ratio of at least 6.5%, a tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 8.0%, a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10.0%, and a leverage capital ratio of at least 5.0%. In addition, the Basel III proposal would establish more conservative standards for including an instrument in regulatory capital and impose certain deductions from and adjustments to the measure of common equity tier 1 capital.

 

62


Table of Contents

The second proposal that federal banking agencies announced in June 2012, the Basel II standardized approach, would revise the method for calculating risk-weighted assets to enhance risk sensitivity, particularly with respect to equity exposures to investment funds (including mutual funds), foreign exposures, and residential real estate assets. It would also establish alternatives to credit ratings for calculating risk-weighted assets consistent with the Dodd-Frank Act.

We are continuing to assess the ultimate impact of the proposed capital standards on the Company and the subsidiary banks. We cannot predict whether the proposed rules will be adopted, if at all, in the form proposed or if they will be modified in any material respect during the rulemaking process.

The final Basel III framework also requires banks and bank holding companies to measure their liquidity against specific liquidity tests. Although similar in some respects to liquidity measures historically applied by banks and regulators for management and supervisory purposes, the Basel III framework would require specific liquidity tests by rule. The federal banking agencies have not yet proposed rules implementing the Basel III liquidity framework, nor have they announced if the framework will apply to non-core banks and bank holding companies.

Prompt Corrective Action. Federal banking agencies possess broad powers to take corrective and other supervisory action to resolve the problems of insured depository institutions, including institutions that fall below one or more of the prescribed minimum capital ratios described above. The federal banking regulators are required to take “prompt corrective action” with respect to capital-deficient institutions. An institution that is classified based upon its capital levels as well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, or undercapitalized may be treated as though it was in the next lower capital category if its primary federal banking supervisory authority, after notice and opportunity for hearing, determines that an unsafe or unsound condition or practice warrants such treatment. At each successively lower capital category, an insured depository institution is subject to additional restrictions. A bank holding company must guarantee that a subsidiary bank that adopts a capital restoration plan will meet its plan obligations, in an amount not to exceed 5% of the subsidiary bank’s assets or the amount required to meet regulatory capital requirements, whichever is less. Any capital loans made by a bank holding company to a subsidiary bank are subordinated to the claims of depositors in the bank and to certain other indebtedness of the subsidiary bank. In the event of the bankruptcy of a bank holding company, any commitment by the bank holding company to a federal banking regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank would be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and would be entitled to priority of payment.

In addition to measures that may be taken under the prompt corrective action provisions, federal banking regulatory authorities may bring enforcement actions against banks and bank holding companies for unsafe or unsound practices in the conduct of their businesses or for violations of any law, rule or regulation, any condition imposed in writing by the appropriate federal banking regulatory authority or any written agreement with the authority. Possible enforcement actions include the appointment of a conservator or receiver, the issuance of a cease-and-desist order that could be judicially enforced, the termination of insurance of deposits (in the case of a depository institution), the imposition of civil money penalties, the issuance of directives to increase capital, the issuance of formal and informal agreements, including memoranda of understanding, the issuance of removal and prohibition orders against institution-affiliated parties and the enforcement of such actions through injunctions or restraining orders. In addition, a bank holding company’s inability to serve as a source of strength for its subsidiary banks could serve as an additional basis for a regulatory action against the bank holding company.

Under Nevada law, if the stockholders’ equity of a Nevada state-chartered bank becomes impaired, the Nevada Commissioner must require the bank to make the impairment good within three months after receiving notice from the Nevada Commissioner. If the impairment is not made good, the Nevada Commissioner may take possession of the bank and liquidate it.

Dividends. The Company has never declared or paid cash dividends on its common stock. The Company currently intends to retain any future earnings for future growth and does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any determination in the future to pay dividends will be at the discretion of Western Alliance’s board of directors and will depend on the company’s earnings, financial condition, results of operations, business prospects, capital requirements, regulatory restrictions, contractual restrictions and other factors that the board of directors may deem relevant.

The Company’s ability to pay dividends is subject to the regulatory authority of the Federal Reserve. The supervisory concern of the Federal Reserve focuses on a bank holding company’s capital position, its ability to meet its financial obligations as they come due, and its capacity to act as a source of financial strength to its subsidiaries. In addition, Federal Reserve policy discourages the payment of dividends by a bank holding company that are not supported by current operating earnings.

As a Nevada corporation, the Company also is subject to limitations under Nevada law on the payment of dividends. Under Nevada corporate law, section 78.288 of the Nevada Revised Statutes provides that no cash dividend or other distribution to shareholders, other than a stock dividend, may be made if, after giving effect to the dividend, the corporation would not be able to pay its debts as they become due or, unless specifically allowed by the articles of incorporation, the corporation’s total assets would be less than the sum of its total liabilities and the claims of preferred stockholders upon dissolution of the corporation.

 

63


Table of Contents

From time to time, the Company may become a party to financing agreements and other contractual obligations that have the effect of limiting or prohibiting the declaration or payment of dividends such as the Series B Preferred Stock it issued pursuant to the SBLF. So long as the SBLF Preferred Stock remains outstanding, the Company may only declare and pay dividends on its common stock if: (1) SBLF Preferred Stock dividend payments are current, and (2) the Company’s Tier 1 capital following payment of the common stock dividend would remain at or above the applicable threshold provided in Schedule A of the Certificate of Designations for the SBLF Preferred Stock. Additional restrictions on common stock dividends apply if the Company does not timely pay dividends on the SBLF Preferred Stock. Holding company expenses and obligations with respect to its outstanding trust preferred securities and corresponding subordinated debt also may limit or impair the Company’s ability to declare and pay dividends.

Since the Company has no significant assets other than the voting stock of its subsidiaries, it currently depends on dividends from its bank subsidiaries and, to a lesser extent, its non-bank subsidiaries, for a substantial portion of its revenue and as the primary sources of its cash flow. The ability of a state non-member bank to pay cash dividends is restricted by federal law or regulations. For example, under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Act, an insured institution may not pay a dividend if payment would cause it to become undercapitalized or if it is already undercapitalized. Furthermore, the FDIC has issued a policy statement indicating that banks should generally pay dividends only out of current operating earnings. In addition, the memorandum of understanding to which Bank of Nevada is subject prohibits the payment of dividends or other distributions to the Company without prior regulatory approval.

State laws also impose restrictions on the ability of each of Western Alliance’s subsidiary banks to pay dividends:

 

  

Under sections 661.235 and 661.240 of the Nevada Revised Statutes, Bank of Nevada may not pay dividends unless the bank’s surplus fund, not including any initial surplus fund, equals the bank’s initial stockholders’ equity, plus 10% of the previous year’s net profits, and the dividend would not reduce the bank’s stockholders’ equity below the initial stockholders’ equity of the bank, which must be at least 6% of the total deposit liability of the bank.

 

  

Under section 6-187 of the Arizona Revised Statutes, Alliance Bank of Arizona may pay dividends on the same basis as any other Arizona corporation. Under section 10-640 of the Arizona Revised Statutes, a corporation may not make a distribution to shareholders if to do so would render the corporation insolvent or unable to pay its debts as they become due. However, an Arizona bank may not declare a non-stock dividend out of capital surplus without the approval of the Arizona Superintendent.

 

  

Under section 1132 of the California Financial Code, Torrey Pines Bank may not, without the prior approval of the California Commissioner, make a distribution to its shareholders in an amount exceeding the bank’s retained earnings or its net income during its last three fiscal years, less any previous distributions made during that period by the bank or its subsidiaries, whichever is less. Under section 1133 of the California Financial Code, the California Commissioner may approve a larger distribution, but in no event to exceed the bank’s net income during the year, net income during the prior fiscal year or retained earnings, whichever is greatest.

Redemption. A bank holding company may not purchase or redeem its equity securities without the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve if the purchase or redemption combined with all other purchases and redemptions by the bank holding company during the preceding 12 months equals or exceeds 10% of the bank holding company’s consolidated net worth. However, prior approval is not required if the bank holding company is well-managed, not the subject of any unresolved supervisory issues and both before and immediately after the purchase or redemption is well-capitalized.

Increasing Competition in Financial Services

The Dodd-Frank Act has established new standards for branching by out-of-state banks. Under the new standard, a bank may establish a de novo branch in any location in any state where a bank chartered in that state would be permitted to locate a branch.

Selected Regulation of Banking Activities

Transactions with Affiliates. Banks are subject to restrictions imposed by Sections 23A and 23B of Federal Reserve Act and regulations adopted by the Federal Reserve thereunder with regard to extensions of credit to affiliates, investments in securities issued by affiliates and the use of affiliates’ securities as collateral for loans to any borrower. Specifically, the Company’s subsidiary banks may only engage in lending and other “covered transactions” with non-bank and non-savings bank affiliates to the following extent: (a) in the case of any single such affiliate, the aggregate amount of covered transactions of the applicable subsidiary bank and its subsidiaries may not exceed 10% of the capital stock and surplus of the applicable subsidiary bank; and (b) in the case of all affiliates, the aggregate amount of covered transactions of the applicable subsidiary bank and its subsidiaries may not exceed 20% of the capital stock and surplus of the applicable subsidiary bank. Covered transactions are also subject to certain collateralization requirements. “Covered transactions” are defined by statute to include a loan or extension of credit, as well as a purchase of securities issued by an affiliate, a purchase of assets (unless otherwise exempted by the Federal Reserve) from the affiliate, the acceptance of securities issued by the affiliate as collateral for a loan, and the issuance of a guarantee, acceptance or letter of credit on behalf of an affiliate. The Dodd-Frank Act has expanded the definition of covered transactions and increased the timing and other aspects of the collateral requirements associated with covered transactions. All covered transactions, including certain additional transactions (such as transactions with a third party in which an affiliate has a financial interest), must be conducted on prevailing market terms and on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable, to the bank as those prevailing at that time for comparable transactions with or involving other non-affiliated persons. These laws and regulations may limit the ability of the Company to obtain funds from its subsidiary banks for its cash needs, including funds for payment of dividends, interest and operational expenses.

 

64


Table of Contents

Insider Credit Transactions. Banks also are subject to certain restrictions regarding extensions of credit to executive officers, directors or principal shareholders of a bank and its affiliates or to any related interests of such persons (i.e., insiders). All extensions of credit to insiders must be made on substantially the same terms and pursuant to the same credit underwriting procedures as are applicable to comparable transactions with persons who are neither insiders nor employees, and must not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features. Insider loans also are subject to certain lending limits, restrictions on overdrafts to insiders and requirements for prior approval by the bank’s board of directors. In addition to enhancing restrictions on insider transactions, the Dodd-Frank Act increases the types of transactions with insiders subject to restrictions, including certain asset sales with insiders.

Lending Limits. In addition to the limits set forth above, state banking law generally limits the amount of funds that a bank may lend to a single borrower. Under Nevada law, the total obligations owed to a bank by one person generally may not exceed 25% of stockholders’ tangible equity. Under Arizona law, the obligations of one borrower to a bank may not exceed 20% of the bank’s capital, plus an additional 10% of its capital if the additional amounts are fully secured by readily marketable collateral. Under California law, the obligations of any one borrower to a bank generally may not exceed 25% of an amount equal to the sum of the bank’s shareholders’ equity, allowance for loan losses, capital notes and debentures, provided that the total unsecured obligations may not exceed 15% of such amount.

Cross-Guarantee Provisions. Each insured depository institution “controlled” (as defined in the BHC Act) by the same bank holding company can be held liable to the FDIC for any loss incurred, or reasonably expected to be incurred, by the FDIC due to the default of any other insured depository institution controlled by that holding company and for any assistance provided by the FDIC to any of those banks that is in danger of default. Such a “cross-guarantee” claim against a depository institution is generally superior in right of payment to claims of the holding company and its affiliates against that depository institution. As a result, one or more of the Company’s subsidiary banks may be required by the FDIC to satisfy the claims of another subsidiary bank if such a default were to ever occur.

Banking Agency Loan Guidance. In December 2006, the Federal Reserve, FDIC and other federal banking agencies issues final guidance on sound risk management practices for concentrations in commercial real estate, or CRE lending. The CRE guidance provided supervisory criteria, including numerical indicators to direct examiners in identifying institutions with potentially significant CRE loan concentrations that may warrant greater supervisory scrutiny. The CRE criteria do not constitute limits on CRE lending, but the CRE guidance does provide certain additional expectations, such as enhanced risk management practices and levels of capital, for banks with concentrations in CRE lending. The FDIC issued additional guidance in March 2008 reinforcing the 2006 guidance and addressing steps institutions with potentially significant CRE concentrations should take to reduce or mitigate the risk of the concentration.

During 2007, the Federal Reserve, FDIC and other federal banking agencies issued final guidance on subprime mortgage lending to address issues relating to certain subprime mortgages, especially adjustable-rate mortgage products that can cause payment shock. The subprime guidance described the prudent safety and soundness and consumer protection standards that the regulators expect banks and financial institutions to follow to ensure borrowers obtain loans they can afford to repay.

Tying Arrangements. The Company and its subsidiary banks are prohibited from engaging in certain tying arrangements in connection with any extension of credit, sale or lease of property or furnishing of services. With certain exceptions for traditional banking services, the Company’s subsidiary banks may not condition an extension of credit to a customer on a requirement that the customer obtain additional credit, property or services from the bank, the Company or any of it’s other subsidiaries, that the customer provide some additional credit, property or services to the bank, the Company or any of the Company’s other subsidiaries or that the customer refrain from obtaining credit, property or other services from a competitor.

Regulation of Management. Federal law sets forth circumstances under which officers or directors of a bank or bank holding company may be removed by the institution’s primary federal banking supervisory authority. Federal law also prohibits a management official of a bank or bank holding company from serving as a management official with an unaffiliated bank or bank holding company that has offices within a specified geographic area that is related to the location of the bank’s offices and the asset size of the institutions.

 

65


Table of Contents

Safety and Soundness Standards. Federal law imposes upon banks certain non-capital safety and soundness standards. The federal banking agencies have issued joint guidelines for safe and sound banking operations. These standards cover internal controls, information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate risk exposure, earnings asset growth, compensation and benefits. Additional standards apply to asset quality, earnings and stock valuation. An institution that fails to meet these standards must develop a plan, acceptable to its regulators, specifying the steps that the institution will take to meet the standards. Failure to submit or implement such a plan may subject the institution to regulatory sanctions.

Consumer Protection Laws and Regulations

The banking regulatory authorities have increased their attention in recent years to compliance with the consumer protection laws and their implementing regulations. Examination and enforcement activities have become more intense in nature, and insured institutions have been advised to monitor carefully their compliance with such laws and regulations. Banks are subject to many federal consumer protection statutes and regulations, some of which are discussed below. The Dodd-Frank Act created the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection, or the Bureau, which has rulemaking and oversight authority of most federal consumer financial protection laws. On July 21, 2011, the rulemaking and certain enforcement authority for enumerated federal consumer financial protection laws was transferred to the Bureau. As a result of this transfer, the Bureau now has significant interpretive and enforcement authority with respect to many of the federal laws and regulations under which we operate. In accordance with this authority, the Bureau has officially transferred many of the regulations formerly administered by the Federal Reserve and the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, to a new chapter of Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations maintained by the Bureau, many of which deal with consumer credit, account disclosures and residential mortgage lending. Although the Bureau did not make significant or substantive changes to the rules as part of this transfer, it now has authority to promulgate guidance and interpretations of these rules and regulations in a manner that could differ from prior interpretations of the other federal regulatory bodies.

Community Reinvestment Act. The CRA and its implementing regulations are intended to encourage insured depository institutions, while operating safely and soundly, to help meet the credit needs of their communities. The CRA specifically directs the federal regulatory agencies, when examining insured depository institutions, to assess a bank’s record of helping meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods, consistent with safe and sound banking practices. The CRA further requires the agencies to take a financial institution’s record of meeting its community credit needs into account when evaluating applications for, among other things, domestic branches, mergers or acquisitions, and holding company formations. A CRA rating other than “outstanding” or “satisfactory” can substantially delay or block a transaction. Based upon their most recent CRA examinations, Bank of Nevada received a rating of “outstanding”; Western Alliance Bank received a rating of “satisfactory”; and Torrey Pines Bank received a rating of “satisfactory.”

Equal Credit Opportunity Act. The Equal Credit Opportunity Act generally prohibits discrimination in any credit transaction, whether for consumer or business purposes, on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin, sex, marital status, age (except in limited circumstances), receipt of income from public assistance programs, or good faith exercise of any rights under the Consumer Credit Protection Act.

Truth in Lending Act. The Truth in Lending Act, or TILA, is designed to ensure that credit terms are disclosed in a meaningful way so that consumers may compare credit terms more readily and knowledgeably. Under TILA, all creditors must use the same credit terminology to express rates and payments, including the annual percentage rate, the finance charge, the amount financed, the total of payments and the payment schedule, among other things.

Fair Housing Act. The Fair Housing Act, or FHA, regulates many practices, and makes it unlawful for any lender to discriminate in its housing-related lending activities against any person because of race, color, religion, national origin, sex, handicap or familial status. A number of lending practices have been found by regulators and/or courts to be illegal under the FHA, including some practices that are not specifically mentioned in the FHA.

Home Mortgage Disclosure Act. The Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, or HMDA, grew out of public concern over credit shortages in certain urban neighborhoods and provides public information that is intended to help to show whether financial institutions are serving the housing credit needs of the neighborhoods and communities in which they are located. The HMDA also includes a “fair lending” aspect that requires the collection and disclosure of data about applicant and borrower characteristics as a way of identifying possible discriminatory lending patterns and enforcing anti-discrimination statutes. Beginning with data reported for 2005, the amount of information that financial institutions collect and disclose concerning applicants and borrowers has expanded, which has increased the attention that HMDA data receives from state and federal banking supervisory authorities, community-oriented organizations and the general public.

Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act. The Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, or RESPA, requires lenders to provide borrowers with disclosures regarding the nature and cost of real estate settlements. RESPA also prohibits certain practices perceived as abusive, such as kickbacks and fee-splitting without providing settlement services.

 

66


Table of Contents

Penalties under the above laws may include fines, reimbursements and other penalties. Violation or inadequate compliance management also can result in one or more of the enforcement actions described above and could restrict the ability of a bank to engage in certain activities or transactions, such as mergers and acquisitions. Due to heightened regulatory concern related to compliance with these laws generally, Western Alliance and its subsidiary banks may incur additional compliance costs or be required to expend additional funds for investments in its local community.

Predatory Lending

“Predatory lending” is a far-reaching concept and potentially covers a broad range of behavior. As such, it does not lend itself to a concise or comprehensive definition. However, predatory lending typically involves one or more of the following elements:

 

  

making unaffordable loans based on the borrower’s assets rather than the borrower’s ability to repay an obligation;

 

  

inducing a borrower to refinance a loan repeatedly in order to charge high points and fees each time the loan is refinanced, or “loan flipping”; and

 

  

engaging in fraud or deception to conceal the true nature of the loan obligation from an unsuspecting or unsophisticated borrower.

The Home Ownership Equity and Protection Act of 1994 (“HOEPA”) and regulations adopted by the Federal Reserve thereunder require certain disclosures and extend additional protection to borrowers in closed end consumer credit transactions, such as home repairs or renovation, that are secured by a mortgage on the borrower’s primary residence. The HOEPA disclosures and protections are applicable to such “high cost” transactions with any of the following features:

 

  

interest rates for first lien mortgage loans more than eight percentage points above the yield on U.S. Treasury securities having a comparable maturity;

 

  

interest rates for subordinate lien mortgage loans more than 10 percentage points above the yield on U.S. Treasury securities having a comparable maturity; or

 

  

total points and fees paid in connection with the credit transaction that exceed the greater of either 8% of the loan amount or a specified dollar amount that is inflation-adjusted each year.

HOEPA prohibits or restricts numerous credit practices including loan flipping by the same lender or loan servicer within a year of the loan being refinanced. Lenders are presumed to have violated the law unless they document that the borrower has the ability to repay. Lenders that violate the rules face cancellation of loans and penalties equal to the finance charges paid. HOEPA also regulates so-called “reverse mortgages.”

In December 2007, the Federal Reserve issued proposed rules under HOEPA in order to address certain practices in the subprime mortgage market. The proposed rules would require disclosures and additional protections or prohibitions on practices connected with “higher-priced mortgages,” which the proposed rules define as closed-end loans that are secured by a consumer’s principal dwelling and carry interest rates that exceed the yield on comparable U.S. Treasury securities by at least 3 percentage points for first-lien loans, or 5 percentage points for subordinate-lien loans.

Privacy

Under the Gramm Leach Bliley Act, or GLBA, all financial institutions, including the Company, its bank subsidiaries and certain of their non-banking affiliates and subsidiaries are required to establish policies and procedures to restrict the sharing of non-public customer data with non-affiliated parties at the customer’s request and to protect customer data from unauthorized access. In addition, the Fair Credit Reporting Act of 1971, or FCRA includes many provisions concerning national credit reporting standards and permits consumers, including customers of our subsidiary banks, to opt out of information-sharing for marketing purposes among affiliated companies. The Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 2004 amended certain provisions of the FRCA, and requires banks and other financial institutions to notify their customers if they report negative information about them to a credit bureau or if they are granted credit on terms less favorable than those generally available. The Bureau has extensive rulemaking authority under the FCRA, and the Company and its subsidiary banks are subject to these provisions. We have developed policies and procedures for itself and its subsidiaries to maintain compliance and believes it is in compliance with all privacy, information sharing and notification provisions of the GLBA Act and the FCRA.

Under California law, every business that owns or licenses personal information about a California resident must maintain reasonable security procedures and policies to protect that information. All customer records that contain personal information and that are no longer required to be retained must be destroyed. Any person that conducts business in California maintains customers’ personal information in unencrypted computer records and experiences a breach of security with regard to those records must promptly disclose the breach to all California residents whose personal information was or is reasonably believed to have been acquired by unauthorized persons as a result of such breach. Any person who maintains computerized personal data for others and experiences a breach of security must promptly inform the owner or licensee of the breach. A business may not provide personal information of its customers to third parties for direct mailing purposes unless the customer “opts in” to such information sharing. A business that fails to provide this privilege to its customers must report the uses made of its customers’ data upon a customer’s request.

 

67


Table of Contents

Compliance

In order to assure that the Company and its subsidiary banks are in compliance with the laws and regulations that apply to their operations, including those summarized herein, the Company and each of its subsidiary banks employs a compliance and risk management staff. The Company is regularly reviewed by the Federal Reserve and the subsidiary banks are regularly reviewed by the FDIC and their respective state and federal banking agencies, as part of which their compliance with applicable laws and regulations is assessed.

Corporate Governance and Accounting Legislation

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act (“SOX”) was adopted for the stated purpose of increasing corporate responsibility, enhance penalties for accounting and auditing improprieties at publicly traded companies, and protect investors by improving the accuracy and reliability of corporate disclosures pursuant to the securities laws. It applies generally to all companies that file or are required to file periodic reports with the SEC under the Exchange Act, which includes Western Alliance. Under SOX, the SEC and securities exchanges adopted extensive additional disclosure, corporate governance and other related rules. Among its provisions, SOX subjects bonuses issued to top executives to disgorgement if a subsequent restatement of a company’s financial statements was due to corporate misconduct, prohibits an officer or director from misleading or coercing an auditor, prohibits insider trades during pension fund “blackout periods,” imposes new criminal penalties for fraud and other wrongful acts and extends the period during which certain securities fraud lawsuits can be brought against a company or its officers.

Anti-Money Laundering and Anti-Terrorism Legislation

Congress enacted the Bank Secrecy Act of 1970, or the BSA, to require financial institutions, including the Company and its subsidiary banks, to maintain certain records and to report certain transactions to prevent such institutions from being used to hide money derived from criminal activity and tax evasion. The BSA establishes, among other things: (a) record keeping requirements to assist government enforcement agencies in tracing financial transactions and flow of funds; (b) reporting requirements for Suspicious Activity Reports and Currency Transaction Reports to assist government enforcement agencies in detecting patterns of criminal activity; (c) enforcement provisions authorizing criminal and civil penalties for illegal activities and violations of the BSA and its implementing regulations; and (d) safe harbor provisions that protect financial institutions from civil liability for their cooperative efforts.

Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 amended the BSA and incorporates anti-terrorist financing provisions into the requirements of the BSA and its implementing regulations. Among other things, the USA PATRIOT Act requires all financial institutions, including the Company, its subsidiary banks and several of their non-banking affiliates and subsidiaries, to institute and maintain a risk-based anti-money laundering compliance program that includes a customer identification program, provides for information sharing with law enforcement and between certain financial institutions by means of an exemption from the privacy provisions of the GLB Act, prohibits U.S. banks and broker-dealers from maintaining accounts with foreign “shell” banks, establishes enhanced due diligence requirements for certain foreign correspondent banking and foreign private banking accounts and imposes additional record keeping requirements for certain correspondent banking arrangements. The USA PATRIOT Act also grants broad authority to the Secretary of the Treasury to take actions to combat money laundering, and federal bank regulators are required to evaluate the effectiveness of an applicant in combating money laundering in determining whether to approve any application submitted by a financial institution. The Company and its affiliates have adopted policies, procedures and controls to comply with the BSA and the USA PATRIOT Act, and they engage in very few transactions of any kind with foreign financial institutions or foreign persons.

The Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, or OFAC, administers and enforces economic and trade sanctions against targeted foreign countries, entities and individuals based on U.S. foreign policy and national security goals. As a result, U.S. Companies, including Western Alliance, its subsidiary banks and their non-banking affiliates and subsidiaries, must scrutinize transactions to ensure that they do not represent obligations of, or ownership interests in, entities owned or controlled by sanctioned targets. In addition, we and our subsidiaries must restrict transactions with certain targeted countries except as permitted by OFAC.

Regulatory Reform

As noted throughout, the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act call for a number of rulemakings, studies and regulatory guidance from federal regulators. The Company and its subsidiary banks continue to monitor this ongoing regulatory process to determine the level of impact that it will have on its operations and activities.

 

68


Table of Contents

Although the Dodd-Frank Act contains some specific timelines for the Federal regulatory agencies to follow, in some instances, the agencies have been unable to meet these deadlines and it remains unclear when implementing rules will be proposed and finalized. While our current assessment is that the Dodd-Frank Act and its implementing regulations will not have a materially greater effect on the Company than the rest of the commercial banking industry, given the uncertainty associated with the manner in which the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented, the full extent of the impact such requirements will have on our operations is unclear. The changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act may impact the profitability of our business activities, require changes to certain of our business practices, impose upon us more stringent capital, liquidity and leverage requirements or otherwise adversely affect our business. These changes may also require us to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make any changes necessary to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements as we continue to grow and approach $10 billion in total assets, which could include limiting our growth or expansionary activities. Failure to comply with the new requirements would negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition. While we cannot predict what effect any presently contemplated or future changes in the laws or regulations or their interpretations would have on us, these changes could be materially adverse to our investors.

 

ITEM 7A.QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

For a discussion of quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk, please see Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk” on page 53.

 

ITEM 8.FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Our consolidated financial statements and supplementary data included in this annual report begin at page 72 immediately following the index to consolidated financial statements page to this annual report.

 

69


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

   PAGE 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   71  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

   72  

Consolidated Statements of Operations

   73  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

   75  

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

   76  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

   77  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   79  

 

70


Table of Contents

McGladrey LLP

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders

Western Alliance Bancorporation

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Western Alliance Bancorporation and Subsidiaries (collectively referred to herein as the Company) as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated March 1, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ McGLADREY LLP

Phoenix, Arizona

March 1, 2013

 

71


Table of Contents

WESTERN ALLIANCE BANCORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

   December 31, 
   2012  2011 
   (in thousands, except share amounts) 

Assets:

   

Cash and due from banks

  $141,789   $116,866  

Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions

   62,836    38,129  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   204,625    154,995  

Money market investments

   664    7,343  

Investment securities—measured, at fair value

   5,061    6,515  

Investment securities—available-for-sale, at fair value; amortized cost of $926,050 at December 31, 2012 and $1,198,185 at December 31, 2011

   939,590    1,190,385  

Investment securities—held-to-maturity, at amortized cost; fair value of $292,819 at December 31, 2012 and $290,035 at December 31, 2011

   291,333    286,258  

Investments in restricted stock, at cost

   30,936    33,520  

Loans:

   

Held for sale

   31,124    —    

Held for investment, net of deferred fees

   5,678,194    4,780,069  

Less: allowance for credit losses

   95,427    99,170  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total loans

   5,582,767    4,680,899  

Premises and equipment, net

   107,910    105,546  

Goodwill

   23,224    25,925  

Other intangible assets, net

   6,539    9,807  

Other assets acquired through foreclosure, net

   77,247    89,104  

Bank owned life insurance

   138,336    133,898  

Deferred tax assets, net

   51,757    61,724  

Prepaid expenses

   12,029    16,470  

Other assets

   119,495    42,152  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total assets

  $7,622,637   $6,844,541  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Liabilities:

   

Deposits:

   

Non-interest-bearing demand

  $1,933,169   $1,558,211  

Interest-bearing

   4,522,008    4,100,301  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total deposits

   6,455,177    5,658,512  

Customer repurchase agreements

   79,034    123,626  

Other borrowings

   193,717    353,321  

Junior subordinated debt, at fair value

   36,218    36,985  

Other liabilities

   98,875    35,414  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   6,863,021    6,207,858  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 12)

   

Stockholders’ equity:

   

Preferred stock — par value $.0001 and liquidation value per share of $1,000; 20,000,000 authorized;141,000 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011

   141,000    141,000  

Common stock — par value $.0001; 200,000,000 authorized; 86,465,050 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 82,361,655 at December 31, 2011

   9    8  

Additional paid in capital

   784,852    743,780  

Accumulated deficit

   (174,471  (243,512

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

   8,226    (4,593
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

   759,616    636,683  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $7,622,637   $6,844,541  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

See the accompanying notes.

 

72


Table of Contents

WESTERN ALLIANCE BANCORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2012  2011  2010 
   (in thousands except per share amounts) 

Interest income:

  

Loans, including fees

  $280,985   $261,443   $255,626  

Investment securities—taxable

   22,311    28,712    22,818  

Investment securities—non-taxable

   10,469    2,013    122  

Dividends—taxable

   1,207    1,124    617  

Dividends—non-taxable

   2,815    2,570    1,359  

Other

   508    729    1,271  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total interest income

   318,295    296,591    281,813  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Interest expense:

    

Deposits

   16,794    27,977    41,329  

Customer repurchase agreements

   194    336    538  

Other borrowings

   9,116    8,282    3,745  

Junior subordinated debt

   1,928    2,328    3,648  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total interest expense

   28,032    38,923    49,260  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net interest income

   290,263    257,668    232,553  

Provision for credit losses

   46,844    46,188    93,211  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for credit losses

   243,419    211,480    139,342  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Non-interest income:

    

Securities impairment charges recoginized in earnings

   —      (226  (1,186

Gain on sales of securities, net

   3,949    4,798    19,757  

Mark to market gains (losses), net

   653    5,621    (369

Gain on extinguishment of debt

   —      —      3,000  

Service charges and fees

   9,452    9,102    8,969  

Income from bank owned life insurance

   4,439    5,372    3,299  

Other fee revenue

   3,564    3,453    3,324  

Amortization of affordable housing investments

   (1,779  —      —    

Bargain purchase gain from acquisition

   17,562    —      —    

Other

   6,886    6,337    10,042  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total non-interest income

   44,726    34,457    46,836  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Non-interest expense:

    

Salaries and employee benefits

   105,044    93,140    86,586  

Occupancy expense, net

   18,815    19,972    19,580  

Net loss on sales/valuations of repossessed assets and bank premises, net

   4,207    24,592    28,826  

Insurance

   8,511    11,045    15,475  

Legal, professional and director fees

   8,229    7,678    7,591  

Loan and repossessed asset expense

   6,675    8,126    8,076  

Marketing

   5,607    4,676    4,061  

Data processing

   5,749    3,566    3,374  

Intangible amortization

   3,256    3,559    3,604  

Customer service

   2,604    3,336    4,256  

Merger expenses

   2,819    1,564    1,651  

Goodwill and intangible impairment

   3,435    —      —    

Other

   13,909    14,344    13,678  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total non-interest expense

   188,860    195,598    196,758  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before provision income taxes

   99,285    50,339    (10,580

Income tax provision (benefit)

   23,961    16,849    (6,410
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   75,324    33,490    (4,170

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax benefit

   (2,490  (1,996  (3,025
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   72,834    31,494    (7,195

Dividends and accretion on preferred stock

   3,793    16,206    9,882  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders

  $69,041   $15,288   $(17,077
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

73


Table of Contents

WESTERN ALLIANCE BANCORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(continued)

 

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2012  2011  2010 
   (in thousands except per share amounts) 

Earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations:

    

Basic

  $0.87   $0.21   $(0.19

Diluted

  $0.86   $0.21   $(0.19

Loss per share from discontinued operations:

    

Basic

  $(0.03 $(0.02 $(0.04

Diluted

  $(0.03 $(0.02 $(0.04

Earnings (loss) per share applicable to common shareholders:

    

Basic

  $0.84   $0.19   $(0.23

Diluted

  $0.83   $0.19   $(0.23

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:

    

Basic

   82,285    80,909    75,083  

Diluted

   82,912    81,183    75,083  

Dividends declared per common share

  $—     $—     $—    

See the accompanying notes.

 

74


Table of Contents

WESTERN ALLIANCE BANCORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2012  2011  2010 
      (in thousands)    

Net income (loss)

  $72,834   $31,494   $(7,195
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net:

    

Unrealized gain (loss) on securities available-for-sale (AFS), net

   15,842    7,194    (2,865

Impairment loss on securities, net

   —      144    736  

Unrealized gain on cash flow hedge, net

   17    519    —    

Realized gain on cash flow hedge, net

   (519  —      —    

Realized gain on sale of securities AFS included in income, net

   (2,521  (3,028  (12,698
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net other comprehensive income (loss)

   12,819    4,829    (14,827
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

  $85,653   $36,323   $(22,022
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Amount of impairment losses reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income into earnings

  $—     $226   $1,186  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income tax benefit related to impairment losses

  $—     $82   $450  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

See the accompanying notes.

.

 

75


Table of Contents

WESTERN ALLIANCE BANCORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

                    Accumulated       
   Preferred Stock  Common Stock   Additional  Other     Total 
                 Paid in  Comprehensive  Accumulated  Stockholders’ 
   Shares Amount  Shares   Amount   Capital  Income (Loss)  (Deficit)  Equity 
             (in thousands)       

Balance, December 31, 2009:

   140   $127,945    72,504    $7    $684,092   $5,405   $(241,724 $575,725  

Net loss

   —      —      —       —       —      —      (7,195  (7,195

Issuance of common stock,
net (1)

   —      —      8,050     1     47,573    —      —      47,574  

Exercise of stock options

   —      —      30     —       164    —      —      164  

Exercise of common stock warrants

   —      —      162     —       195    —      —      195  

Stock-based compensation

   —      —      276     —       3,126    —      —      3,126  

Restricted stock grants, net

   —      —      647     —       4,411    —      —      4,411  

Accretion on preferred stock discount

   —      2,882    —       —       —      —      (2,882  —    

Dividends on preferred stock

   —      —      —       —       —      —      (7,000  (7,000

Other comprehensive loss, net

   —      —      —       —       —      (14,827  —      (14,827
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2010

   140    130,827    81,669     8     739,561    (9,422  (258,800  602,174  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income

   —      —      —       —       —      —      31,494    31,494  

Exercise of stock options

   —      —      53     —       362    —      —      362  

Stock-based compensation

   —      —      304     —       2,692    —      —      2,692  

Restricted stock grants, net

   —      —      336     —       1,580    —      —      1,580  

Preferred stock redemption and accelerated accretion of preferred stock discount

   (140  (133,086  —       —       —      —      (6,914  (140,000

Issuance of preferred stock

   141    141,000    —       —       —      —      —      141,000  

Dividends on preferred stock

   —      —      —       —       —      —      (7,033  (7,033

Accretion on preferred stock discount

   —      2,259    —       —       —      —      (2,259  —    

Repurchase of w arrant

   —      —      —       —       (415  —      —      (415

Other comprehensive income, net

   —      —      —       —       —      4,829    —      4,8 29  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

   141    141,000    82,362     8     743,780    (4,593  (243,512  636,683  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income

   —      —      —       —       —      —      72,834    72,834  

Issuance of common stock, net (2)

   —      —      2,966     1     31,952    —      —      31,953  

Exercise of stock options

   —      —      397     —       2,802    —      —      2,802  

Stock-based compensation

   —      —      183     —       1,939    —      —      1,939  

Restricted stock grants, net

   —      —      557     —       4,379    —      —      4,379  

Dividends on preferred stock

   —      —      —       —       —      —      (3,793  (3,793

Other comprehensive income, net

   —      —      —       —       —      12,819    —      12,819  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

   141   $141,000    86,465    $9    $784,852   $8,226   $(174,471 $759,616  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(1)Net of offering costs of $2,738
(2)Net of offering costs of $24

See the accompanying notes.

 

76


Table of Contents

WESTERN ALLIANCE BANCORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2012  2011  2010 
   (in thousands) 

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net income (loss)

  $72,834   $31,494   $(7,195

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to cash provided by operating activities:

    

Provision for credit losses

   46,844    46,188    93,211  

Depreciation and amortization/accretion

   9,561    10,623    14,091  

Stock-based compensation

   6,318    4,272    7,537  

Excess tax benefit of stock-based compensation

   (293  —      —    

Deferred income taxes and income taxes receivable

   21,722    15,303    (7,592

Net amortization of discounts and premiums for investment securities

   10,799    8,339    6,309  

Goodwill and intangible impairment

   3,435    —      —    

Accretion of discount on loans acquired

   (1,721  —      —    

Securities impairment

   —      226    1,186  

(Gains)/Losses on:

    

Sales of securities, AFS

   (3,949  (4,798  (19,757

Acquisition of Western Liberty

   (17,562  —      —    

Derivatives

   196    238    269  

Sale of repossessed assets, net

   4,303    24,022    29,224  

Sale of premises and equipment, net

   (96  673    (398

Sale of loans, net

   6    (103  (16

Sale of subsidiary/minority interest, net

   (892  —      (568

Extinguishment of debt

   —      —      (3,000

Changes in, net of effects of acquisitions

    

Other assets

   (48,305  3,518    (40,994

Other liabilities

   9,402    7,910    (72,411

Fair value of assets and liabilities measured at fair value

   (653  (5,621  369  

Servicing rights, net

   11    191    35  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

   111,960    142,475    300  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Proceeds from loan sales

   3,445    1,851    —    

Proceeds from sale of securities measured at fair value

   —      2,907    29,415  

Principal pay downs and maturities of securities measured at fair value

   1,355    4,919    15,609  

Proceeds from sale of available-for-sale securities

   225,296    506,162    492,159  

Principal pay downs and maturities of available-for-sale securities

   365,477    324,160    867,667  

Purchase of available-for-sale securities

   (322,283  (843,813  (1,790,489

Purchases of securities held-to-maturity

   (13,584  (239,627  (45,000

Proceeds from maturities of securities held-to-maturity

   5,735    640    3,686  

Loan originations and principal collections, net

   (919,118  (646,583  (339,331

Investment in money market

   6,679    30,390    16,296  

Liquidation of restricted stock

   2,584    3,357    4,501  

Purchase of investment tax credits

   24,297    —      —    

Sale and purchase of premises and equipment, net

   (8,554  1,089    1,422  

Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned and repossessed assets , net

   40,948    42,120    33,777  

Cash and cash equivalents acquired in acquisition, net

   51,209    —      —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

   (536,514  (812,428  (710,288
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

77


Table of Contents

WESTERN ALLIANCE BANCORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(continued)

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2012  2011  2010 
   (in thousands) 

Cash flows from financing activities:

  

Net increase in deposits

   679,474    320,071    616,339  

Net increase/ (decrease) in borrowings

   (204,592  294,217    (127,368

Proceeds from excercise of common stock options

   2,802    362    359  

Excess tax benefit of stock-based compensation

   293    —      —    

Proceeds from issuance stock, net

   —      —      47,574  

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock

   —      141,000    —    

Redemption of preferred stock

   —      (140,000  —    

Repurchase of warrant

   —      (415  —    

Cash dividends paid on preferred stock

   (3,793  (7,033  (7,000
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

   474,184    608,202    529,904  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net increase/ (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   49,630    (61,751  (180,084

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

   154,995    216,746    396,830  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

  $204,625   $154,995   $216,746  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure:

    

Cash paid during the period for:

    

Interest

  $28,953   $40,301   $47,354  

Income taxes

   1,740    —      —    

Non-cash investing and financing activity:

    

Transfers to other assets acquired through foreclosure, net

   28,299    47,591    87,310  

Unfunded commitments to purchase investment tax credits

   53,203    —      —    

Non-cash assets acquired in Western Liberty merger transaction

   116,772    —      —    

Liabilities assumed in Western Liberty merger trasaction

   118,443    —      —    

Change in unrealized holding loss on AFS securities, net of tax

   8,232    4,310    (15,489

Change in unrealized holding gain on cash flow hedge, net of tax

   (502  519    —    

Change in OTTI on HTM securities, net of tax

   —      —      662  

See the accompanying notes.

 

78


Table of Contents

WESTERN ALLIANCE BANCORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Operation

Western Alliance Bancorporation (“WAL” or “the Company”), incorporated under the laws of the state of Nevada, is a bank holding company providing full service banking and related services to locally owned businesses, professional firms, real estate developers and investors, local non-profit organizations, high net worth individuals and other consumers through its three wholly owned subsidiary banks: Bank of Nevada, operating in Southern Nevada, Western Alliance Bank, operating in Arizona and Northern Nevada and Torrey Pines Bank, operating in California. In addition, two non-bank subsidiaries, Western Alliance Equipment Finance, offers equipment finance nationwide and Las Vegas Sunset Properties, which manages certain non-performing assets. These entities are collectively referred to herein as the Company.

Basis of Presentation

The accounting and reporting policies of the Company are in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) and conform to practices within the financial services industry. The accounts of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries are included in these Consolidated Financial Statements. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant changes in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for credit losses; fair value determinations related to acquisitions; fair value of other real estate owned; determination of the valuation allowance related to deferred tax assets; impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets and other than temporary impairment on securities. Although Management believes these estimates to be reasonably accurate, actual amounts may differ. In the opinion of Management, all adjustments considered necessary have been reflected in the financial statements during their preparation.

Principles of consolidation

WAL has 11 wholly-owned subsidiaries: Bank of Nevada (“BON”), Western Alliance Bank (“WAB”), Torrey Pines Bank (“TPB”), which are all banking subsidiaries; Western Alliance Equipment Finance, Inc. (“WAEF”), which provides equipment finance services, Las Vegas Sunset Properties (“LVSP”) which manages certain non-performing assets; and six unconsolidated subsidiaries used as business trusts in connection with issuance of trust-preferred securities. In addition, until October 31, 2012, WAL maintained an 80 percent interest in Shine Investment Advisory Services Inc. (“Shine”), a registered investment advisor. On October 31, 2012, the Company sold its interest in Shine. The sale transaction did not have a material impact to the Company’s consolidated financial statements. On October 17, 2012, the Company acquired assets and assumed liabilities of the former Western Liberty Bancorp (“Western Liberty”). The Company paid $27.5 million and issued 2,966,236 shares for all of the equity interests of Western Liberty and Western Liberty’s primary operating subsidiary, Service1st Bank of Nevada. The Company merged Service1st Bank into Bank of Nevada effective October 19, 2012. The merger was completed because the purchase price of Western Liberty was at a significant discount to its tangible book value and was accretive to capital at close. The combined bank had approximately $3.09 billion of assets and $2.55 billion of deposits immediately following the merger and continues to operate as Bank of Nevada. Acquisition related expenses incurred were $0.7 million as December 31, 2012.

BON has three wholly-owned subsidiaries: BW Real Estate, Inc. which operates as a real estate investment trust and holds certain of BON’s real estate loans and related securities; BON Investments, Inc., which holds certain investment securities; and BW Nevada Holdings, LLC, which owns the Company’s 2700 West Sahara Avenue, Las Vegas, Nevada location.

WAB has one wholly-owned subsidiary, WAB Investments, Inc., which holds certain investment securities, and TPB has one wholly-owned subsidiary, TPB Investments, Inc., which holds certain investment securities.

The Company does not have any other significant entities that should be considered for consolidation. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

79


Table of Contents

Reclassifications

Certain amounts in the consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation. The reclassifications have no effect on net income or stockholders’ equity as previously reported.

Cash and cash equivalents

For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks (including cash items in process of clearing), and federal funds sold. Cash flows from loans originated by the Company and deposits are reported net.

The Company maintains amounts due from banks, which at times may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts.

Cash reserve requirements

Depository institutions are required by law to maintain reserves against their transaction deposits. The reserves must be held in cash or with the Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”). The amount of the reserve varies by bank as the banks are permitted to meet this requirement by maintaining the specified amount as an average balance over a two-week period. The total of reserve balances was approximately $15.3 million and $18.4 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Investment securities

Investment securities may be classified as held-to-maturity (“HTM”), available-for-sale (“AFS”) or trading. The appropriate classification is initially decided at the time of purchase. Securities classified as held-to-maturity are those debt securities the Company has both the intent and ability to hold to maturity regardless of changes in market conditions, liquidity needs or general economic conditions. These securities are carried at amortized cost. The sale of a security within three months of its maturity date or after the majority of the principal outstanding has been collected is considered a maturity for purposes of classification and disclosure.

Securities classified as AFS or trading are reported as an asset on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at their estimated fair value. As the fair value of AFS securities changes, the changes are reported net of income tax as an element of other comprehensive income (“OCI”), except for impaired securities. When AFS securities are sold, the unrealized gain or loss is reclassified from OCI to non-interest income. The changes in the fair values of trading securities are reported in non-interest income. Securities classified as AFS are both equity and debt securities the Company intends to hold for an indefinite period of time, but not necessarily to maturity. Any decision to sell a security classified as AFS would be based on various factors, including significant movements in interest rates, changes in the maturity mix of the Company’s assets and liabilities, liquidity needs, decline in credit quality, and regulatory capital considerations.

Interest income is recognized based on the coupon rate and increased by accretion of discounts earned or decreased by the amortization of premiums paid over the contractual life of the security using the interest method. For mortgage-backed securities, estimates of prepayments are considered in the constant yield calculations.

In estimating whether there are any other than temporary impairment losses, management considers 1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than amortized cost, 2) the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer, 3) the impact of changes in market interest rates, and 4) the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value and it is not more likely than not the Company would be required to sell the security.

Declines in the fair value of individual debt securities available for sale that are deemed to be other than temporary are reflected in earnings when identified. The fair value of the debt security then becomes the new cost basis. For individual debt securities where the Company does not intend to sell the security and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, the other than temporary decline in fair value of the debt security related to 1) credit loss is recognized in earnings, and 2) market or other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income or loss. Credit loss is recorded if the present value of cash flows is less than amortized cost.

For individual debt securities where the Company intends to sell the security or more likely than not will not recover all of its amortized cost, the other than temporary impairment is recognized in earnings equal to the entire difference between the securities cost basis and its fair value at the balance sheet date. For individual debt securities for which a credit loss has been recognized in earnings, interest accruals and amortization and accretion of premiums and discounts are suspended when the credit loss is recognized. Interest received after accruals have been suspended is recognized on a cash basis.

 

80


Table of Contents

Restricted stock

The Company’s subsidiary banks are members of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) system and maintain an investment in capital stock of the FHLB based on the borrowing capacity used by each bank. The Company’s subsidiary banks also maintain an investment in their primary correspondent bank. These investments are considered equity securities with no actively traded market. Therefore, the shares are considered restricted investment securities. These investments are carried at cost, which is equal to the value at which they may be redeemed. The dividend income received from the stock is reported in interest income. Our investment in FHLB stock is carried at cost. We conduct a periodic review and evaluation of our FHLB stock to determine if any impairment exists.

Derivative financial instruments

Derivatives are recognized on the balance sheet at their fair value, with changes in fair value reported in current-period earnings. These instruments consist primarily of interest rate swaps.

Certain derivative transactions that meet specified criteria qualify for hedge accounting. The Company occasionally purchases a financial instrument or originates a loan that contains an embedded derivative instrument. Upon purchasing the instrument or originating the loan, the Company assesses whether the economic characteristics of the embedded derivative are clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics of the remaining component of the financial instrument (i.e., the host contract) and whether a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded instrument would meet the definition of a derivative instrument. When it is determined that (1) the embedded derivative possesses economic characteristics that are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics of the host contract, and (2) a separate instrument with the same terms would qualify as a derivative instrument, the embedded derivative is separated from the host contract and carried at fair value. However, in cases where (1) the host contract is measured at fair value, with changes in fair value reported in current earnings, or (2) the Company is unable to reliably identify and measure an embedded derivative for separation from its host contract, the entire contract is carried on the balance sheet at fair value and is not designated as a hedging instrument.

Loans Held for Sale

Generally the Company does not originate or purchase loans for resale. Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or fair value. Loans held for sale at December 31, 2012 consisted of the affinity credit card portfolio held at the lower of cost or fair value on an aggregate basis of $31.1 million.

Loans, interest and fees from loans

The Company generally holds loans for investment and has the intent and ability to hold loans until their maturity. Therefore, they are reported at book value. Net loans are stated at the amount of unpaid principal, reduced by unearned loan fees and allowance for credit losses. Purchased loans are recorded at estimated fair value on the date of purchase.

The Company may acquire loans through a business combination or in a purchase for which differences may exist between the contractual cash flows and the cash flows expected to be collected due, at least in part, to credit quality. Loans are evaluated individually to determine if there is credit deterioration since origination. Such loans may then be aggregated and accounted for as a pool of loans based on common characteristics. When the Company acquires such loans, the yield that may be accreted (accretable yield) is limited to the excess of the Company’s estimate of undiscounted cash flows expected to be collected over the Company’s initial investment in the loan. The excess of contractual cash flows over the cash flows expected to be collected may not be recognized as an adjustment to yield, loss, or a valuation allowance. Subsequent increases in cash flows expected to be collected generally are recognized prospectively through adjustment of the loan’s yield over the remaining life. Subsequent decreases to cash flows expected to be collected are recognized as impairment. The Company may not “carry over” or create a valuation allowance in the initial accounting for loans acquired under these circumstances. For additional information, see Note 4 “Loans, Leases and Allowance for Credit Losses” beginning on page 94.

Interest income on loans is accrued daily using the effective interest method and recognized over the terms of the loans. Loan fees collected for the origination of loans less direct loan origination costs (net deferred loan fees) are amortized over the contractual life of the loan through interest income. If the loan has scheduled payments, the amortization of the net deferred loan fee is calculated using the interest method over the contractual life of the loan. If the loan does not have scheduled payments, such as a line of credit, the net deferred loan fee is recognized as interest income on a straight-line basis over the contractual life of the loan commitment. Commitment fees based on a percentage of a customer’s unused line of credit and fees related to standby letters of credit are recognized over the commitment period.

When loans are repaid, any remaining unamortized balances of unearned fees, deferred fees and costs and premiums and discounts paid on purchased loans are accounted for though interest income.

Nonaccrual loans: For all loan types except credit cards, when a borrower discontinues making payments as contractually required by the note, the Company must determine whether it is appropriate to continue to accrue interest. Generally, the Company places loans in a nonaccrual status and ceases recognizing interest income when the loan has become delinquent by more than 90 days or when Management determines that the full repayment of principal and collection of interest is unlikely. The Company may decide to continue to accrue interest on certain loans more than 90 days delinquent if they are well secured by collateral and in the process of collection. Credit card loans and other personal loans are typically charged off no later than 180 days delinquent.

 

81


Table of Contents

For all loan types, when a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, all interest accrued but uncollected is reversed against interest income in the period in which the status is changed. Subsequent payments received from the customer are applied to principal and no further interest income is recognized until the principal has been paid in full or until circumstances have changed such that payments are again consistently received as contractually required. The Company occasionally recognizes income on a cash basis for non-accrual loans in which the collection of the remaining principal balance is not in doubt.

Impaired loans: A loan is identified as impaired when it is probable that interest and principal will not be collected according to the contractual terms of the original loan agreement. Generally, impaired loans are classified as nonaccrual. However, in certain instances, impaired loans may continue on an accrual basis, such as loans classified as impaired due to doubt regarding collectability according to contractual terms, that are both fully secured by collateral and are current in their interest and principal payments Impaired loans are measured for reserve requirements in accordance with ASC Topic 310,Receivables, based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate or, as a practical expedient, at the loan's observable market price or the fair value of the collateral less applicable disposition costs if the loan is collateral dependent. The amount of an impairment reserve, if any, and any subsequent changes are charged against the allowance for credit losses. In addition to our own internal loan review process, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) may from time to time direct the Company to modify loan grades, loan impairment calculations or loan impairment methodology.

Troubled Debt Restructured Loans: A troubled debt restructured loan is a loan on which the Bank, for reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties, grants a concession to the borrower that the Bank would not otherwise consider. The loan terms that have been modified or restructured due to a borrower’s financial situation include, but are not limited to, a reduction in the stated interest rate, an extension of the maturity or renewal of the loan at an interest rate below current market, a reduction in the face amount of the debt, a reduction in the accrued interest, extensions, deferrals, renewals and rewrites. A troubled debt restructured loan is also considered impaired. Generally, a loan that is modified at an effective market rate of interest may no longer be disclosed as a troubled debt restructuring in years subsequent to the restructuring if it is not impaired based on the terms specified by the restructuring agreement.

Allowance for credit losses

Credit risk is inherent in the business of extending loans and leases to borrowers. Like other financial institutions, the Company must maintain an adequate allowance for credit losses. The allowance for credit losses is established through a provision for credit losses charged to expense. Loans are charged against the allowance for credit losses when Management believes that the contractual principal or interest will not be collected. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. The allowance is an amount believed adequate to absorb probable losses on existing loans that may become uncollectable, based on evaluation of the collectability of loans and prior credit loss experience, together with other factors. The Company formally re-evaluates and establishes the appropriate level of the allowance for credit losses on a quarterly basis.

The Company’s allowance for credit loss methodology incorporates several quantitative and qualitative risk factors used to establish the appropriate allowance for credit losses at each reporting date. Quantitative factors include our historical loss experience, delinquency and charge-off trends, collateral values, changes in the level of nonperforming loans and other factors. Qualitative factors include the economic condition of our operating markets and the state of certain industries. Specific changes in the risk factors are based on actual loss experience, as well as perceived risk of similar groups of loans classified by collateral type, purpose and term. An internal one-year and five-year loss history are also incorporated into the allowance calculation model. Due to the credit concentration of our loan portfolio in real estate secured loans, the value of collateral is heavily dependent on real estate values in Nevada, Arizona and California, which have declined substantially from their peak. While management uses the best information available to make its evaluation, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary if there are significant changes in economic or other conditions. In addition, the FDIC and state bank regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination processes, periodically review our subsidiary banks’ allowances for credit losses, and may require us to make additions to our allowance based on their judgment about information available to them at the time of their examinations. Management regularly reviews the assumptions and formulae used in determining the allowance and makes adjustments if required to reflect the current risk profile of the portfolio.

The allowance consists of specific and general components. The specific allowance relates to impaired loans. In general, impaired loans include those where interest recognition has been suspended, loans that are more than 90 days delinquent but because of adequate collateral coverage, income continues to be recognized, and other criticized and classified loans not paying substantially according to the original contract terms. For such loans, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows, collateral value or observable market price of the impaired loan are lower than the carrying value of that loan, pursuant to FASB ASC 310, Receivables (“ASC 310”). Loans not collateral dependent are evaluated based on the expected future cash flows discounted at the original contractual interest rate. The amount to which the present value falls short of the current loan obligation will be set up as a reserve for that account or charged-off.

 

82


Table of Contents

The Company uses an appraised value method to determine the need for a reserve on impaired, collateral dependent loans and further discounts the appraisal for disposition costs. Generally, the Company obtains independent collateral valuation analysis for each loan every six to twelve months.

The general allowance covers all non-impaired loans and is based on historical loss experience adjusted for the various qualitative and quantitative factors listed above. The change in the allowance from one reporting period to the next may not directly correlate to the rate of change of the nonperforming loans for the following reasons:

1. A loan moving from impaired performing to impaired nonperforming does not mandate an increased reserve. The individual account is evaluated for a specific reserve requirement when the loan moves to impaired status, not when it moves to nonperforming status, and is reevaluated at each subsequent reporting period. Because our nonperforming loans are predominately collateral dependent, reserves are primarily based on collateral value, which is not affected by borrower performance, but rather by market conditions.

2. Not all impaired accounts require a specific reserve. The payment performance of the borrower may require an impaired classification, but the collateral evaluation may support adequate collateral coverage. For a number of impaired accounts in which borrower performance has ceased, the collateral coverage is now sufficient because a partial charge off of the account has been taken. However, in those instances, although the specific reserve calculation results in no allowance, the Company may record a reserve due to qualitative considerations.

Transfers of financial assets

Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed surrendered when 1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, 2) the transferee obtains the right to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and 3) the Company no longer maintains effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase the transferred assets before maturity.

Off-balance sheet instruments

In the ordinary course of business, the Company has entered into off-balance sheet financial instruments consisting of commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. Such financial instruments are recorded in the consolidated financial statements when they are funded. They involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. Losses would be experienced when the Company is contractually obligated to make a payment under these instruments and must seek repayment from the borrower, which may not be as financially sound in the current period as they were when the commitment was originally made. Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. The Company enters into credit arrangements that generally provide for the termination of advances in the event of a covenant violation or other event of default. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the party. The commitments are collateralized by the same types of assets used as loan collateral.

As with outstanding loans, the Company applies qualitative factors and utilization rates to its off-balance sheet obligations in determining an estimate of losses inherent in these contractual obligations. The estimate for credit losses on off-balance sheet instruments is included within other liabilities and the charge to income that establishes this liability is include in non-interest expense.

Premises and equipment

Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is computed principally by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the terms of the lease or the estimated lives of the improvements, whichever is shorter. Depreciation and amortization is computed using the following estimated lives:

 

   Years

Bank premises

  31

Equipment and furniture

  3 -10

Leasehold improvements

  3 -10

 

83


Table of Contents

Management periodically reviews premises and equipment in order to determine if facts and circumstances suggest that the value of an asset is not recoverable.

Goodwill and Other intangible assets

The Company recorded as goodwill the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired in accordance with applicable guidance. Under new guidance, on at least an annual basis, the Company can first elect to assess through qualitative factors whether it is more likely than not that goodwill is impaired. Pursuant to this guidance, a two-step process would then be completed for impairment testing if the estimated fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value. The first step tests for impairment, while the second step, if necessary, measures the impairment. The resulting impairment amount if any is charged to current period earnings as non-interest expense.

The Company’s intangible assets consist of core deposit intangible assets are amortized over periods ranging from 6 to 12 years. The Company evaluates the remaining useful lives of its core deposit intangible assets each reporting period, as required by FASB ASC 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other, to determine whether events and circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining period of amortization. If the estimate of an intangible asset’s remaining useful life has changed, the remaining carrying amount of the intangible asset is amortized prospectively over that revised remaining useful life. The Company has not revised its estimates of the useful lives of its core deposit intangibles during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 or 2010.

Other assets acquired through foreclosure

Other assets acquired through foreclosure consist primarily of properties acquired as a result of, or in-lieu-of, foreclosure. Properties or other assets (primarily repossessed assets formerly leased) are classified as other real estate owned and other repossessed property and are initially reported at fair value of the asset less estimated selling costs. Subsequent adjustments are based on the lower of carrying value or fair value, less estimated costs to sell the property. Costs relating to the development or improvement of the assets are capitalized and costs relating to holding the assets are charged to non-interest expense. Property is evaluated regularly to ensure the recorded amount is supported by its current fair value and valuation allowances.

Investments in low income housing credits

During 2012, the Company has invested in Limited Partnerships formed for the purpose of investing in low income housing projects, which qualify for federal low income housing tax credits. These investments are expected to generate tax credits over the next ten years. The investment is accounted for under the equity method of accounting. At December 31, 2012, other assets included $75.7 million related to this investment and other liabilities include $53.2 million related to future unconditional equity commitments.

Income taxes

Western Alliance Bancorporation and its subsidiaries, other than BW Real Estate, Inc., file a consolidated federal tax return. Due to tax regulations, several items of income and expense are recognized in different periods for tax return purposes than for financial reporting purposes. These items represent “temporary differences.” Deferred taxes are provided on an asset and liability method whereby deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and tax credit carry-forwards and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences. Temporary differences are the differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases. The most significant source of these timing differences are the credit loss reserve and net operating loss carryforwards, which account for substantially all of the net deferred tax asset. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of Management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effect of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment.

Although realization is not assured, the Company believes that the realization of the recognized net deferred tax asset of $51.8 million at December 31, 2012 is more likely than not based on expectations as to future taxable income and based on available tax planning strategies as defined in FASB ASC 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”) that could be implemented if necessary to prevent a carryforward from expiring.

Based on its internal analysis, the Company believes that it is more likely than not that the Company will fully utilize deferred federal and state tax assets pertaining to the existing net operating loss carryforwards and any net operating loss (NOL) that would be created by the reversal of the future net deductions that have not yet been taken on a tax return.

Bank owned life insurance

Bank owned life insurance is stated at its cash surrender value with changes recorded in other non-interest income in the consolidated statements of operations. The face amount of the underlying policies including death benefits was $326.1 million and $324.7 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. There are no loans offset against cash surrender values, and there are no restrictions as to the use of proceeds.

 

84


Table of Contents

Customer repurchase agreements

The Company enters into repurchase agreements with customers whereby it pledges securities against overnight investments made from the customer’s excess collected funds. The Company records these at the amount of cash received in connection with the transaction.

Stock compensation plans

The Company has the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”), as amended, which is described more fully in Note 13, “Stockholder’s Equity.” Compensation expense for stock options and non-vested restricted stock awards is based on the fair value of the award on the measurement date, which, for the Company, is the date of the grant and is recognized ratably over the service period of the award. The Company utilizes the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to calculate the fair value of stock options. The fair value of non-vested restricted stock awards is the market price of the Company’s stock on the date of grant.

During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company granted stock options to the directors of its subsidiaries. Directors of subsidiaries do not meet the definition of an employee under FASB ASC 718, Compensation. Accordingly, the Company applies FASB ASC 505, Equity to determine the measurement date for options granted to these directors. Therefore, the expense related to these options is re-measured each reporting date until the options are vested.

See Note 13, “Stockholder’s Equity” for further discussion of stock options, stock warrants and restricted stock awards.

Preferred stock

In 2011, the Company fully redeemed the $140 million, or 140,000 shares plus accrued and unpaid dividends, of Series A Preferred Stock. As a result of the redemption, the Company recorded a one-time $6.9 million charge to retained earnings in the form of accelerated deemed dividend to account for the difference between the amount at which the preferred stock sale had been initially recorded and its redemption price. Following this redemption, the remaining warrant to purchase 787,107 shares of the Company’s common stock were repurchased from Treasury at auction on November 18, 2011 for $0.4 million, and subsequently retired.

On September 27, 2011, the Company received $141.0 million from the issuance of 141,000 shares of non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, Series B, par value of $.0001 per share and a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share, to the U.S. Treasury Department pursuant to participation in the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Small Business Lending Fund Program (SBLF). The dividend rate can vary from as low as 1% to 9% in part depending upon the Company’s success in qualifying small business lending.

No other shares of preferred stock are issued and outstanding. The Board of Directors has the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the number of shares, designations, preferences, powers, and relative, participating, optional or other special rights. The issuance of additional preferred stock could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of common stock or adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of the holders of common stock, and may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of the Company.

Business Combinations

Business combinations are accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with FASB ASC 805, “Business Combinations.” Under the acquisition method the acquiring entity in a business combination recognizes all of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities at their estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition. Any excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets and other identifiable intangible assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. To the extent the fair value of net assets acquired, including identified intangible assets, exceeds the purchase price, a bargain purchase gain is recognized. Assets acquired and liabilities assumed from contingencies must also be recognized at fair value, if the fair value can be determined during the measurement period. Results of operations of an acquired business are included in the statement of earnings from the date of acquisition. Acquisition-related costs, including conversion and restructuring charges, are expensed as incurred.

 

85


Table of Contents

Fair values of financial instruments

The Company uses fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities. FASB ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820”) establishes a framework for measuring fair value, establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurement and enhances disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. The valuation hierarchy is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. The Company uses various valuation approaches, including market, income and/or cost approaches. ASC 820 establishes a hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that observable inputs be used when available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the Company’s assumptions about the factors market participants would consider in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. The hierarchy is broken down into three levels based on the reliability of inputs, as follows:

 

 Level 1— Observable quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities.

 

 Level 2— Observable quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, matrix pricing or model-based valuation techniques where all significant assumptions are observable, either directly or indirectly in the market.

 

 Level 3— Model-based techniques where all significant assumptions are not observable, either directly or indirectly, in the market. These unobservable assumptions reflect our own estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Valuation techniques may include use of discounted cash flow models and similar techniques.

The availability of observable inputs varies based on the nature of the specific financial instrument. To the extent that valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires more judgment. Accordingly, the degree of judgment exercised by the Company in determining fair value is greatest for instruments categorized in Level 3. In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, for disclosure purposes, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.

Fair value is a market-based measure considered from the perspective of a market participant who holds the asset or owes the liability rather than an entity-specific measure. When market assumptions are available, ASC 820 requires the Company to make assumptions regarding the assumptions that market participants would use to estimate the fair value of the financial instrument at the measurement date.

FASB ASC 825, Financial Instruments (“ASC 825”) requires disclosure of fair value information about financial instruments, whether or not recognized in the balance sheet, for which it is practicable to estimate that value.

Management uses its best judgment in estimating the fair value of the Company’s financial instruments; however, there are inherent limitations in any estimation technique. Therefore, for substantially all financial instruments, the fair value estimates presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company could have realized in a sales transaction at December 31, 2012 or December 31, 2011. The estimated fair value amounts for December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 have been measured as of period-end, and have not been reevaluated or updated for purposes of these consolidated financial statements subsequent to those dates. As such, the estimated fair values of these financial instruments subsequent to the reporting date may be different than the amounts reported at the period-end.

The information on page 117 in Note 16, “Fair Value Accounting,” should not be interpreted as an estimate of the fair value of the entire Company since a fair value calculation is only required for a limited portion of the Company’s assets and liabilities.

Due to the wide range of valuation techniques and the degree of subjectivity used in making the estimate, comparisons between the Company’s disclosures and those of other companies or banks may not be meaningful.

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating the fair value of its financial instruments:

Cash and cash equivalents

The carrying amounts reported in the consolidated balance sheets for cash and due from banks approximate their fair value.

Money market and certificates of deposit investments

The carrying amounts reported in the consolidated balance sheets for money market investments approximate their fair value.

Investment securities

The fair values of U.S. Treasuries, corporate bonds, mutual funds, and exchange-listed preferred stock are based on quoted market prices and are categorized as Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.

The fair value of other investment securities were determined based on matrix pricing. Matrix pricing is a mathematical technique that utilizes observable market inputs including, for example, yield curves, credit ratings and prepayment speeds. Fair values determined using matrix pricing are generally categorized as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.

 

86


Table of Contents

The Company owns certain collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”) for which quoted prices are not available. Quoted prices for similar assets are also not available for these investment securities. In order to determine the fair value of these securities, the Company has estimated the future cash flows and discount rate using observable market inputs adjusted based on assumptions regarding the adjustments a market participant would assume necessary for each specific security. As a result, the resulting fair values have been categorized as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.

Restricted stock

The Company’s subsidiary banks are members of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) system and maintain an investment in capital stock of the FHLB. The Company’s subsidiary banks also maintain an investment in their primary correspondent bank. These investments are carried at cost since no ready market exists for them, and they have no quoted market value. The Company conducts a periodic review and evaluation of our FHLB stock to determine if any impairment exists. The fair values have been categorized as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.

Loans

Fair value for loans is estimated based on discounted cash flows using interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers with similar credit quality with adjustments that the Company believes a market participant would consider in determining fair value based on a third party independent valuation. As a result, the fair value for loans disclosed in Note 16, “Fair Value Accounting,” is categorized as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.

Accrued interest receivable and payable

The carrying amounts reported in the consolidated balance sheets for accrued interest receivable and payable approximate their fair value. Accrued interest receivable and payable fair value measurements are classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.

Derivative financial instruments

All derivatives are recognized on the balance sheet at their fair value. The fair value for derivatives is determined based on market prices, broker-dealer quotations on similar product or other related input parameters. As a result, the fair values have been categorized as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.

Deposit liabilities

The fair value disclosed for demand and savings deposits is by definition equal to the amount payable on demand at their reporting date (that is, their carrying amount) which the Company believes a market participant would consider in determining fair value. The carrying amount for variable-rate deposit accounts approximates their fair value. Fair values for fixed-rate certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered on certificates to a schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities on these deposits. The fair value measurement of the deposit liabilities disclosed in Note 16, “Fair Value Accounting,” is categorized as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.

Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve advances and other borrowings

The fair values of the Company’s borrowings are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, based on the market rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements. The other borrowings have been categorized as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. The FHLB and FRB advances have been categorized as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy due to their short durations.

Junior subordinated debt

Junior subordinated debt and subordinated debt are valued by comparing interest rates and spreads to benchmark indices offered to institutions with similar credit profiles to our own and discounting the contractual cash flows on our debt using these market rates. The junior subordinated debt has been categorized as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.

Off-balance sheet instruments

Fair values for the Company’s off-balance sheet instruments (lending commitments and standby letters of credit) are based on quoted fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the counterparties’ credit standing.

Earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share is based on the weighted average outstanding common shares during each year, including common stock equivalents. Basic earnings per share is based on the weighted average outstanding common shares during the year.

 

87


Table of Contents

Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share, based on the weighted average outstanding shares, are summarized as follows:

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2012   2011   2010 
   (in thousands,except per share amounts) 

Weighted average shares - basic

   82,285     80,909     75,083  

Dilutive effect of stock awards

   627     274     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares - diluted

   82,912     81,183     75,083  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders

  $69,041    $15,288    $(17,077

Earnings (loss) per share - basic

   0.84     0.19     (0.23

Earnings (loss) per share - diluted

   0.83     0.19     (0.23

The Company had 1,053,045 and 2,092,932 stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, that were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per common share because their effect would be anti-dilutive. As of December 31, 2010, all stock warrants, stock options and restricted stock were considered anti-dilutive and excluded for purposes of calculating diluted loss per share.

Recent accounting pronouncements

In April 2011, the FASB issued guidance within ASU 2011-03 “Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreements.” The amendments in ASU 2011-03 remove from the assessment of effective control (1) the criterion requiring the transferor to have the ability to repurchase or redeem the financial assets on substantially the agreed terms, even in the event of default by the transferee, and (2) the collateral maintenance implementation guidance related to that criterion. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated statement of income, its consolidated balance sheet, or its consolidated statement of cash flows.

In May 2011, the FASB issued guidance within ASU 2011-04 “Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs.” The amendments in ASU 2011-04 generally represent clarifications of Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement but also include some instances where a particular principle or requirement for measuring fair value or disclosing information about fair value measurements has changed. This update results in common principles and requirements for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements in accordance with U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated statement of income, its consolidated balance sheet, or its consolidated statement of cash flows. See note 16 “Fair Value Accounting” for the enhanced disclosures required by ASU 2011-04.

In June 2011, the FASB issued guidance within ASU 2011-05 “Presentation of Comprehensive Income.” The amendments in ASU 2011-05 to Topic 220, Comprehensive Income, allow an entity the option to present the total comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. In both choices, an entity is required to present each component of net income along with total net income, each component of other comprehensive income along with a total for other comprehensive income, and a total amount for comprehensive income. This update eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity. The amendments do not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net income. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated statement of income, its consolidated balance sheet, or its consolidated statement of cash flows.

In July 2012, the FASB issued guidance within ASU 2012-02 “Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment.” The amendments in ASU 2012-02 to Topic 350, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other, allow an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform a quantitative impairment test. Under these amendments, an entity would not be required to calculate the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible assets unless the entity determines, based on qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not, the indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired. The amendments include a number of events and circumstances for an entity to consider in conducting the qualitative assessment. The amendments are effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

88


Table of Contents

In January 2013, the FASB issued guidance within ASU 2013-01 “Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.” The amendments in ASU 2013-01 to Topic 210, Balance Sheet, clarify that the scope of ASU 2011-11 “Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities,” would apply to derivatives including bifurcated embedded derivatives, repurchase agreements and reverse agreements, and securities borrowing and securities lending transactions that are either offset or subject to a master netting arrangement. The amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated statement of operations, its consolidated balance sheet, or its consolidated cash flows.

In February 2013, the FASB issued guidance within ASU 2013-02 “Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.” The amendments in ASU 2013-02 to Topic 220, Comprehensive Income, update, supersede and replace the presentation requirements for reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income in ASUs 2011-05 and 2011-12. The amendments require an entity to provide additional information about reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income. The amendments are effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated statement of operations, its consolidated balance sheet, or its consolidated cash flows and will only impact the presentation of other comprehensive income in the consolidated financial statements.

2. MERGERS, AQUISITIONS AND DISPOSITIONS

Bank Subsidiary Mergers

As of December 31, 2010, the Company merged its Alta Alliance Bank subsidiary into its Torrey Pines Bank subsidiary, and its First Independent Bank of Nevada subsidiary into its Alliance Bank of Arizona subsidiary. As part of the latter merger, Alliance Bank of Arizona was renamed Western Alliance Bank doing business as Alliance Bank of Arizona (in Arizona) and First Independent Bank (in Nevada). As the bank mergers did not meet the definition of a business combination under the guidance of ASC 805, Business Combinations, the entities were combined in a method similar to a pooling of interests. There were $1.6 million and $1.7 million of merger related expenses in the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Acquisition

On October 17, 2012, the Company acquired Western Liberty Bancorp (“Western Liberty”) which included two wholly owned subsidiaries, Service1st Bank of Nevada and Las Vegas Sunset Properties. The Company subsequently merged Service1st Bank of Nevada into its wholly owned subsidiary, Bank of Nevada effective October 19, 2012.

Under the terms of the merger, the Company exchanged either $4.02 of cash for each Western Liberty share or 0.4341 shares of the Company’s common stock for each Western Liberty share which resulted in payment of $27.5 million and 2,966,236 shares of the Company’s common stock.

The merger was undertaken because the purchase price of Western Liberty was at a significant discount to its tangible book value and was accretive to capital at close. The combined bank had approximately $3.09 billion of assets and $2.55 billion of deposits immediately following the merger and continues to operate as Bank of Nevada. Western Liberty’s results of operations have been included in the Company’s results beginning October 18, 2012. Acquisition related expenses of $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 have been included in non-interest expense. The acquisition was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations. The purchased assets and assumed liabilities were recorded at their respective acquisition date fair values, and identifiable intangible assets were recorded at fair value. A bargain purchase gain of $17.6 million resulted from the acquisition and is included as a component of noninterest income on the statement of income. The amount of gain is equal to the amount by which the fair value of net assets purchased exceeded the consideration paid. The statement of net assets acquired and the resulting bargain purchase gain are presented in the following table in thousands:

 

89


Table of Contents

Recognized amounts of indentifiable assets acquired and liabilites assumed:

 

Assets:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

  $76,692  

Certificates of deposit

   1,988  

Investment securities

   446  

Loans

   90,747  

Federal Home Loan bank stock

   493  

Deferred tax assets

   17,446  

Premises and equipment

   19  

Other real estate owned

   5,094  

Identified intangible assets

   1,578  

Other assets

   949  
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   195,452  
  

 

 

 

Liabilities:

  

Deposits

   117,191  

Other liabilities

   1,252  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   118,443  
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   77,009  
  

 

 

 

Consideration paid

   59,447  
  

 

 

 

Bargain purchase gain

  $17,562  
  

 

 

 

The fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed are subject to adjustment during the first twelve months after the acquisition date if additional information becomes available to indicate a more accurate or appropriate value for an asset or liability. Assets that are particularly susceptible to adjustment include certain loans and other real estate owned, however adjustments are not expected to be significant. The fair value of net assets acquired includes fair value adjustments to certain receivables that were not considered impaired as of the acquisition date. The fair value adjustments were determined using discounted contractual cash flows. However, the Company believes that all contractual cash flows related to these financial instruments will be collected. As such, these receivables were not considered impaired at the acquisition date and were not subject to the guidance relating to purchased loans which have shown evidence of credit deterioration since origination. Receivables acquired that were not subject to these requirements include non-impaired loans with a fair value and gross contractual amounts receivable of $67.0 million and $73.3 million on the date of acquisition.

The following table presents pro forma information as if the acquisition had occurred as of January 1, 2011. The pro forma information includes adjustments for interest income on loans and securities acquired, amortization of intangibles arising from the transaction and interest expense on deposits acquired. The pro forma information is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations as they would have been had the transactions been effected on the assumed dates.

 

   December 31, 
   2012   2011 
   (in thousands, except per share amounts) 

Interest income

  $325,499    $309,900  

Non-interest income (1)

  $28,564    $36,864  

Net income

  $59,012    $24,508  

Earnings per share—basic

  $0.67    $0.10  

Earnings per share—diluted

  $0.67    $0.10  

 

(1)Excludes bargain purchase gain of $17,562

Acquisition of Centennial Bank

On January 18, 2013, the Company’s Western Alliance Bank subsidiary executed a definitive agreement to acquire Centennial Bank, located in Fountain Valley, California, for $57.5 million in cash, distribution of specified loans and assumption of Centennial Bank’s transactional expenses up to $1.0 million. On February 12, 2013, the Company received bankruptcy court approval. Subject to regulatory approval, the transaction is expected to close in 2013. The Company expects the acquisition to be accretive to its earnings per share.

 

90


Table of Contents

Shine Investment Advisory Services and Miller/Russell & Associates, Inc. Dispositions

Effective October 31, 2012, the Company sold its 80% interest in Shine Investment Advisory Services, Inc. to certain members of the Shine management team. The transaction did not have a material impact to the Company’s consolidated financial statements. See Note 7, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” for discussion of the impairment charge taken in the third quarter 2012. Also in the third quarter of 2012, the Company sold its minority interest in Miller/Russell & Associates for $1.6 million and recognized a net gain on sale of $0.8 million. Operating results for these dispositions are not presented as discontinued operations since the operating results are not deemed significant.

PartnersFirst Discontinued Operations

The Company has discontinued its affinity credit card platform, PartnersFirst, and has presented these activities as discontinued operations. At December 31, 2012, the Company transferred the outstanding credit card loans to held for sale at a fair value of $31.1 million. The interest income from these held for sale credit card loans was not presented as discontinued operations as the amount was deemed not significant.

The following table summarizes the operating results of the discontinued operations for the periods indicated:

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2012  2011  2010 
   (in thousands) 

Affinity card revenue

  $1,248   $1,482   $1,808  

Non-interest expenses

   (5,541  (4,923  (7,023
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

   (4,293  (3,441  (5,215

Income tax benefit

   (1,803  (1,445  (2,190
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss

  $(2,490 $(1,996 $(3,025
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

3. INVESTMENT SECURITIES

Carrying amounts and fair values of investment securities at December 31, 2012 and 2011 are summarized as follows:

 

   December 31, 2012 
       Gross   Gross    
   Amortized   Unrealized   Unrealized  Fair 
Securities held-to-maturity  Cost   Gains   (Losses)  Value 
   (in thousands) 

Collateralized debt obligations

  $50    $1,401    $—     $1,451  

Corporate bonds (2)

   97,781     984     (6,684  92,081  

Municipal obligations (1)

   191,902     5,887     (102  197,687  

CRA investments

   1,600     —       —      1,600  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 
  $291,333    $8,272    $(6,786 $292,819  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

91


Table of Contents
       OTTI           
       Recognized           
       in Other  Gross   Gross    
   Amortized   Comprehensive  Unrealized   Unrealized  Fair 
Securities available-for-sale  Cost   Loss  Gains   (Losses)  Value 
   (in thousands) 

Municipal obligations (1)

  $71,777    $—     $1,578    $(184 $73,171  

Adjustable–rate preferred stock

   72,717     —      3,591     (753  75,555  

Mutual funds (2)

   36,314     —      1,647     —      37,961  

Direct U.S. obligations and GSE residential mortgage–backed securities (3)

   648,641     —      14,573     (10  663,204  

Private label residential mortgage-backed securities

   35,868     (1,811  2,067     (517  35,607  

Private label commercial mortgage-backed securities

   5,365     —      376     —      5,741  

Trust preferred securities

   32,000     —      —       (7,865  24,135  

CRA investments

   23,368     —      848     —      24,216  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 
  $926,050    $(1,811 $24,680    $(9,329 $939,590  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Securities measured at fair value

        

Direct U.S. obligations and GSE residential mortgage-backed securities (3)

  

    $5,061  
        

 

 

 

 

(1)These consist of revenue obligations.
(2)These are investment grade corporate bonds.
(3)These are primarily agency collateralized mortgage obligations.

 

   December 31, 2011 
       Gross   Gross    
   Amortized   Unrealized   Unrealized  Fair 
Securities held-to-maturity  Cost   Gains   (Losses)  Value 
   (in thousands) 

Collateralized debt obligations

  $50    $972    $—     $1,022  

Corporate bonds (2)

   102,785     171     (2,029  100,927  

Municipal obligations (1)

   181,923     4,695     (32  186,586  

CRA investments

   1,500     —       —      1,500  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 
  $286,258    $5,838    $(2,061 $290,035  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

92


Table of Contents
       OTTI           
       Recognized           
       in Other  Gross   Gross    
   Amortized   Comprehensive  Unrealized   Unrealized  Fair 
Securities available-for-sale  Cost   Loss  Gains   (Losses)  Value 
   (in thousands) 

U.S. Government-sponsored agency securities

  $155,898    $—     $368    $(55 $156,211  

Municipal obligations (1)

   5,555     —      47     (16  5,586  

Adjustable–rate preferred stock

   59,661     —      1,157     (6,142  54,676  

Mutual funds (2)

   28,978     —      65     (179  28,864  

Corporate bonds

   5,000     —      —       (425  4,575  

Direct U.S. obligations and GSE residential mortgage-backed securities (3)

   855,828     —      9,095     (339  864,584  

Private label residential mortgage-backed securities

   26,953     (1,811  1,815     (1,173  25,784  

Private label commercial mortgage-backed securities

   5,461     —      —       (30  5,431  

Trust preferred securities

   32,016     —      —       (10,857  21,159  

CRA investments

   22,835     —      680     —      23,515  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 
  $1,198,185    $(1,811 $13,227    $(19,216 $1,190,385  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Securities measured at fair value

        

Direct U.S. obligations and GSE residential mortgage-backed securities (3)

  

    $6,515  
        

 

 

 

 

(1)These consist of revenue obligations.
(2)These are investment grade corporate bonds.
(3)These are primarily agency collateralized mortgage obligations.

For additional information on the fair value changes of the securities measured at fair value, see the trading securities table in Note 16 “Fair Value Accounting”.

The Company conducts an other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) analysis on a quarterly basis. The initial indication of OTTI for both debt and equity securities is a decline in the market value below the amount recorded for an investment, and the severity and duration of the decline. Another potential indication of OTTI is a downgrade below investment grade. In determining whether an impairment is OTTI, the Company considers the length of time and the extent to which the market value has been below cost, recent events specific to the issuer, including investment downgrades by rating agencies and economic conditions of its industry, and the Company’s ability and intent to hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery. For marketable equity securities, the Company also considers the issuer’s financial condition, capital strength, and near-term prospects.

For debt securities and for adjustable-rate preferred stock (“ARPS”) that are treated as debt securities for the purpose of OTTI analysis, the Company also considers the cause of the price decline (general level of interest rates and industry- and issuer-specific factors), the issuer’s financial condition, near-term prospects and current ability to make future payments in a timely manner, the issuer’s ability to service debt, and any change in agencies’ ratings at evaluation date from acquisition date and any likely imminent action. For ARPS with a fair value below cost that is not attributable to the credit deterioration of the issuer, such as a decline in cash flows from the security or a downgrade in the security’s rating below investment grade, the Company does not recognize an OTTI charge where it is able to assert that it has the intent and ability to retain its investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value.

Gross unrealized losses at December 31, 2012 are primarily caused by interest rate fluctuations, credit spread widening and reduced liquidity in applicable markets. The Company has reviewed securities on which there is an unrealized loss in accordance with its accounting policy for OTTI described above and determined no impairment charge for the year ended December 31, 2012 and impairment charges totaling $0.2 million and $1.2 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The impairment charges are attributed to the unrealized losses in the Company’s CDO portfolio.

The Company does not consider any other securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired as of December 31, 2012 and 2011. OTTI is reassessed quarterly. No assurance can be made that additional OTTI will not occur in future periods.

 

93


Table of Contents

Information pertaining to securities with gross unrealized losses at December 31, 2012 and 2011, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous loss position follows:

 

   December 31, 2012 
   Less Than Twelve Months   More Than Twelve Months   Total 
   Gross       Gross       Gross     
   Unrealized   Fair   Unrealized   Fair   Unrealized   Fair 
   Losses   Value   Losses   Value   Losses   Value 
   (in thousands) 

Securities held-to-maturity

  

Corporate bonds

  $206    $14,794    $6,478    $63,522    $6,684    $78,316  

Municipal obligations

   102     10,908     —       —       102     10,908  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $308    $25,702    $6,478    $63,522    $6,786    $89,224  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Securities available-for-sale

            

Adjustable-rate preferred stock

  $110    $7,811    $643    $8,723    $753    $16,534  

Direct U.S obligations and GSE residential mortgage-backed securities

   2     557     8     1,938     10     2,495  

Municipal obligations

   184     15,713     —       —       184     15,713  

Private label residential mortgage-backed securities

   120     16,901     397     6,986     517     23,887  

Trust preferred securities

   —       —       7,865     24,135     7,865     24,135  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $416    $40,982    $8,913    $41,782    $9,329    $82,764  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   December 31, 2012 
   Less Than Twelve Months   Over Twelve Months   Total 
   Gross       Gross       Gross     
   Unrealized   Fair   Unrealized   Fair   Unrealized   Fair 
   Losses   Value   Losses   Value   Losses   Value 
   (in thousands) 

Securities held-to-maturity

        

Corporate bonds

  $2,029    $77,931    $ —      $—      $2,029    $77,931  

Municipal obligations

   32     7,774     —       —       32     7,774  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $2,061    $85,705    $—      $—      $2,061    $85,705  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Securities available-for-sale

            

U.S. Government-sponsored agency securities

  $55    $9,944    $—      $—      $55    $9,944  

Adjustable-rate preferred stock

   6,142     26,335     —       —       6,142     26,335  

Mutual funds

   179     15,879     —       —       179     15,879  

Corporate bonds

   425     4,575     —       —       425     4,575  

Direct U.S obligations and GSE residential mortgage-backed securities

   222     54,668     117     15,239     339     69,907  

Municipal obligations

   16     2,640     —       —       16     2,640  

Private label residential mortgage-backed securities

   465     20,045     708     5,034     1,173     25,079  

Private label commercial mortgage-backed securities

   30     5,431     —       —       30     5,431  

Trust preferred securities

   —       —       10,857     21,159     10,857     21,159  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $7,534    $139,517    $11,682    $41,432    $19,216    $180,949  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company’s unrealized losses relate primarily to interest rate fluctuations, credit spreads widening and reduced liquidity in applicable markets. The total number of securities in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2012 was 66 compared to 106 at December 31, 2011. In analyzing an issuer’s financial condition, management considers whether the securities are issued by the federal government or its agencies, whether downgrades by bond rating agencies have occurred, and industry analysis reports. Since material downgrades have not occurred and management does not intend to sell the debt securities for the foreseeable future, none of the securities described in the above table or in this paragraph were deemed to be other than temporarily impaired.

At December 31, 2012, the net unrealized loss on trust preferred securities classified as AFS was $7.9 million, compared with $10.9 million at December 31, 2011. The Company actively monitors its debt and other structured securities portfolios classified as AFS for declines in fair value. At December 31, 2012, the gross unrealized loss on corporate bond portfolio classified as HTM was $6.7 million compared to $1.9 million at December 31, 2011. During the year, the Federal Reserve announced its intention to keep interest rates at historically low levels into 2015. The yields of most of the bonds in the portfolio are tied to LIBOR, thus negatively affecting their anticipated returns. Additionally, Moody’s had downgraded certain bonds held in the portfolio during the year. However, all of the bonds remain investment grade.

 

94


Table of Contents

The amortized cost and fair value of securities as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, by contractual maturities, are shown below. The actual maturities of the mortgage-backed securities may differ from their contractual maturities because the loans underlying the securities may be repaid without any penalties due to borrowers that have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Therefore, these securities are listed separately in the maturity summary.

 

   December 31, 2012   December 31, 2011 
   Amortized   Estimated   Amortized   Estimated 
   Cost   Fair Value   Cost   Fair Value 
   (in thousands) 

Securities held to maturity

  

Due in one year or less

  $1,600    $1,600    $1,500    $1,500  

After one year through five years

   13,596     13,934     8,389     8,093  

After five years through ten years

   121,238     116,020     114,748     114,098  

After ten years

   154,899     161,265     161,621     166,344  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $291,333    $292,819    $286,258    $290,035  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Securities available for sale

        

Due in one year or less

  $65,190    $67,794    $52,815    $53,399  

After one year through five years

   24,261     25,906     20,445     20,635  

After five years through ten years

   8,165     8,000     134,935     135,420  

After ten years

   179,793     174,686     134,162     116,347  

Mortgage backed securities

   648,641     663,204     855,828     864,584  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $926,050    $939,590    $1,198,185    $1,190,385  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following tables summarize the Company’s investment ratings position as December 31, 2012 and 2011.

 

   As of December 31, 2012 
       Split-rated                     
   AAA   AAA/AA+   AA+ to AA-   A+ to A-   BBB+ to BBB-   BB+ and below   Totals 
   (in thousands) 

Municipal obligations

  $8,120    $ —      $149,352    $92,401    $14,922    $278    $265,073  

Direct U.S. obligations & GSE residential mortgage-backed securities

   —       668,265     —       —       —       —       668,265  

Private label residential mortgage-backed securities

   15,219     —       1,649     6,069     5,249     7,421     35,607  

Private label commercial mortgage-backed securities

   5,741     —       —       —       —       —       5,741  

Mutual funds (3)

   —       —       —       —       37,961     —       37,961  

Adjustable-rate preferred stock

   —       —       826     —       60,807     10,838     72,471  

Trust preferred securities

   —       —       —       —       24,135     —       24,135  

Collateralized debt obligations

   —       —       —       —       —       50     50  

Corporate bonds

   —       —       2,696     40,116     54,969     —       97,781  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total (1) (2)

  $29,080    $668,265    $154,523    $138,586    $198,043    $18,587    $1,207,084  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)The Company used the average credit rating of the combination of S&P, Moody’s and Fitch in the above table where ratings differed.
(2)Securities values are shown at carrying value as of December 31, 2012. Unrated securities consist of CRA investments with a carrying value of $24.2 million, one ARPS security with a carrying value of $3.1 million and an other investment of $1.6 million.
(3)At least 80% of mutual funds are investment grade corporate bonds.

 

95


Table of Contents
   As of December 31, 2011 
       Split-rated                     
   AAA   AAA/AA+   AA+ to AA-   A+ to A-   BBB+ to BBB-   BB+ and below   Totals 
   (in thousands) 

Municipal obligations

  $8,273    $ —      $109,159    $60,949    $8,855    $273    $187,509  

Direct U.S. obligations & GSE residential mortgage-backed securities

   —       871,099     —       —       —       —       871,099  

Private label residential mortgage-backed securities

   13,349     —       4,104     6,438     —       1,893     25,784  

Private label commercial mortgage-backed securities

   5,431     —       —       —       —       —       5,431  

Mutual funds (3)

   —       —       —       —       28,864     —       28,864  

U.S. Government-sponsored agency securities

   —       156,211     —       —       —       —       156,211  

Adjustable-rate preferred stock

   —       —       —       —       46,530     7,126     53,656  

Trust preferred securities

   —       —       —       —       21,159     —       21,159  

Collateralized debt obligations

   —       —       —       —       —       50     50  

Corporate bonds

   2,695     —       15,130     64,535     15,000     —       97,360  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total (1) (2)

  $29,748    $1,027,310    $128,393    $131,922    $120,408    $9,342    $1,447,123  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)The Company used the average credit rating of the combination of S&P, Moody’s and Fitch in the above table where ratings differed.
(2)Securities values are shown at carrying value as of December 31, 2011. Unrated securities consist of CRA investments with a carrying value of $23.5 million, an HTM Corporate security with a carrying value of $10.0 million, one ARPS with a carrying value of $1.0 million and an other investment of $1.5 million.
(3)At least 80% of mutual funds are investment grade corporate bonds.

Securities with carrying amounts of approximately $711.7 million and $675.0 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, were pledged for various purposes as required or permitted by law.

The following table presents gross gains and (losses) on sales of investment securities:

 

   Twelve Months Ended December 31, 
   2012  2011  2010 
      (in thousands)    

Gross gains

  $4,270   $5,341   $19,842  

Gross (losses)

   (321  (543  (85
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  $3,949   $4,798   $19,757  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

4. LOANS, LEASES AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

The composition of the Company’s loans held for investment portfolio is as follows:

 

   December 31, 
   2012  2011 
   (in thousands) 

Commercial real estate - owner occupied

  $1,396,797   $1,252,182  

Commercial real estate - non-owner occupied

   1,505,600    1,301,172  

Commercial and industrial

   1,659,003    1,120,107  

Residential real estate

   407,937    443,020  

Construction and land development

   394,319    381,676  

Commercial leases

   288,747    216,475  

Consumer

   31,836    72,504  

Deferred fees and unearned income,net

   (6,045  (7,067
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   5,678,194    4,780,069  

Allowance for credit losses

   (95,427  (99,170
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  $5,582,767   $4,680,899  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

96


Table of Contents

The following table presents the contractual aging of the recorded investment in past due loans by class of loans including loans held for sale and excluding deferred fees:

 

   December 31, 2012 
       30-59 Days   60-89 Days   Over 90 days   Total     
   Current   Past Due   Past Due   Past Due   Past Due   Total 
   (in thousands) 

Commercial real estate

            

Owner occupied

  $1,372,550    $13,153    $1,757    $9,337    $24,247    $1,396,797  

Non-owner occupied

   1,327,481     917     4,416     8,573     13,906     1,341,387  

Multi-family

   164,213     —       —       —       —       164,213  

Commercial and industrial

            

Commercial

   1,654,787     3,109     121     986     4,216     1,659,003  

Leases

   287,768     515     —       464     979     288,747  

Construction and land development

            

Construction

   215,597     —       —       —       —       215,597  

Land

   171,919     826     571     5,406     6,803     178,722  

Residential real estate

   387,641     3,525     1,837     14,934     20,296     407,937  

Consumer

   62,271     524     —       165     689     62,960  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

  $5,644,227    $22,569    $8,702    $39,865    $71,136    $5,715,363  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   December 31, 2011 
       30-59 Days   60-89 Days   Over 90 days   Total     
   Current   Past Due   Past Due   Past Due   Past Due   Total 
   (in thousands) 

Commercial real estate

            

Owner occupied

  $1,235,707    $3,150    $2,488    $10,837    $16,475    $1,252,182  

Non-owner occupied

   1,168,616     —       2,365     5,051     7,416     1,176,032  

Multi-family

   124,855     —       —       285     285     125,140  

Commercial and industrial

            

Commercial

   1,114,881     683     1,146     3,397     5,226     1,120,107  

Leases

   216,475     —       —       —       —       216,475  

Construction and land development

            

Construction

   210,843     —       —       3,434     3,434     214,277  

Land

   151,618     6,217     375     9,189     15,781     167,399  

Residential real estate

   424,086     2,349     4,030     12,555     18,934     443,020  

Consumer

   70,759     376     602     767     1,745     72,504  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

  $4,717,840    $12,775    $11,006    $45,515    $69,296    $4,787,136  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

97


Table of Contents

The following table presents the recorded investment in nonaccrual loans and loans past due ninety days or more and still accruing interest by class of loans:

 

   December 31, 2012   December 31, 2011 
               Loans past               Loans past 
   Non-accrual loans   due 90 days   Non-accrual loans   due 90 days 
       Past Due/   Total   or more and       Past Due/   Total   or more and 
   Current   Delinquent   Non-accrual   still accruing   Current   Delinquent   Non-accrual   still accruing 
   (in thousands) 

Commercial real estate

                

Owner occupied

  $14,392    $18,394    $32,786    $1,272    $6,951    $14,202    $21,153    $439  

Non-owner occupied

   18,299     8,572     26,871     —       8,834     7,416     16,250     —    

Multi-family

   318     —       318     —       331     285     616     —    

Commercial and industrial

                

Commercial

   2,549     3,194     5,743     15     3,789     3,029     6,818     523  

Leases

   —       979     979     —       592     —       592     —    

Construction and land development

                

Construction

   —       —       —       —       11,011     3,435     14,446     —    

Land

   4,375     6,718     11,093     —       2,615     11,752     14,367     860  

Residential real estate

   11,561     15,161     26,722     101     2,891     12,856     15,747     —    

Consumer

   39     165     204     —       403     —       403     767  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $51,533    $53,183    $104,716    $1,388    $37,417    $52,975    $90,392    $2,589  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The reduction in interest income associated with loans on nonaccrual status was approximately $5.7 million, $6.3 million and $6.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The Company utilizes an internal asset classification system as a means of reporting problem and potential problem loans. Under the Company’s risk rating system, the Company classifies problem and potential problem loans as “Watch,” “Substandard,” “Doubtful”, and “Loss.” Substandard loans include those characterized by well defined weaknesses and carry the distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Loans classified as Doubtful, or risk rated eight, have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified Substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable. The final rating of Loss covers loans considered uncollectible and having such little recoverable value that it is not practical to defer writing off the asset. Loans that do not currently expose the Company to sufficient risk to warrant classification in one of the aforementioned categories, but possess weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention, are deemed to be Watch. Risk ratings are updated, at a minimum, quarterly. The following tables present gross loans by risk rating:

 

   December 31, 2012 
   Pass   Watch   Substandard   Doubtful   Loss   Total 
   (in thousands) 

Commercial real estate

            

Owner occupied

  $1,280,337    $50,552    $65,908    $—      $—      $1,396,797  

Non-owner occupied

   1,257,011     21,065     63,311     —       —       1,341,387  

Multi-family

   163,895     —       318     —       —       164,213  

Commercial and industrial

            

Commercial

   1,630,166     12,370     15,499     968     —       1,659,003  

Leases

   282,075     5,693     979     —       —       288,747  

Construction and land development

            

Construction

   215,395     202     —       —       —       215,597  

Land

   141,436     5,641     31,645     —       —       178,722  

Residential real estate

   365,042     7,559     32,446     2,890     —       407,937  

Consumer

   61,469     469     1,022     —       —       62,960  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $5,396,826    $103,551    $211,128    $3,858    $—      $5,715,363  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

98


Table of Contents
   December 31, 2012 
   Pass   Watch   Substandard   Doubtful   Loss   Total 
   (in thousands) 

Current (up to 29 days past due)

  $5,387,543    $100,549    $152,827    $3,308    $—      $5,644,227  

Past due 30—59 days

   4,410     1,310     16,849       —       22,569  

Past due 60—89 days

   4,450     1,692     2,560       —       8,702  

Past due 90 days or more

   423     —       38,892     550     —       39,865  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $5,396,826    $103,551    $211,128    $3,858    $—      $5,715,363  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   December 31, 2011 
   Pass   Watch   Substandard   Doubtful   Loss   Total 
   (in thousands) 

Commercial real estate

            

Owner occupied

  $1,139,776    $67,220    $45,186    $—      $—      $1,252,182  

Non-owner occupied

   1,103,593     33,470     38,969     —       —       1,176,032  

Multi-family

   123,917     414     809     —       —       125,140  

Commercial and industrial

            

Commercial

   1,067,602     20,657     31,648     200     —       1,120,107  

Leases

   215,778     105     592     —       —       216,475  

Construction and land development

            

Construction

   193,248     3,087     17,942     —       —       214,277  

Land

   120,858     8,551     37,990     —       —       167,399  

Residential real estate

   405,398     12,637     24,985     —       —       443,020  

Consumer

   68,546     971     2,987     —       —       72,504  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $4,438,716    $147,112    $201,108    $200    $—      $4,787,136  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   December 31, 2011 
   Pass   Watch   Substandard   Doubtful   Loss   Total 
   (in thousands) 

Current

  $4,429,291    $143,908    $144,641    $—      $—      $4,717,840  

Past due 30—59 days

   6,475     661     5,639     —       —       12,775  

Past due 60—89 days

   2,950     2,104     5,952     —       —       11,006  

Past due 90 days or more

   —       439     44,876     200     —       45,515  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $4,438,716    $147,112    $201,108    $200    $—      $4,787,136  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The table below reflects recorded investment in loans classified as impaired:

 

   December 31, 
   2012  2011 
   (in thousands) 

Impaired loans with a specific valuation allowance under ASC 310

  $51,538   $28,631  

Impaired loans without a specific valuation allowance under ASC 310

   146,617    180,860  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total impaired loans

  $198,155   $209,491  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Valuation allowance related to impaired loans

  $(12,866 $(10,377
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

99


Table of Contents

The following table presents the impaired loans by class:

 

   December 31, 
   2012   2011 
   (in thousands) 

Commercial real estate

    

Owner occupied

  $58,074    $46,780  

Non-owner occupied

   52,146     43,123  

Multi-family

   318     809  

Commercial and industrial

    

Commercial

   15,531     25,138  

Leases

   979     592  

Construction and land development

    

Construction

   —       20,827  

Land

   32,492     41,084  

Residential real estate

   37,851     28,850  

Consumer

   764     2,288  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $198,155    $209,491  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

A valuation allowance is established for an impaired loan when the fair value of the loan is less than the recorded investment. In certain cases, portions of impaired loans are charged-off to realizable value instead of establishing a valuation allowance and are included, when applicable in the table above as “Impaired loans without specific valuation allowance under ASC 310.” The valuation allowance disclosed above is included in the allowance for credit losses reported in the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011.

The following table presents average investment in impaired loans and income recognized on impaired loans:

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2012   2011   2010 
   (in thousands) 

Average balance during the year on impaired loans

  $214,499    $207,957    $230,026  

Interest income recognized on impaired loans

  $6,761    $7,971    $7,636  

Interest recognized on nonaccrual loans, cash basis

  $191    $444    $2,501  

The following table presents average investment in impaired loans by loan class:

 

   December 31, 
   2012   2011   2010 
   (in thousands) 

Commercial real estate

      

Owner occupied

  $57,147    $53,637    $54,633  

Non-owner occupied

   57,284     48,124     43,718  

Multi-family

   872     1,969     4,977  

Commercial and industrial

      

Commercial

   24,094     13,416     11,715  

Leases

   874     2,767     2,076  

Construction and land development

      

Construction

   986     26,753     28,930  

Land

   36,499     25,071     38,928  

Residential real estate

   35,639     35,544     44,286  

Consumer

   1,104     676     763  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $214,499    $207,957    $230,026  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

100


Table of Contents

The following table presents interest income on impaired loans by class:

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2012   2011   2010 
   (in thousands) 

Commercial real estate

      

Owner occupied

  $2,130    $2,631    $1,874  

Non-owner occupied

   1,968     1,173     2,466  

Multi-family

   —       41     72  

Commercial and industrial

      

Commercial

   1,180     1,233     737  

Leases

   —       185     —    

Construction and land development

      

Construction

   —       952     1,291  

Land

   1,224     907     649  

Residential real estate

   220     803     504  

Consumer

   39     46     43  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $6,761    $7,971    $7,636  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company is not committed to lend significant additional funds on these impaired loans.

The following table summarizes nonperforming assets:

 

   December 31, 
   2012   2011 
   (in thousands) 

Nonaccrual loans

  $104,716    $90,392  

Loans past due 90 days or more on accrual status

   1,388     2,589  

Troubled debt restructured loans

   84,609     112,483  

Total nonperforming loans

   190,713     205,464  

Foreclosed collateral

   77,247     89,104  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total nonperforming assets

  $267,960    $294,568  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

101


Table of Contents

Allowance for Credit Losses

The following table summarizes the changes in the allowance for credit losses by portfolio type:

 

   For the Years Ended December 31, 
   Construction and   Commercial   Residential   Commercial         
   Land Development   Real Estate   Real Estate   and Industrial   Consumer   Total 
           (in thousands)             

2012

            

Beginning Balance

  $14,195    $35,031    $19,134    $25,535    $5,275    $99,170  

Charge-offs

   10,992     19,166     7,063     17,341     6,724     61,286  

Recoveries

   2,903     3,294     1,078     3,067     357     10,699  

Provision

   4,448     15,823     2,088     21,599     2,886     46,844  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

  $10,554    $34,982    $15,237    $32,860    $1,794    $95,427  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2011

            

Beginning Balance

  $20,587    $33,043    $20,889    $30,782    $5,398    $110,699  

Charge-offs

   11,238     22,128     19,071     9,757     4,469     66,663  

Recoveries

   2,154     2,157     1,060     3,401     174     8,946  

Provision

   2,692     21,959     16,256     1,109     4,172     46,188  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

  $14,195    $35,031    $19,134    $25,535    $5,275    $99,170  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2010

            

Beginning Balance

  $29,608    $16,279    $24,397    $31,883    $6,456    $108,623  

Charge-offs

   23,623     33,821     20,663     17,218     5,213     100,538  

Recoveries

   3,197     1,003     2,039     3,000     164     9,403  

Provision

   11,405     49,582     15,116     13,117     3,991     93,211  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

  $20,587    $33,043    $20,889    $30,782    $5,398    $110,699  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents impairment method information related to loans and allowance for credit losses by loan portfolio segment:

 

  Commercial  Commercial                   
  Real Estate-  Real Estate-  Commercial  Residential  Construction          
  Owner  Non-Owner  and  Real  and Land  Commercial     Total 
  Occupied  Occupied  Industrial  Estate  Development  Leases  Consumer  Loans 
           (in thousands)             

Loans Held for Investment as of December 31, 2012:

        

Recorded Investment:

        

Impaired loans with an allowance recorded

 $13,615   $15,217   $4,700   $16,482   $844   $515   $165   $51,538  

Impaired loans with no allowance recorded

  44,459    37,247    10,831    21,369    31,648    464    599    146,617  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total loans individually evaluated for impairment

  58,074    52,464    15,531    37,851    32,492    979    764    198,155  

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

  1,332,185    1,440,214    1,642,313    368,034    361,074    287,768    31,072    5,462,660  

Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

  6,538    12,922    1,159    2,052    753    —      —      23,424  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total loans held for investment

 $1,396,797   $1,505,600   $1,659,003   $407,937   $394,319   $288,747   $31,836   $5,684,239  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Unpaid Principal Balance

        

Impaired loans with an allowance recorded

 $13,634   $18,746   $9,877   $17,837   $848   $515   $540   $61,997  

Impaired loans with no allowance recorded

  54,947    43,208    11,248    27,098    35,669    464    612    173,246  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total loans individually evaluated for impairment

  68,581    61,954    21,125    44,935    36,517    979    1,152    235,243  

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

  1,332,185    1,440,214    1,642,313    368,034    361,074    287,768    31,072    5,462,660  

Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

  11,893    18,397    3,730    3,811    1,170    —      —      39,001  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total loans held for investment

 $1,412,659   $1,520,565   $1,667,168   $416,780   $398,761   $288,747   $32,224   $5,736,904  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Related Allowance for Credit Losses

        

Impaired loans with an allowance recorded

 $2,815   $1,602   $2,314   $5,448   $284   $238   $165   $12,866  

Impaired loans with no allowance recorded

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total loans individually evaluated for impairment

  2,815    1,602    2,314    5,448    284    238    165    12,866  

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

  15,118    15,447    27,546    9,789    10,270    2,762    1,629    82,561  

Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total loans held for investment

 $17,933   $17,049   $29,860   $15,237   $10,554   $3,000   $1,794   $95,427  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

102


Table of Contents
  Commercial  Commercial                   
  Real Estate-  Real Estate-  Commercial  Residential  Construction          
  Owner  Non-Owner  and  Real  and Land  Commercial     Total 
  Occupied  Occupied  Industrial  Estate  Development  Leases  Consumer  Loans 
           (in thousands)             

Loans Held for Investment as of December 31, 2011:

        

Recorded Investment:

        

Impaired loans with an allowance recorded

 $5,442   $6,932   $2,334   $4,900   $9,023   $—     $—     $28,631  

Impaired loans with no allowance recorded

  41,338    37,000    22,804    23,950    52,888    592    2,288    180,860  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total loans individually evaluated for impairment

  46,780    43,932    25,138    28,850    61,911    592    2,288    209,491  

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

  1,205,402    1,257,240    1,094,969    414,170    319,765    215,883    70,216    4,577,645  

Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total loans held for investment

 $1,252,182   $1,301,172   $1,120,107   $443,020   $381,676   $216,475   $72,504   $4,787,136  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Unpaid Principal Balance

        

Impaired loans with an allowance recorded

 $5,572   $8,495   $2,516   $5,059   $12,316   $—     $—     $33,958  

Impaired loans with no allowance recorded

  47,792    41,713    24,769    32,577    60,951    592    2,328    210,722  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total loans individually evaluated for impairment

  53,364    50,208    27,285    37,636    73,267    592    2,328    244,680  

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

  1,205,402    1,257,240    1,094,969    414,170    319,765    215,883    70,216    4,577,645  

Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total loans held for investment

 $1,258,766   $1,307,448   $1,122,254   $451,806   $393,032   $216,475   $72,544   $4,822,325  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Related Allowance for Credit Losses

        

Impaired loans with an allowance recorded

 $1,333   $1,494   $1,863   $2,186   $3,501   $—     $—     $10,377  

Impaired loans with no allowance recorded

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total loans individually evaluated for impairment

  1,333    1,494    1,863    2,186    3,501    —      —      10,377  

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

  16,434    15,770    21,605    16,948    10,694    2,067    5,275    88,793  

Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total loans held for investment

 $17,767   $17,264   $23,468   $19,134   $14,195   $2,067   $5,275   $99,170  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The following table presents information regarding the contractually required payments receivable, cash flows expected to be collected, and the estimated fair value of loans acquired in the WLBC merger, as of October 17, 2012, the closing date for that transaction:

 

   October 17, 2012 
   Construction       Commercial             
   and Land   Commercial   and   Residential         
   Development   Real Estate   Industrial   Real Estate   Consumer   Total 
           (in thousands)             

Contractually required payments :

            

Loans with credit deterioration since origination

  $1,287    $34,948    $5,652    $4,157    $—      $46,044  

Purchased non-credit impaired loans

   598     46,986     31,417     9,681     37     88,719  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans acquired

  $1,885    $81,934    $37,069    $13,838    $37    $134,763  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows expected to be collected:

            

Loans with credit deterioration since origination

  $784    $24,856    $2,327    $3,041    $—      $31,008  

Purchased non-credit impaired loans

   532     44,495     29,252     9,145     33     83,457  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans acquired

  $1,316    $69,351    $31,579    $12,186    $33    $114,465  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of loans acquired:

            

Loans with credit deterioration since origination

  $748    $19,159    $1,913    $1,979    $—      $23,799  

Purchased non-credit impaired loans

   493     34,161     25,240     7,027     27     66,948  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans acquired

  $1,241    $53,320    $27,153    $9,006    $27    $90,747  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

These amounts were determined based on the estimated remaining life of the underlying loans, which include the effects of estimated prepayments. As of December 31, 2012, there was no allowance for credit losses on loans acquired with credit deterioration.

Changes in the accretable discount for loans purchased with credit quality deterioration follows:

 

   2012 

Balance at the beginning of the year

  $—    

Additions as a result of the WLBC merger

   7,993  

Accretion to interest income

   (921

Transfers from non-accretable discount to accretable

   —    
  

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the year

  $7,072  
  

 

 

 

 

103


Table of Contents

In the fourth quarter of 2012, the Company modified its allowance for credit losses calculation to extend its look-back period for historical losses from three years to five years in order to capture loss statistics from a broader business cycle perspective, and expanded its loss migration metrics to encompass rolling loss migration data. The Company also increased loss estimates for those categories of loans for which the Company has incurred zero, or minimal historical losses, or for which the Company identified additional inherent risk attributes. Likewise, the Company added certain qualitative factors for consideration in the allowance for loan and lease losses. The net effect of these changes to the calculation method was to increase provision and allowance for credit losses by $1.6 million. The net effect by portfolio segment was to decrease provision for credit losses for the commercial real estate, residential real estate and consumer by $2.6 million, $0.5 million and $0.1 million, respectively and increase provision for credit losses for the commercial and industrial loan portfolio by $4.8 million.

In the first quarter of 2012, the Company modified its allowance for credit losses calculation to exclude cash secured loans. Additionally, for internally participated loans historical loss factors have been revised as follows. Previously the loss factors utilized were based on those of the bank which held the participation. Under the revised methodology, loss characteristics of the originating bank are utilized by the participating bank for the first four quarters after origination during which time the loan becomes seasoned. The net effect of these changes compared to the calculation method used at December 31, 2011 was to decrease the provision and allowance for credit losses by approximately $2.6 million. The net effect by portfolio segment was to decrease provision for credit losses for the commercial real estate, commercial and industrial, consumer and residential real estate portfolios by $1.5 million, $0.8 million, $0.2 million and $41,000, respectively.

In the first quarter of 2011, the Company modified its allowance for credit loss calculation to bring the loss factors current instead of a one quarter lag and changed its premium calculation for net graded and watch loans to use a more quantitative method that better reflects the additional risk. The net effect of the change compared to the calculation method used at December 31, 2010 was to increase provision and allowance for credit losses by $3.7 million. The net effect by portfolio segment was to increase provision for credit losses for commercial real estate, construction and land, residential real estate and consumer loan portfolios by $2.0 million, $1.2 million, $0.6 million, and $0.2 million, respectively, and decrease provision for credit losses on the commercial and industrial portfolio by $0.3 million.

Troubled Debt Restructurings (TDR)

A troubled debt restructured loan is a loan on which the bank, for reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties, grants a concession to the borrower that the bank would not otherwise consider. The loan terms that have been modified or restructured due to a borrower’s financial situation include, but are not limited to, a reduction in the stated interest rate, an extension of the maturity or renewal of the loan at an interest rate below current market, a reduction in the face amount of the debt, a reduction in the accrued interest, extensions, deferrals, renewals and rewrites. The majority of the bank’s modifications are extensions in terms or deferral of payments which result in no lost principal or interest followed by reductions in interest rates or accrued interest. A troubled debt restructured loan is also considered impaired. Generally, a loan that is modified at an effective market rate of interest may no longer be disclosed as a troubled debt restructuring in years subsequent to the restructuring if it is not impaired based on the terms specified by the restructuring agreement.

The following table presents information on the financial effects of troubled debt restructured loans by class for the periods presented:

 

   Year Ended December 31, 2012 
       Pre-Modification   Forgiven   Lost   Post-Modification   Waived Fees 
   Number   Outstanding   Principal   Interest   Outstanding   and Other 
   of Loans   Recorded Investment   Balance   Income (1)   Recorded Investment   Expenses 
   (dollars in thousands) 

Commercial real estate

            

Owner occupied

   15    $22,435    $750    $493    $21,192    $73  

Non-owner occupied

   20     41,988     450     338     41,200     23  

Multi-family

   —       —       —       —       —       —    

Commercial and industrial

            

Commercial

   17     7,845     17     26     7,802     37  

Leases

   —       —       —       —       —       —    

Construction and land development

            

Construction

   —       —       —       —       —       —    

Land

   8     6,811     —       259     6,552     12  

Residential real estate

   20     10,421     40     1,181     9,200     9  

Consumer

   6     361     —       17     344     2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   86    $89,861    $1,257    $2,314    $86,290    $156  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

104


Table of Contents
   Year Ended December 31, 2011 
       Pre-Modification   Forgiven   Lost   Post-Modification   Waived Fees 
   Number   Outstanding   Principal   Interest   Outstanding   and Other 
   of Loans   Recorded Investment   Balance   Income (1)   Recorded Investment   Expenses 
   (dollars in thousands) 

Commercial real estate

            

Owner occupied

   25    $24,605    $—      $1,279    $23,326    $242  

Non-owner occupied

   19     28,993     1,000     421     27,572     267  

Multi-family

   1     214     —       19     195     4  

Commercial and industrial

            

Commercial

   41     22,211     —       231     21,980     62  

Leases

   —       —       —       —       —       —    

Construction and land development

            

Construction

   3     12,443     —       1,180     11,263     38  

Land

   15     22,389     281     890     21,218     74  

Residential real estate

   34     17,378     1,010     1,364     15,004     20  

Consumer

   6     2,017     —       9     2,008     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   144    $130,250    $2,291    $5,393    $122,566    $707  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)Lost interest income is processed as a charge-off to loan principal in the Company’s financial statements.

The following table presents TDR loans by class for which there was a payment default during the period:

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2012   2011 
   Number   Recorded   Number   Recorded 
   of Loans   Investment   of Loans   Investment 
       (dollars in thousands) 

Commercial real estate

        

Owner occupied

   10    $10,611     7    $2,971  

Non-owner occupied

   3     4,442     3     2,571  

Multi-family

   1     193     —       —    

Commercial and industrial

        

Commercial

   7     6,700     —       —    

Leases

   —       —       —       —    

Construction and land development

        

Construction

   —       —       2     2,463  

Land

   5     4,013     4     2,193  

Residential real estate

   7     8,014     8     2,661  

Consumer

   2     414     —       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   35    $34,387     24    $12,859  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

A TDR loan is deemed to have a payment default when it becomes past due 90 days, goes on nonaccrual, or is re-structured again. Payment defaults, along with other qualitative indicators, are considered by management in the determination of the allowance for credit losses.

At December 31, 2012 and 2011 loan commitments outstanding on TDR loans were $0.2 million.

Related Parties

Principal stockholders, directors, and executive officers of the Company, together with companies they control, are considered to be related parties. In the ordinary course of business, the Company has extended credit to these related parties. Federal banking regulations require that any such extensions of credit not be offered on terms more favorable than would be offered to non-related party borrowers of similar creditworthiness. The following table summarizes the aggregate activity in such loans:

 

105


Table of Contents
   Year Ended December 31, 
   2012  2011 
   (in thousands) 

Balance, beginning

  $34,394   $36,809  

New loans

   14,991    15,218  

Repayments and other

   (9,079  (17,633
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance, ending

  $40,306   $34,394  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

None of these loans are past due, on nonaccrual status or have been restructured to provide a reduction or deferral of interest or principal because of deterioration in the financial position of the borrower. There were no loans to a related party that were considered classified loans at December 31, 2012 or 2011. Included in repayments and other at December 31, 2011, were reductions of $8.7 million related to resignations of directors or other related party relationship changes.

Loan commitments outstanding with related parties total approximately $31.6 million and $34.4 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Loan Purchases and Sales

In 2012 and 2011, the Company had secondary market loan purchases of $31.6 million and $75.8 million, respectively. For 2012, these purchased loans consisted of $30.8 million of commercial and industrial loans and $0.8 million of multifamily commercial real estate loans. For 2011, these purchased loans by portfolio type were $55.5 million of commercial leases, $15.1 million of commercial and industrial loans, $4.9 million of owner-occupied commercial real estate, and $0.3 million of non-owner occupied commercial real estate In addition, the Company periodically acquires newly originated loans at closing through participations or loan syndications. In the fourth quarter 2012, the Company transferred its affinity credit card portfolio to loans held for sale at a fair value of $31.1 million and recorded a $2.6 million charge. The Company had no significant loan sales in 2012 or 2011. The Company held no loans for sale at December 31, 2011.

5. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

 

   December 31, 
   2012  2011 
   (in thousands) 

Bank premises

  $73,887   $73,716  

Land and improvements

   32,078    30,580  

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

   51,089    49,533  

Leasehold improvements

   15,863    12,519  

Construction in progress

   2,441    982  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   175,358    167,330  

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

   (67,448  (61,784
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Premises and equipment, net

  $107,910   $105,546  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Lease Obligations

The Company leases certain premises and equipment under non-cancelable operating leases expiring through 2025. The following is a schedule of future minimum rental payments under these leases at December 31, 2012:

 

   (in thousands) 

2013

  $5,789  

2014

   5,200  

2015

   5,002  

2016

   4,613  

2017

   3,852  

Thereafter

   9,362  
  

 

 

 
  $33,818  
  

 

 

 

 

 

106


Table of Contents

The Company leases the majority of its office locations and many of these leases contain multiple renewal options and provisions for increased rents. Total rent expense of $5.9 million, $5.6 million and $5.1 million is included in occupancy expenses for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Total depreciation expense of $6.3 million, $7.1 million, and $8.0 million is included in occupancy expenses for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

6. OTHER ASSETS ACQUIRED THROUGH FORECLOSURE

The following table represents the changes in other assets acquired through foreclosure:

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2012  2011  2010 
   (in thousands) 

Balance, beginning of period

  $89,104   $107,655   $83,347  

Additions

   28,825    48,585    93,656  

Additions from acquisition of WLBC

   5,094    —      —    

Dispositions

   (40,993  (47,366  (40,674

Valuation adjustments in the period, net

   (4,783  (19,770  (28,674
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

  $77,247   $89,104   $107,655  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the majority of the Company’s repossessed assets consisted of properties located in Nevada.

7. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill is created when a company acquires a business. When a business is acquired, the purchased assets and liabilities are recorded at fair value and intangible assets are identified. Excess consideration paid to acquire a business over the fair value of the net assets is recorded as goodwill. During the third quarter 2012, Management concluded that goodwill and intangibles related to Shine Investment Advisory Services, Inc. were impaired, and recorded a $3.4 million impairment charge. This was due to ongoing evaluations of various strategic alternatives related to this entity. Shine was sold in October 2012. The Company’s annual goodwill impairment testing is October 1. As a result of this process, the Company determined that there was no additional goodwill impairment. There also was no goodwill impairment in 2011.

The goodwill impairment charges had no effect on the Company’s cash balances or liquidity. In addition, because goodwill is not included in the calculation of regulatory capital, the Company’s regulatory ratios were not affected by these non-cash expenses. No assurance can be given that goodwill will not be further impaired in future periods.

Intangible Assets

The following is a summary of acquired intangible assets:

 

   Year Ended December 31, 2012 
   Gross Carrying   Accumulated   Addition   Sale of   Impairment of   Net Carrying 

Subject to amortization:

  Amount   Amortization   from Acquisition   Shine   Other   Amount 
   (in thousands) 

Core deposit intangibles

  $24,579    $19,618    $1,578    $—      $—      $6,539  

Other

   3,145     1,554     —       1,383     208     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $27,724    $21,172    $1,578    $1,383    $208    $6,539  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   Year Ended December 31, 2011 
   Gross Carrying   Accumulated   Net Carrying 

Subject to amortization:

  Amount   Amortization   Amount 
   (in thousands) 

Core deposit intangibles

  $24,579    $16,467    $8,112  

Other

   3,145     1,450     1,695  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $27,724    $17,917    $9,807  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

107


Table of Contents

Amortization expense recognized on all amortizable intangibles totaled $3.3 million, $3.6 million and $3.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Below is a summary of estimated aggregate amortization expense over the next five years:

 

   Year Ended
December 31,
 
   (in thousands) 

2013

  $2,390  

2014

   1,459  

2015

   1,120  

2016

   1,120  

2017

   450  

8. INCOME TAXES

The cumulative tax effects of the primary temporary differences as of December 31 are shown in the following table:

 

   December 31, 
   2012  2011 
   (in thousands) 

Deferred tax assets:

   

Allowance for credit losses

  $36,419   $38,021  

OREO writedowns

   7,865    11,448  

Net operating loss carryforwards

   14,886    20,245  

Stock based compensation

   5,477    5,594  

Nonaccrual interest

   3,841    3,050  

Credit carryforwards

   2,509    2,509  

Unrealized loss on available for sale securities

   —      2,448  

Capital loss carryforwards

   8,107    7,724  

Other

   7,632    2,519  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total gross deferred tax assets

   86,736    93,558  

Deferred tax asset valuation allowance

   (7,980  (7,596
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

   78,756    85,962  

Deferred tax liabilities:

   

Core deposit intangible

   (2,465  (3,069

Premises and equipment

   (2,287  (4,873

Deferred loan costs

   (3,514  (2,421

FHLB dividend

   (1,941  (1,948

Unrealized gains on financial instruments measured at fair value

   (11,535  (11,326

Unrealized gain on available for sale securities

   (4,686  —    

Other

   (571  (601
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

   (26,999  (24,238
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

  $51,757   $61,724  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are included in the financial statements at currently enacted income tax rates applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets or liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the provision for income taxes.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, the net deferred tax assets decreased $9.9 million to $51.8 million. This decrease in the net deferred tax asset was primarily the result of the net operating income of the Company for the period and the resulting use of the Company’s historic NOL carryforwards (but significantly offset by the acquisition of substantial NOL carryforwards from the WLBC acquisition and an increase in capital loss carryforwards resulting from the loss on the disposition of Shine), and also due to the tax effect of the change in other comprehensive income. The reduction in the effective tax rate from 2011 compared to 2012 is primarily due to low income housing tax credits, an increase in tax exempt income from revenue from municipal obligations, the bargain purchase of WLBC, and the permanent difference resulting from the tax loss from the disposition of Shine.

 

108


Table of Contents

For the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the $8.0 million and $7.6 million deferred tax valuation, respectively relates to net capital losses on ARPS securities sales.

The deferred tax asset related to federal and state net operating loss carryforwards outstanding at December 31, 2012, available to reduce tax liability in future years total $14.8 million (compared to $20.2 million at December 31, 2011). This is comprised of $11.9 million of tax benefits from federal net operating loss carry forwards (subject to section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code (IRC) as discussed below), $1.1 million of tax benefits from California state net operating loss carry forwards that will begin to expire in 2029, and $1.8 million of tax benefits from Arizona state net operating loss carryforwards that will begin to expire in 2013. As noted above, the Company’s ability to use the federal NOLs acquired from WLBC (as well as its ability to use certain future tax deductions called Net Unrealized Built In Losses (“NUBILs) will be limited by section 382 of the IRC. The net deferred tax asset relating to NUBILs available to reduce tax liability in future years totals $5.4 million. In Management’s opinion, it is more likely than not that the results of future operations will generate sufficient taxable income to realize the deferred taxes related to these net operating loss carryforwards and NUBILs.

The provision for income taxes charged to operations consists of the following:

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2012   2011   2010 
   (in thousands) 

Current

  $2,239    $1,546    $1,182  

Deferred

   21,722     15,303     (7,592
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total tax provision

  $23,961    $16,849    $(6,410
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The reconciliation between the statutory federal income tax rate and the Company’s effective tax rate are summarized as follows:

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2012  2011  2010 
   (in thousands) 

Income tax at statutory rate

  $34,750   $17,619   $(3,703

Increase (decrease) resulting from:

    

State income taxes, net of federal benefits

   1,801    1,411    (739

Dividends received deductions

   (992  (900  (476

Bank-owned life insurance

   (1,553  (1,431  (1,155

Tax-exempt income

   (3,844  (867  (280

Nondeductible expenses

   334    276    340  

Change in rates applied to deferred items

   156    —      —    

Loss on sale of subsidiaries

   (2,523  —      —    

Deferred tax asset valuation allowance

   383    —      (2,033

Restricted stock write off

   1,133    617    1,259  

Bargain purchase option

   (5,952  —      —    

Low income housing tax credits

   (2,089  —      —    

Other, net

   2,357    124    377  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  $23,961   $16,849   $(6,410
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Uncertain Tax Position

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and in various states. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state or local tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2008.

 

109


Table of Contents

When tax returns are filed, it is highly certain that some positions taken would be sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities, while others are subject to uncertainty about the merits of the position taken or the amount of the position that would be ultimately sustained. The benefit of a tax position is recognized in the financial statements in the period in which, based on all available evidence, management believes it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including the resolution of appeals or litigation processes, if any. Tax positions taken are not offset or aggregated with other positions. Tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely of being realized upon settlement with the applicable taxing authority. The portion of the benefits associated with tax positions taken that exceeds the amount measured as described above would be reflected as a liability for unrecognized tax benefits in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet along with any associated interest and penalties that would be payable to the taxing authorities upon examination.

The Company would recognize interest accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits in tax expense. The Company has not recognized or accrued any interest or penalties for the periods ended December 31, 2012, 2011 or 2010, respectively.

Management believes that the Company has appropriate support for the income tax positions taken and to be taken on its tax returns and that its accruals for tax liabilities are adequate for all open years based on an assessment of many factors, including past experience and interpretation of tax law applied to the facts of each matter.

The Internal Revenue Service's Examination Division issued a notice of proposed deficiency on January 10, 2011, proposing a taxable income adjustment of $136.7 million related to deductions taken on our 2008 tax return in connection with the partial worthlessness of collateralized debt obligations, or CDOs. The use of these deductions on the Company’s 2008 tax return resulted in a net operating loss carryback claim for a tax refund of approximately $40.0 million of federal taxes for the 2006 and 2007 taxable periods. The Company filed a protest of the proposed deficiency, which was referred to the Appeals Division of the Internal Revenue Service. In the fourth quarter 2012, the Company received formal notification that the matter had been resolved in its favor.

9. DEPOSITS

The table below summarizes deposits by type:

 

   December 31, 
   2012   2011 
   (in thousands) 

Non-interest-bearing demand

  $1,933,169    $1,558,211  

Interest-bearing demand

   582,315     482,729  

Savings and money market

   2,573,506     2,166,639  

Certificate of deposit ($100,000 or more)

   1,220,938     1,288,681  

Other time deposits

   145,249     162,252  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

  $6,455,177    $5,658,512  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Of the total deposits at December 31, 2012, $5.09 billion may be immediately withdrawn. Certificates of deposit are the only deposits which have a specified maturity.

The summary of the contractual maturities for all time deposits is as follows:

 

   December 31, 
   2012 
   (in thousands) 

2013

  $1,277,496  

2014

   81,561  

2015

   4,787  

2016

   1,334  

2017

   1,009  
  

 

 

 
  $1,366,187  
  

 

 

 

 

110


Table of Contents

The Company through its banks is a member of Certificate Deposit Account Registry Service (“CDARS”), which provides FDIC insurance for large deposits. Federal banking law and regulation places restrictions on depository institutions regarding brokered deposits because of the general concern that these deposits are at a greater risk of being withdrawn, thus posing liquidity risk for institutions that gather brokered deposits in significant amounts. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company had $386.3 million and $376.0 million, respectively, of reciprocal CDARS deposits. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company also had $99.8 million and $34.6 million, respectively, of other brokered deposits outstanding.

10. OTHER BORROWINGS

The following table summarizes the Company’s borrowings as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

   December 31, 
   2012   2011 
   (in thousands) 

Short Term

    

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

  $120,000    $280,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long Term

    

Other long term debt

  $75,000    $75,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company maintains lines of credit with the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) and Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”). The Company’s borrowing capacity is determined based on collateral pledged, generally consisting of investment securities and loans, at the time of the borrowing. The Company also maintains credit lines with other sources secured by pledged securities. Short-term FHLB and FRB advances had weighted average interest rates of 0.24% and 0.15% for the years ending December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

On August 25, 2010, the Company completed a public offering of $75 million in principal Senior Notes due in 2015 bearing interest of 10%. The net proceeds of the offering were $72.8 million. The weighted average rate on all long term debt was 10.77% and 10.81% in 2012 and 2011, respectively.

The following table summarizes maturities of other borrowed funds:

 

Year ending December 31:

    

2013

  $120,000  

2014

   —    

2015

   75,000  
  

 

 

 
  $195,000  
  

 

 

 

The Banks have entered into agreements with other financial institutions under which they can borrow up to $110.0 million on an unsecured basis. The lending institutions will determine the interest rate charged on borrowings at the time of the borrowing. In addition WAL maintains a $20.0 million secured borrowing line.

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company had additional available credit with the FHLB of approximately $952.8 million and $843.4 million, respectively, and with the FRB of approximately $600.6 million and $696.6 million, respectively.

11. JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBT

The Company has formed or acquired through mergers six statutory business trusts, which exist for the exclusive purpose of issuing Cumulative Trust Preferred Securities. All of the funds raised from the issuance of these securities were passed to the Company and are reflected in the accompanying balance sheet as junior subordinated debt in the amount of $36.2 million.

 

111


Table of Contents

The junior subordinated debt has contractual balances and maturity dates as follows:

 

       December 31, 

Name of Trust

  Maturity   2012  2011 

BankWest Nevada Capital Trust II

   2033     15,464    15,464  

First Independent Capital Trust I

   2034     7,217    7,217  

Intermountain First Statutory Trust I

   2034     10,310    10,310  

WAL Trust No. 1

   2036     20,619    20,619  

WAL Statutory Trust No. 2

   2037     5,155    5,155  

WAL Statutory Trust No. 3

   2037     7,732    7,732  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 
    $66,497   $66,497  

Unrealized gains on trust preferred securities measured at fair value, net

     (30,279  (29,512
    

 

 

  

 

 

 
    $36,218   $36,985  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

The weighted average contractual rate of the junior subordinated debt was 2.97% and 3.61% as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

In the event of certain changes or amendments to regulatory requirements or Federal tax rules, the debt is redeemable in whole. The obligations under these instruments are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Company and rank subordinate and junior in right of payment to all other liabilities of the Company. The trust preferred securities qualify as Tier 1 Capital for the Company, subject to certain limitations, with the excess being included in total capital for regulatory purposes.

12. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Unfunded Commitments and Letters of Credit

The Company is party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. They involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets.

Lines of credit are obligations to lend money to a borrower. Credit risk arises when the borrowers’ current financial condition may indicate less ability to pay than when the commitment was originally made. In the case of standby letters of credit, the risk arises from the possibility of the failure of the customer to perform according to the terms of a contract. In such a situation, the third party might draw on the standby letter of credit to pay for completion of the contract and the Company would look to its customer to repay these funds with interest. To minimize the risk, the Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it would for a loan to that customer.

Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees are commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party in borrowing arrangements. The Company generally has recourse to recover from the customer any amounts paid under the guarantees. Typically, letters of credit issued have expiration dates within one year.

A summary of the contractual amounts for unfunded commitments and letters of credit are as follows:

 

   December 31, 
   2012   2011 
   (in thousands) 

Commitments to extend credit, including unsecured loan commitments of $172,002 at December 31, 2012 and $167,305 at December 31, 2011

  $1,096,264    $863,120  

Credit card commitments and financial guarantees

   295,506     319,892  

Standby letters of credit, including unsecured letters of credit of $3,915 at December 31, 2012 and $2,558 at December 31, 2011

   32,757     34,768  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $1,424,527    $1,217,780  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

112


Table of Contents

The following table represents the contractual commitments for lines and letters of credit by maturity at December 31, 2012:

 

       Amount of Commitment Expiration per Period 
   Total
Amounts
Committed
   Less Than
1 Year
   1-3 Years   3-5 Years   After 5
Years
 
           (in thousands)         

Commitments to extend credit

  $1,096,264    $637,730    $215,363    $102,029    $141,142  

Credit card guarantees

   295,506     295,506     —       —       —    

Standby letters of credit

   32,757     25,184     4,286     3,238     49  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $1,424,527    $958,420    $219,649    $105,267    $141,191  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. The Company enters into credit arrangements that generally provide for the termination of advances in the event of a covenant violation or other event of default. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the party. The commitments are collateralized by the same types of assets used as loan collateral. The unfunded commitments on the credit cards loans held for sale at December 31, 2012 was $262.6 million.

The Company has exposure to credit losses from unfunded commitments and letters of credit. As funds have not been disbursed on these commitments, they are not reported as loans outstanding. Credit losses related to these commitments are not included in the allowance for credit losses reported in Note 4, “Loans, Leases and Allowance for Credit Losses” of these Consolidated Financial Statements and are accounted for as a separate loss contingency as a liability. This loss contingency for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit was $1.3 million and $1.1 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Changes to this liability are adjusted through other non-interest expense.

Concentrations of Lending Activities

The Company’s lending activities are primarily driven by the customers served in the market areas where the Company has branch offices in the States of Nevada, California and Arizona. The Company monitors concentrations within five broad categories: geography, industry, product, call code, and collateral. The Company grants commercial, construction, real estate and consumer loans to customers through branch offices located in the Company’s primary markets. The Company’s business is concentrated in these areas and the loan portfolio includes significant credit exposure to the commercial real estate market of these areas. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, commercial real estate related loans accounted for approximately 58% and 61% of total loans, respectively, and approximately 3% and 2%, respectively of commercial real estate related loans are secured by undeveloped land. Substantially all of these loans are secured by first liens with an initial loan to value ratio of generally not more than 75%. Approximately 48% and 49% of these commercial real estate loans excluding construction and land loans were owner occupied at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. In addition, approximately 4% of total loans were unsecured as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Contingencies

The Company is involved in various lawsuits of a routine nature that are being handled and defended in the ordinary course of the Company’s business. Expenses are being incurred in connection with defending the Company, but in the opinion of Management, based in part on consultation with legal counsel, the resolution of these lawsuits and associated defense costs will not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

Other

The Company has entered into change in control agreements with certain named Executives and other employees as designated as Executives by the Board of Directors. Under these agreements, in the event of a qualifying termination, each Executive is entitled to receive, (1) accrued benefits, payable in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practice, (2) a lump sum cash severance payment in an amount equal to the sum of (a) two times the Executive’s annual base salary plus (b) two times the Executives annual bonus, (3) any unpaid bonus that was earned by the Executive in the prior year and (4) reimbursement of paid group health premiums up to 24 months.

 

113


Table of Contents

13. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Preferred Stock

On September 27, 2011, the Company received $141.0 million from the issuance of 141,000 shares of non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, Series B, par value of $.0001 per share and a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share, to the U.S. Treasury Department pursuant to participation in the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Small Business Lending Fund Program (SBLF). Initially established at 5%, the dividend rate can vary from as low as 1% to 9% in part depending upon the Company’s success in qualifying small business lending. There were no changes to the Company’s outstanding preferred stock for the year ended December 31, 2012.

During the third quarter of 2011, the Company fully redeemed the $140 million, or 140,000 shares plus accrued and unpaid dividends, of cumulative Series A preferred stock that was sold to the U.S. Treasury in November 2008 as part of the TARP CPP. As a result of the redemption, the Company recorded a one-time $6.9 million charge to retained earnings in the form of accelerated deemed dividend to account for the difference between the amount at which the preferred stock sale had been initially recorded and its redemption price. Following this redemption, the warrant to purchase 787,106 shares of the Company’s common stock was repurchased from the U.S. Treasury Department at auction on November 18, 2011 for $415,000 and subsequently cancelled.

Common Stock Issuance

In the third quarter of 2012, the Company issued 2,966,236 of common stock as part of the acquisition of WLBC at $10.78 per share for net value of $32.0 million.

Stock Repurchases

There were no stock repurchases in 2012 or 2011.

Stock Options and Restricted Stock

The 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”), as amended, gives the Board of Directors the authority to grant up to 6.5 million stock awards consisting of unrestricted stock, stock units, dividend equivalent rights, stock options (incentive and non-qualified), stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, and performance and annual incentive awards. Stock awards available for grant at December 31, 2012 are 2.2 million.

The Incentive Plan contains certain individual limits on the maximum amount that can be paid in cash under the Incentive Plan and on the maximum number of shares of common stock that may be issued pursuant to the Incentive Plan in a calendar year. In the second quarter 2012, stockholders approved an amendment to the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan that (i) increased by 2,000,000 the maximum number of shares available for issuance thereunder; (ii) increased the maximum number of shares of stock that can be awarded to any person eligible for an award thereunder to 300,000 per calendar year; and (iii) provided for additional business criteria upon which performance-based awards may be based thereunder.

Certain restricted shares have a performance condition that requires the Company to reach certain earnings per share targets by 2014.

The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option valuation model that uses the assumptions noted in the following table. The expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the stock of the Company over the expected life of the Company’s options. The Company estimates the life of the options by calculating the average of the vesting period and the contractual life. The expected life of options was estimated based on the simplified method. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant. The dividend rate assumption of zero is based on management’s intention not to pay dividends for the foreseeable future. There were no options granted in 2012. A summary of the assumptions used in calculating the fair value of option awards during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2011  2010 

Expected life in years

   4    5  

Risk-free interest rate

   1.5  2.5

Dividends rate

   None    None  

Fair value per optional share

  $3.94   $3.22  

Volatility

   72  76

Stock options granted in 2011 generally have a vesting period of 4 years and a contractual life of 7 years. Restricted stock awards granted in 2012 and 2011 generally have a vesting period of 3 years. The Company recognizes compensation cost for options with a graded vesting on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award.

 

114


Table of Contents

A summary of option activity under the Incentive Plan is presented below:

 

   December 31, 2012 
      Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
   Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
   Aggregate
Intrinsic
 
   Shares  (per share)   (in years)   Value 
   (in thousands, except exercise price and contractual terms) 

Outstanding options, beginning of period

   2,108   $14.64      

Granted

   —      —        

Exercised

   (397  7.06      

Forfeited or expired

   (39  14.83      
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding options, end of period

   1,672   $16.44     1.7    $1,845  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Options exercisable, end of period

   1,570   $17.03     1.6    $1,526  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Options expected to vest, end of period

   92   $7.41     3.3    $1,053  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   December 31, 2011 
   Shares  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
(per share)
   Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(in years)
   Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 
   (in thousands, except exercise price and contractual terms) 

Outstanding options, beginning of period

   2,532   $14.82      

Granted

   39    7.27      

Exercised

   (53  6.81      

Forfeited or expired

   (410  16.06      
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding options, end of period

   2,108   $14.64     2.4    $16  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Options exercisable, end of period

   1,846   $15.36     2.2    $4  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Options expected to vest, end of period

   231   $9.71     3.9    $15  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

A summary of the status of the Company’s unvested shares of restricted stock and changes during the years then ended is presented below:

 

   December 31, 
   2012   2011 
   Shares  Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair
Value
   Shares  Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair
Value
 
   (in thousands, except per share amounts) 

Balance, beginning of period

   1,303   $6.44     1,000   $6.61  

Granted

   721    8.16     616    7.16  

Vested

   (455  6.10     (202  9.39  

Forfeited

   (99  7.35     (111  6.57  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   1,470   $7.32     1,303   $6.44  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, there was $4.1 million, $4.0 million, and $6.1 million, respectively, of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the Incentive Plan. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.8 years, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 were $397,000, $53,000 and $50,000, respectively. The total fair value of restricted stock that vested during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $3.8 million, $1.5 million and $1.3 million, respectively. The weighted average grant-date fair value of restricted stock granted during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $5.9 million, $4.0 million and $3.6 million, respectively.

 

115


Table of Contents

Stock Warrants

At December 31, 2012, there were 131,684 warrants outstanding, with an exercise price of $34.56, that expire in August 2013.

Salary Shares

In 2011, the Company issued salary shares to certain individuals. Total shares issued at December 31, 2011 were 105,834 for compensation expense of $0.7 million. There were no salary shares issued in 2012. Salary shares are issued as common stock which vests immediately.

14. REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

The Company and the Banks are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the Federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements could trigger certain mandatory or discretionary actions that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s business and financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Banks must meet specific capital guidelines that involve qualitative measures of their assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Banks to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of total and Tier I capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier I leverage (as defined) to average assets (as defined). As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company and the Banks met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

As of December 31, 2012, the Company and each of its subsidiaries met the minimum capital ratio requirements necessary to be classified as well-capitalized, as defined by the banking agencies. To be categorized as well-capitalized, the Banks must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier I risk-based and Tier I leverage ratios as set forth in the table below. In addition, the Memorandum of Understanding to which Bank of Nevada is subject requires it to maintain a higher Tier 1 leverage ratio than otherwise required to be considered well-capitalized. At December 31, 2012, Bank of Nevada’s capital level exceeded this elevated requirement.

Federal banking regulators have proposed revisions to the bank capital requirement standards known as Basel III. Basel III strengthens bank capital requirements and introduces new regulatory requirements on bank liquidity and bank leverage. Based on the Company’s assessment of these proposed regulations, as of December 31, 2012, the Company and each of its subsidiaries met the requirements necessary to be classified as well-capitalized under the proposed regulation.

The actual capital amounts and ratios for the Banks and Company are presented in the following table:

 

           Risk-   Tangible   Total  Tier 1  Tier 1 
   Total   Tier 1   Weighted   Average   Capital  Capital  Leverage 
   Capital   Capital   Assets   Assets   Ratio  Ratio  Ratio 
   (dollars in thousands) 

December 31, 2012

            

WAL (Consolidated)

  $856,199    $768,687    $6,797,392    $7,576,101     12.6  11.3  10.1

Bank of Nevada

   371,164     338,404     2,534,301     2,994,626     14.7  13.3  11.3

Western Alliance Bank

   258,930     218,716     2,382,971     2,538,356     10.9  9.2  8.6

Torrey Pines Bank

   196,677     165,403     1,826,740     1,930,808     10.8  9.1  8.6

Well-capitalized ratios

           10.0  6.0  5.0

Minimum capital ratios

           8.0  4.0  4.0

December 31, 2011

            

WAL (Consolidated)

  $723,327    $651,104    $5,749,818    $6,636,083     12.6  11.3  9.8

Bank of Nevada

   294,747     266,430     2,232,208     2,818,077     13.2  11.9  9.5

Western Alliance Bank

   231,360     188,328     1,944,738     2,128,033     11.9  9.7  8.9

Torrey Pines Bank

   183,772     151,058     1,541,878     1,641,500     11.9  9.8  9.2

Well-capitalized ratios

           10.0  6.0  5.0

Minimum capital ratios

           8.0  4.0  4.0

 

 

116


Table of Contents

Additionally, State of Nevada banking regulations restrict distribution of the net assets of Bank of Nevada because such regulations require the sum of the bank’s stockholders’ equity and reserve for loan losses to be at least 6% of the average of the bank’s total daily deposit liabilities for the preceding 60 days. As a result of these regulations, approximately $155.5 million and $147.6 million of Bank of Nevada’s stockholders’ equity was restricted at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

15. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

The Company has a qualified 401(k) employee benefit plan for all eligible employees. Participants are able to defer between 1% and 15% (up to a maximum of $17,000 for those under 50 years of age in 2012) of their annual compensation. The Company may elect to match a discretionary amount each year, which was 50% of the first 6% of the participant’s compensation deferred into the plan. The Company’s total contribution was $1.4 million, $1.3 million and $1.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

In addition, the Company maintains a non-qualified 401(k) restoration plan for the benefit of executives of the Company and certain affiliates. Participants are able to defer a portion of their annual salary and receive a matching contribution based primarily on the contribution structure in effect under the Company’s 401(k) plan, but without regard to certain statutory limitations applicable under the 401(k) plan. The Company’s total contribution to the restoration plan was approximately $43,000, $31,000, and $27,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

16. FAIR VALUE ACCOUNTING

The fair value of an asset or liability is the price that would be received to sell that asset or paid to transfer that liability in an orderly transaction occurring in the principal market (or most advantageous market in the absence of a principal market) for such asset or liability. In estimating fair value, the Company utilizes valuation techniques that are consistent with the market approach, the income approach and/or the cost approach. Such valuation techniques are consistently applied. Inputs to valuation techniques include the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. ASC 825 establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (level 3 measurements). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy under ASC 825 are described below:

Level 1 – Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities;

Level 2 – Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. These might include quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (such as interest rates, prepayment speeds, volatilities, etc.) or model-based valuation techniques where all significant assumptions are observable, either directly or indirectly, in the market;

Level 3 – Valuation is generated from model-based techniques where all significant assumptions are not observable, either directly or indirectly, in the market. These unobservable assumptions reflect an entity’s own estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Valuation techniques may include use of matrix pricing, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques.

In general, fair value is based upon quoted market prices, where available. If such quoted market prices are not available, fair value is based upon internally developed models that primarily use, as inputs, observable market-based parameters. Valuation adjustments may be made to ensure that financial instruments are recorded at fair value. These adjustments may include amounts to reflect counterparty credit quality and the Company’s creditworthiness, among other things, as well as unobservable parameters. Any such valuation adjustments are applied consistently over time. The Company’s valuation methodologies may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair values. While management believes the Company’s valuation methodologies are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date. Furthermore, the reported fair value amounts have not been comprehensively revalued since the presentation dates, and therefore, estimates of fair value after the balance sheet date may differ significantly from the amounts presented herein. A more detailed description of the valuation methodologies used for assets and liabilities measured at fair value is set forth below. Transfers between levels in the fair value hierarchy are recognized at the end of the reporting period.

 

 

117


Table of Contents

Under ASC Topic 825, the Company elected the fair value option (“FVO”) treatment for the junior subordinated debt and certain investment securities. This election is generally irrevocable and unrealized gains and losses on these items must be reported in earnings at each reporting date. The Company continues to account for these items under the fair value option. Since adoption, there were no financial instruments purchased by the Company which met the ASC 825 fair value election criteria, and therefore, no additional instruments have been added under the fair value option election.

All securities for which the fair value measurement option had been elected are included in a separate line item on the balance sheet entitled “securities measured at fair value.”

For the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, gains and losses from fair value changes included in the Consolidated Statement of Operations were as follows:

 

   Changes in Fair Values for Items Measured at Fair 
   Value Pursuant to Election of the Fair Value Option 

Description

  Unrealized
Gain/(Loss) on
Assets and
Liabilities
Measured at
Fair Value, Net
  Interest
Income on
Securities
   Interest
Expense on
Junior
Subordinated
Debt
   Total
Changes
Included in
Current-
Period
Earnings
 
   (in thousands) 

Year Ended December 31, 2012

       

Securities measured at fair value

  $(114 $14    $—      $(100

Junior subordinated debt

   767    —       1,312     (545
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $653   $14    $1,312    $(645
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2011

       

Securities measured at fair value

  $14   $26    $—      $40  

Junior subordinated debt

   6,049    —       1,043     5,006  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $6,063   $26    $1,043    $5,046  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents the portion of trading securities losses related to trading securities still held at the reporting date:

 

   December 31, 
   2012  2011 
   (in thousands) 

Net gains and (losses) for the period on trading securities included in earnings

  $(114 $14  

Less: net gains and (losses) recognized during the period on trading securities sold during the period

   —      190  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Change in unrealized gains or (losses) for the period included in earnings for trading securities held at the end of the reporting period

  $(114 $(176
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The difference between the aggregate fair value of junior subordinated debt ($30.3 million) and the aggregate unpaid principal balance thereof ($66.5 million) was $36.2 million at December 31, 2012.

 

118


Table of Contents

Interest income on securities measured at fair value is accounted for similarly to those classified as available-for-sale and held-to-maturity. Any premiums or discounts are recognized in interest income over the term of the securities. For mortgage-backed securities, estimates of prepayments are considered in the constant yield calculations. Interest expense on junior subordinated debt is also determined under a constant yield calculation.

Fair value on a recurring basis

Financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis include the following:

AFS Securities: Adjustable-rate preferred securities, one trust preferred security, corporate debt securities and CRA mutual fund investments are reported at fair value utilizing Level 1 inputs. Other securities classified as AFS are reported at fair value utilizing Level 2 inputs. For these securities, the Company obtains fair value measurements from an independent pricing service. The fair value measurements consider observable data that may include dealer quotes, market spreads, cash flows, the U.S. Treasury yield curve, live trading levels, trade execution data, market consensus prepayment speeds, credit information and the bond’s terms and conditions, among other things.

Securities measured at fair value: All of the Company’s securities measured at fair value, the majority of which are mortgage-backed securities, are reported at fair value utilizing Level 2 inputs in the same manner as described above for securities available for sale.

Independent pricing service: Management independently evaluates all of the fair value measurements received from our third party pricing service through multiple review steps. First, management reviews what has transpired in the market-place with respect to interest rates, credit spreads, volatility, mortgage rates, etc., and makes an expectation on changes to the securities valuations from the previous quarter. Then management compares expected changes to the actual valuation changes provided to it by its pricing service. Next, management compares a robust sampling of safekeeping marks on securities with the marks provided by our third party pricing service and determines whether there are any notable differences. Then, management compares the prices on Level 1 priced securities to publically available prices to verify those prices are similar. Finally, management discusses the assumptions used for Level 2 priced securities with our pricing service. The pricing service provides management with observable market data including interest rate curves and mortgage prepayment speed grids, as well as dealer quote sheets, new bond offering sheets, and historical trade documentation. Management reviews the assumptions and decides whether they are reasonable. Management may compare interest rates, credit spreads and prepayments speeds used as part of the assumptions to those that management believes are reasonable. Management may price securities using the provided assumptions to determine whether they can develop similar prices on like securities. Any discrepancies with management’s review and the prices provided by the vendor are discussed with the vendor and the Company’s other valuation advisors. Management has formally challenged the prices on several securities, but has found that the vendor prices are reasonable.

Annually the Company receives a SSAE 16 report from its independent pricing service attesting to the controls placed on the operations of the service from its auditor.

Interest rate swap: Interest rate swaps are reported at fair value utilizing Level 2 inputs. The Company obtains dealer quotations to value its interest rate swaps.

Junior subordinated debt: The Company estimates the fair value of its junior subordinated debt using a discounted cash flow model which incorporates the effect of the Company’s own credit risk in the fair value of the liabilities (Level 3). The Company’s cash flow assumptions were based on the contractual cash flows as the Company anticipates that it will pay the debt according to its contractual terms. The Company evaluated priced offerings on individual issuances of trust preferred securities and estimated the discount rate based, in part, on that information. The Company estimated the discount rate at 6.846%, which is a 654 basis point spread over 3 month LIBOR (0.306% as of December 31, 2012). As of December 31, 2011, the Company estimated the discount rate at 6.989%, which was a 641 basis point spread over 3 month LIBOR (0.579%).

 

119


Table of Contents

The fair value of these assets and liabilities were determined using the following inputs at the periods presented:

 

   Fair Value Measurements at the End of the Reporting  Period Using: 

December 31, 2012

  Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical

Assets
(Level 1)
   Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
   Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
   Fair
Value
 
   (in thousands) 

Assets:

        

Securities measured at fair value

        

Direct U.S. obligations and GSE residential mortgage-backed securities

  $—      $5,061    $—      $5,061  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Securities available for sale

        

U.S. Government-sponsored agency securities

  $—        $—      $—    

Municipal obligations

   —       73,171     —       73,171  

Direct U.S. obligations and GSE residential mortgage-backed securities

   —       663,204     —       663,204  

Mutual funds

   37,961     —       —       37,961  

Private label residential mortgage-backed securities

   —       35,607     —       35,607  

Private label commercial mortgage-backed securities

   —       5,741       5,741  

Adjustable-rate preferred stock

   75,555     —       —       75,555  

Trust preferred

   24,135     —       —       24,135  

Other

   24,216     —       —       24,216  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $161,867    $777,723    $—      $939,590  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps

  $—      $777    $—      $777  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities:

        

Junior subordinated debt

  $—      $—      $36,218    $36,218  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps

  $—      $751    $—      $751  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

120


Table of Contents
   Fair Value Measurements at the End of the Reporting  Period Using: 

December 31, 2011

  Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
   Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
   Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
   Fair
Value
 
   (in thousands) 

Assets:

        

Securities measured at fair value

        

Direct U.S. obligations and GSE residential mortgage-backed securities

  $—      $6,515    $—      $6,515  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Securities available for sale

        

U.S. Government-sponsored agency securities

  $—      $156,211    $—      $156,211  

Municipal obligations

   —       5,586     —       5,586  

Direct U.S. obligations and GSE residential mortgage-backed securities

   —       864,584     —       864,584  

Mutual funds

   28,864     —       —       28,864  

Private label residential mortgage-backed securities

   —       25,784     —       25,784  

Private label commercial mortgage-backed securities

   —       5,431       5,431  

Adjustable-rate preferred stock

   54,676     —       —       54,676  

Trust preferred

   1,323     19,836     —       21,159  

Corporate bonds

   4,575     —       —       4,575  

Other

   23,515     —       —       23,515  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $112,953    $1,077,432    $—      $1,190,385  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps

  $—      $1,729    $—      $1,729  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities:

        

Junior subordinated debt

  $—      $—      $36,985    $36,985  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps

  $—      $946    $—      $946  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011, one trust preferred security with a net fair value of $19.8 million transferred from Level 1 to Level 2 due to a change in pricing source from an active trade used at the end of the third quarter 2011 to a pricing service.

 

121


Table of Contents

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, the change in Level 3 liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis was as follows:

 

Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)

 
   Junior 
   Subordinated 
   Debt 
   (in thousands) 

Opening balance

  $(36,985

Transfers into Level 3

   —    

Transfers out of Level 3

   —    

Total gains or losses for the period

  

Included in earnings (or changes in net assets) (a)

   767  

Included in other comprehensive income

   —    

Purchases, sales, and settlements

   —    

Purchases

   —    

Sales

   —    

Settlements

   —    
  

 

 

 

Closing balance

  $(36,218
  

 

 

 

Change in unrealized gains (losses) for the twelve month period included in earnings (or changes in net assets) for the period ended December 31, 2012.

  $767  
  

 

 

 

Change in unrealized gains (losses) for the twelve month period included in earnings (or changes in net assets) for the period ended December 31, 2011.

  $6,049  
  

 

 

 

 

(a)Total gains (losses) for the period are included in the non-interest income line, mark to market gains (losses), net.

For Level 3 liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2012, the significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurements were as follows:

 

   Fair Value at
December 31,2012
   Valuation
Technique
  Significant
Unobservable  Inputs
   Input Value 
   (dollars in thousands) 

Junior subordinated debt

  $36,218    Discounted
cash flow
   
 
Median market spreads on publicly issued
trust preferreds with comparable credit risk
  
  
   6.846

 

  Fair Value at
December 31,2011
  Valuation
Technique
   Significant
Unobservable Inputs
  Input Value 
  (dollars in thousands) 

Junior subordinated debt

 $36,985    

 

Discounted

cash flow

  

  

  Median market spreads on publicly issued
trust preferreds with comparable credit risk
   6.989

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s junior subordinated debt are the calculated or estimated credit spreads on comparable publicly traded company trust preferred issuances which were non-investment grade and non-rated. Significant increases (decreases) in these inputs could result in a significantly higher (lower) fair value measurement.

Fair value on a nonrecurring basis

Certain assets are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis; that is, the instruments are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis, but are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances (for example, when there is evidence of impairment). The following table presents such assets carried on the balance sheet by caption and by level within the ASC 825 hierarchy:

 

122


Table of Contents
   Fair Value Measurements at the End of the Reporting  Period Using 
   Total   Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
   Active
Markets for
Similar Assets
(Level 2)
   Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 
   (in thousands) 

As of December 31, 2012:

        

Impaired loans with specific valuation allowance

  $38,672    $—      $—      $38,672  

Impaired loans without specific valuation allowance

   90,632     —       —       90,632  

Other assets acquired through foreclosure

   77,247     —       —       77,247  

As of December 31, 2011:

        

Impaired loans with specific valuation allowance

  $18,254    $—      $—      $18,254  

Impaired loans without specific valuation allowance

   71,001     —       —       71,001  

Other assets acquired through foreclosure

   89,104     —       —       89,104  

Impaired loans: The specific reserves for collateral dependent impaired loans are based on the fair value of the collateral. The fair value of collateral is determined based on third-party appraisals. Appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Fair value is determined, where possible, using market prices derived from an appraisal or evaluation, which are considered to be Level 2. However, certain assumptions and unobservable inputs are often used by the appraiser; therefore, qualifying the assets as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. In some cases, adjustments are made to the appraised values due to various factors, including age of the appraisal (which are generally obtained every six to twelve months), age of comparables included in the appraisal, and known changes in the market and in the collateral. When significant adjustments are based on unobservable inputs, such as when a current appraised value is not available or management determines the fair value of the collateral is further impaired below appraised value and there is no observable market price, the resulting fair value measurement has been categorized as a Level 3 measurement. These Level 3 impaired loans had an aggregate carrying amount of $51.5 million and specific reserves in the allowance for loan losses of $12.9 million at December 31, 2012.

Other assets acquired through foreclosure: Other assets acquired through foreclosure consist of properties acquired as a result of, or in-lieu-of, foreclosure. Properties or other assets classified as other assets acquired through foreclosure and other repossessed property and are initially reported at the fair value determined by independent appraisals using appraised value, less cost to sell. Such properties are generally re-appraised every six to twelve months. There is risk for subsequent volatility. Costs relating to the development or improvement of the assets are capitalized and costs relating to holding the assets are charged to expense. The Company had $77.2 million of such assets at December 31, 2012. Fair value is determined, where possible, using market prices derived from an appraisal or evaluation, which are considered to be Level 2. However, certain assumptions and unobservable inputs are often used by the appraisal; therefore, qualifying the assets as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. When significant adjustments are based on unobservable inputs, such as when a current appraised value is not available or management determines the fair value of the collateral is further impaired below appraised value and there is no observable market price, the resulting fair value measurement has been categorized as a Level 3 measurement.

Credit vs. non-credit losses

The Company elected to apply provisions of ASC 320 as of January 1, 2009 to its AFS and HTM investment securities portfolios. The OTTI was separated into (a) the amount of total impairment related to the credit loss, and (b) the amount of the total impairment related to all other factors. The amount of the total OTTI related to the credit loss was recognized in earnings. The amount of the total impairment related to all other factors was recognized in other comprehensive income. The OTTI was presented in the statement of operations with an offset for the amount of the total OTTI that was recognized in other comprehensive income.

If the Company does not intend to sell and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the impaired securities before recovery of the amortized cost basis, the Company recognizes the cumulative effect of initially applying this FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings with a corresponding adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income, including related tax effects. The Company elected to early adopt ASC 320 on its impaired securities portfolio since it provides more transparency in the consolidated financial statements related to the bifurcation of the credit and non-credit losses.

 

123


Table of Contents

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, the Company determined that no securities contained credit losses. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, the Company determined that certain collateralized mortgage debt securities contained credit losses. The impairment credit losses related to these debt securities was $0.2 million.

The following table presents a rollforward of the amount related to impairment credit losses recognized in earnings for the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:

Debt Security Credit Losses

Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income/Earnings

For the Year Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011

 

   Private Label Mortgage- 
   Backed Securities 
   (in thousands) 

Beginning balance of impairment losses held in other comprehensive income

  $(1,811

Current period other-than temporary impairment credit losses recognized through earnings

   —    

Reductions for securities sold during the period

   —    

Additions or reductions in credit losses due to change of intent to sell

   —    

Reductions for increases in cash flows to be collected on impaired securities

   —    
  

 

 

 

Ending balance of net unrealized gains and (losses) held in other comprehensive income

  $(1,811
  

 

 

 

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The estimated fair value of the Company’s financial instruments is as follows:

 

   December 31, 2012   December 31, 2011 
   Carrying   Fair Value   Carrying   Fair 
   Amount   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total   Amount   Value 
   (in thousands) 

Financial assets:

              

Investment securities

  $1,235,984    $216,337    $1,021,133    $—      $1,237,470    $1,483,158    $1,486,935  

Derivatives

   777     —       777     —       777     1,729     1,729  

Loans, net

   5,613,891     —       5,133,351     129,304     5,262,655     4,680,899     4,420,006  

Financial liabilities:

              

Deposits

   6,455,177     —       6,458,100     —       6,458,100     5,658,512     5,660,518  

Customer repurchases

   79,034     —       79,034     —       79,034     123,626     123,626  

FHLB and FRB advances

   120,000     —       120,000     —       120,000     280,000     280,000  

Other borrowed funds

   73,717     —       —       85,125     85,125     73,321     78,375  

Junior subordinated debt

   36,218     —       —       36,218     36,218     36,985     36,985  

Derivatives

   751     —       751     —       751     946     946  

Interest rate risk

The Company assumes interest rate risk (the risk to the Company’s earnings and capital from changes in interest rate levels) as a result of its normal operations. As a result, the fair values of the Company’s financial instruments as well as its future net interest income will change when interest rate levels change and that change may be either favorable or unfavorable to the Company.

Interest rate risk exposure is measured using interest rate sensitivity analysis to determine our change in net portfolio value and net interest income resulting from hypothetical changes in interest rates. If potential changes to net portfolio value and net interest income resulting from hypothetical interest rate changes are not within the limits established by the Board of Directors, the Board of Directors may direct management to adjust the asset and liability mix to bring interest rate risk within board-approved limits. As of December 31, 2012, the Company’s interest rate risk profile was within Board-approved limits.

 

124


Table of Contents

Each of the Company’s subsidiary banks has an Asset and Liability Management Committee charged with managing interest rate risk within Board approved limits. Such limits may vary by bank based on local strategy and other considerations, but in all cases, are structured to prohibit an interest rate risk profile that is significantly asset or liability sensitive. There also exists an Asset and Liability Management Committee at the holding company level that reviews the interest rate risk of each subsidiary bank, as well as an aggregated position for the entire Company.

Fair value of commitments

The estimated fair value of standby letters of credit outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2011 was insignificant. Loan commitments on which the committed interest rates were less than the current market rate are also insignificant at December 31, 2012 and 2011.

17. PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The condensed financial statements of the holding company are presented in the following pages.

WESTERN ALLIANCE BANCORPORATION

Condensed Balance Sheets

 

   December 31, 
   2012  2011 
   (in thousands) 

ASSETS:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

  $16,521   $13,047  

Securities available for sale

   42,455    33,873  

Investment in subsidiaries

   788,163    669,631  

Loans held for investment, net

   12,365    —    

Other assets

   19,207    38,439  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total assets

  $878,711   $754,990  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:

   

Borrowings

  $73,717   $73,321  

Accrued interest and other liabilities

   9,160    8,001  

Junior subordinated debt

   36,218    36,985  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   119,095    118,307  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

   

Preferred stock

   141,000    141,000  

Common stock

   9    8  

Additional paid-in capital

   784,852    743,780  

Accumulated deficit

   (174,471  (243,512

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

   8,226    (4,593
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

   759,616    636,683  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $878,711   $754,990  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

125


Table of Contents

WESTERN ALLIANCE BANCORPORATION

Condensed Statements of Operations

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2012  2011  2010 
   (in thousands) 

Interest and dividend income

  $2,105   $1,502   $1,716  

Interest expense on borrowings

   10,522    10,241    5,642  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net interest expense

   (8,417  (8,739  (3,926

Provision for credit losses

   300    —      —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net interest expense after provision for credit losses

   (8,717  (8,739  (3,926

Other income (loss):

    

Income (loss) from consolidated subsidiaries

   72,398    45,336    (5,843

Fair value gains (losses)

   767    6,050    (540

Other income

   26,796    4,190    15,263  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total other income

   99,961    55,576    8,880  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Expenses:

    

Salaries and employee benefits

   20,927    13,751    10,256  

Other

   8,836    11,342    9,662  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total non-interest expenses

   29,763    25,093    19,918  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income tax benefit

   61,481    21,744    (14,964

Income tax benefit (expense)

   11,353    9,750    7,769  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   72,834    31,494    (7,195

Preferred stock dividends

   3,793    7,033    7,000  

Accretion on preferred stock discount

   —      9,173    2,882  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income (loss) available to common stockholders

  $69,041   $15,288   $(17,077
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

126


Table of Contents

Western Alliance Bancorporation

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2012  2011  2010 
   (in thousands) 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

    

Net income (loss)

  $72,834   $31,494   $(7,195

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in (provided by) operating activities:

    

Equity in net undistributed (earnings) losses of consolidated subsidiaries

   (72,398  (45,336  5,843  

Dividends received from subsidiaries

   18,499    4,192    517  

Provision for credit losses

   300    —      —    

Stock-based compensation expense

   3,488    1,237    1,268  

Trust preferred securities fair value (gains) losses

   (767  (6,049  596  

Net amortization of premiums on investment securities

   53    201    112  

Gain on acquisition of Western Liberty

   (17,562  —      —    

Gain on sale of securities

   (912  (50  (11,681

Gain on sale of minority interest and Shine

   (892  —      —    

(Increase) decrease in other assets

   32,553    40,858    16,535  

Deferred taxes

   8,213    (1,343  (4,096

Increase in other liabilities

   1,555    2,923    2,483  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

   44,964    28,127    4,382  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

    

Purchases of securities

   (26,765  (5,000  (23,568

Proceeds from sales/maturities of securities

   13,622    3,159    52,815  

Purchase of premises and equipment

   (23  (155  (37

Proceeds from business divestitures

   1,300    —      2,284  

Investment in subsidiaries, net

   (18,474  (8,000  (120,500

Purchase of loans, net

   (12,665  —      —    

Purchase of other repossesed assets, net

   (1,640  (4,965  (50,836

Proceeds from sale of other repossesed assets,net

   4,146    3,415    2,387  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

   (40,499  (11,546  (137,455
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

    

Net (repayments) proceeds from borrowings

   —      —      72,844  

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

   2,802    362    359  

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock

   —      141,000    —    

Redemption of preferred stock

   —      (140,000  —    

Dividends paid

   (3,793  (7,033  (7,000

Repurchase of warrant

   —      (415  —    

Proceeds from stock issuances, net

   —      —      47,574  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

   (991  (6,086  113,777  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   3,474    10,495    (19,296

Cash and Cash Equivalents, beginning of year

   13,047    2,552    21,848  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents, end of year

  $16,521   $13,047   $2,552  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

127


Table of Contents

18. SEGMENTS

The Company provides a full range of banking and investment advisory services through its consolidated subsidiaries. Applicable guidance provides that the identification of reportable segments be on the basis of discreet business units and their financial information to the extent such units are reviewed by the entity’s chief decision maker.

At December 31, 2012, the Company consists of the following segments: “Bank of Nevada”, “Western Alliance Bank”, “Torrey Pines Bank” and “Other” (Western Alliance Bancorporation holding company, Western Alliance Equipment Finance, Las Vegas Sunset Properties, Shine Investment Advisory Services, Inc.[until October 31, 2012] , and the discontinued operations.)

The accounting policies of the reported segments are the same as those of the Company as described in Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.” Transactions between segments consist primarily of borrowed funds and loan participations. Federal funds purchased and sold and other borrowed funding transactions that resulted in inter-segment profits were eliminated for reporting consolidated results of operations. Loan participations were recorded at par value with no resulting gain or loss. The Company allocated centrally provided services to the operating segments based upon estimated usage of those services.

The Company does not have a single external customer from which it derives 10 percent or more of its revenues.

The following is a summary of selected operating segment information as of and for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010:

 

At December 31, 2012  Bank
of Nevada
  Western
Alliance Bank
  Torrey
Pines Bank*
  Other  Inter-
segment
elimi-
nations
  Consoli-
dated
Company
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Assets

  $3,029.1   $2,565.1   $2,019.8   $902.0   $(893.4 $7,622.6  

Held for sale loans

   —      —      31.1    —      —      31.1  

Held to maturity loans and deferred fees, net

   2,183.3    2,037.1    1,477.1    23.5    (42.8  5,678.2  

Less: Allowance for credit losses

   (58.2  (21.3  (15.6  (0.3  —      (95.4
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loans

   2,125.1    2,015.8    1,461.5    23.2    (42.8  5,582.8  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Goodwill

   23.2    —      —      —      —      23.2  

Deposits

   2,569.1    2,224.2    1,679.3    —      (17.4  6,455.2  

FHLB advances and other

   —      25.0    95.0    —      —      120.0  

Stockholders’ equity

   378.2    224.0    169.1    780.9    (792.6  759.6  

No. of branches

   12    16    12    —      —      40  

No. of FTE

   400    254    233    95    —      982  
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2012:  (in thousands) 

Net interest income

  $113,181   $98,309   $86,653   $(7,880 $—     $290,263  

Provision for credit losses

   35,378    2,584    8,582    300    —      46,844  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net interest income (loss) after provision for credit losses

   77,803    95,725    78,071    (8,180  —      243,419  

Non-interest income (1)

   16,401    6,566    3,875    29,684    (11,800  44,726  

Non-interest expense

   (72,052  (49,141  (44,841  (34,626  11,800    (188,860
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

   22,152    53,150    37,105    (13,122  —      99,285  

Income tax expense (benefit)

   4,033    16,380    14,401    (10,853  —      23,961  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   18,119    36,770    22,704    (2,269  —      75,324  

Loss from discontinued operations, net

   —      —      —      (2,490  —      (2,490
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $18,119   $36,770   $22,704   $(4,759 $—     $72,834  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

*Excludes discontinued operations
(1)Includes bargain purchase gain on acquisition

 

128


Table of Contents
   Bank of
Nevada
  Western
Alliance
Bank
  Torrey
Pines
Bank*
  Other  Inter-
segment
elimi-
nations
  Consoli-
dated
Company
 
At December 31, 2011  (dollars in millions) 

Assets

  $2,877.6   $2,234.7   $1,728.4   $762.3   $(758.5 $6,844.5  

Gross loans and deferred fees, net

   1,859.1    1,644.9    1,318.9    —      (42.8  4,780.1  

Less: Allowance for credit losses

   (61.0  (21.7  (16.5  —      —      (99.2
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loans

   1,798.1    1,623.2    1,302.4    —      (42.8  4,680.9  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Goodwill

   23.2    —      —      2.7    —      25.9  

Deposits

   2,377.3    1,877.5    1,416.8    —      (13.1  5,658.5  

FHLB advances and other

   115.0    55.0    110.0    —      —      280.0  

Stockholders’ equity

   320.8    192.7    152.8    644.0    (673.6  636.7  

No. of branches

   11    16    12    —      —      39  

No. of FTE

   405    222    214    101    —      942  
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2011:  (in thousands) 

Net interest income

  $107,316   $82,949   $76,143   $(8,740 $—     $257,668  

Provision for credit losses

   29,623    10,076    6,489    —      —      46,188  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net interest income (loss) after provision for credit losses

   77,693    72,873    69,654    (8,740  —      211,480  

Non-interest income

   17,221    7,378    5,085    12,781    (8,008  34,457  

Non-interest expense

   (85,813  (49,517  (41,559  (26,717  8,008    (195,598
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

   9,101    30,734    33,180    (22,676  —      50,339  

Income tax expense (benefit)

   1,626    10,890    13,676    (9,343  —      16,849  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income(loss) from continuing operations

   7,475    19,844    19,504    (13,333  —      33,490  

Loss from discontinued operations, net

   —      —      —      (1,996  —      (1,996
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $7,475   $19,844   $19,504   $(15,329 $—     $31,494  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

*Excludes discontinued operations

 

Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2010:  (in thousands) 

Net interest income

  $104,536   $69,223   $62,714   $(3,920 $—     $232,553  

Provision for credit losses

   76,669    6,374    10,168    —      —      93,211  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for credit losses

   27,867    62,849    52,546    (3,920  —      139,342  

Non-interest income

   21,053    9,369    4,489    13,598    (1,673  46,836  

Noninterest expense

   (90,336  (51,270  (38,893  (17,932  1,673    (196,758
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

   (41,416  20,948    18,142    (8,254  —      (10,580

Income tax expense (benefit)

   (15,010  8,147    7,825    (7,372  —      (6,410
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income(loss) from continuing

    —        

operations

   (26,406  12,801    10,317    (882  —      (4,170

Loss from discontinued operations, net

   —      —      —      (3,025  —      (3,025
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $(26,406 $12,801   $10,317   $(3,907 $—     $(7,195
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

*Excludes discontinued operations

 

129


Table of Contents

19. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

 

   December 31, 
   2012 
   Fourth
Quarter
  Third
Quarter
  Second
Quarter
  First
Quarter
 
   (in thousands, except per share amounts) 

Interest and dividend income

  $84,343   $78,669   $77,846   $77,437  

Interest expense

   6,888    6,723    7,041    7,380  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net interest income

   77,455    71,946    70,805    70,057  

Provision for credit losses

   11,501    8,932    13,330    13,081  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for credit losses

   65,954    63,014    57,475    56,976  

Non-interest income

   24,463    6,982    7,397    5,884  

Non-interest expenses

   (48,989  (47,543  (45,431  (46,897
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

   41,428    22,453    19,441    15,963  

Income tax expense

   7,509    6,752    5,259    4,441  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

   33,919    15,701    14,182    11,522  

Loss from discontinued operations net of tax benefit

   (1,804  (243  (221  (222
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income

   32,115    15,458    13,961    11,300  

Dividends and accretion on preferred stock

   353    352    1,325    1,763  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income available to common shareholders

  $31,762   $15,106   $12,636   $9,537  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

     

Basic

  $0.38   $0.18   $0.15   $0.12  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Diluted

  $0.37   $0.18   $0.15   $0.12  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   December 31, 
   2011 
   Fourth
Quarter
  Third
Quarter
  Second
Quarter
  First
Quarter
 
   (in thousands, except per share amounts) 

Interest and dividend income

  $76,846   $74,133   $73,646   $71,966  

Interest expense

   8,147    9,548    10,360    10,868  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net interest income

   68,699    64,585    63,286    61,098  

Provision for credit losses

   13,076    11,180    11,891    10,041  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for credit losses

   55,623    53,405    51,395    51,057  

Non-interest income

   4,948    13,082    9,597    6,830  

Non-interest expenses

   (50,963  (45,481  (51,008  (48,146
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

   9,608    21,006    9,984    9,741  

Income tax expense

   2,011    7,514    3,295    4,029  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

   7,597    13,492    6,689    5,712  

Loss from discontinued operations net of tax benefit

   (496  (481  (460  (559
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income

   7,101    13,011    6,229    5,153  

Dividends and accretion on preferred stock

   1,781    9,419    2,503    2,503  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income available to common shareholders

  $5,320   $3,592   $3,726   $2,650  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

     

Basic

  $0.07   $0.04   $0.05   $0.03  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Diluted

  $0.07   $0.04   $0.05   $0.03  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

130


Table of Contents
ITEM 9.CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

 

ITEM 9A.CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

As of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, an evaluation was carried out by the Company’s management, with the participation of its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e), under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Based upon that evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report. No changes were made to the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) during the last fiscal quarter that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

MANAGEMENTS REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

The management of Western Alliance Bancorporation (“the Company”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Company’s financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

As of December 31, 2012, management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting established in “Internal Control-Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Based on this assessment, management determined that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on those criteria. The Company acquired Western Liberty Bancorp on October 17, 2012 with total assets of $195.5 million and total deposits of $117.2 million. The net assets acquired as a result of the Western Liberty Bancorp acquisition and the related operating results are included in the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the period ended December 31, 2012. In accordance with guidance issued by the SEC, companies are allowed to exclude acquisitions for their assessment of internal controls over financial reporting during the first year subsequent to the acquisition while integrating the acquired operations. Based on this, management’s evaluation of internal control over financial reporting of the Company excluded an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of the net assets and related operating results as a result of the Western Liberty Bancorp acquisition.

McGladrey LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the consolidated financial statements of the Company included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012. The report, which expresses an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, is included herein.

 

131


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders

Western Alliance Bancorporation

We have audited Western Alliance Bancorporation’s (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Western Alliance Bancorporation’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

As described in Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, management has excluded the net assets acquired and related operating results from Western Liberty Bancorp (Western Liberty) as of December 31, 2012, because Western Liberty was acquired by the Company in a business combination in the fourth quarter of 2012. We have also excluded from our audit of internal control over financial reporting the net assets and related operating results from the Western Liberty acquisition. The total assets and deposits of Western Liberty as of the acquisition date of October 17, 2012 were $195.5 million and $117.2 million, respectively.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (a) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (b) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (c) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Western Alliance Bancorporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established inInternal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements of Western Alliance Bancorporation and our report dated March 1, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion.

/s/ McGLADREY LLP

Phoenix, Arizona

March 1, 2013

 

132


Table of Contents
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

Not applicable.

PART III

 

ITEM 10.DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 21, 2013.

The Company has adopted a Code of Conduct applicable to all of our directors and employees, including the principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. A copy of the Code of Conduct is available on the Company’s website at www.westernalliancebancorp.com.

 

ITEM 11.EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 21, 2013.

 

ITEM 12.SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 21, 2013.

 

ITEM 13.CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 21, 2013.

 

ITEM 14.PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 21, 2013.

 

133


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

ITEM 15.EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(1) The following financial statements are incorporated by reference from Item 8 hereto:

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   Page 71  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011

   Page 72  

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

   Page 73  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the three years ended December  31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

   Page 75  

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the three years ended December  31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

   Page 76  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

   Page 77  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   Page 79  

(2) Financial Statement Schedules

Not applicable.

On the Exhibit Index, a “±” identifies each management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this Annual Report.

EXHIBITS

 

2.1  Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of August 17, 2012, by and between Western Alliance Bancorporation and Western Liberty Bancorp (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Western Alliance’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 22, 2012).
3.1  Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Amendment No. 1 to Western Alliance’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on June 7, 2005).
3.2  Amended and Restated By-Laws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Western Alliance’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 25, 2008).
3.3  Certificate of Designations for the Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, of Western Alliance Bancorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Western Alliance’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 25, 2008).
3.4  Amended and Restated By-Laws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Western Alliance’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 25, 2008).
3.5  Amendment to Amended and Restated By-Laws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Western Alliance’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 20, 2010).
3.6  Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Western Alliance Bancorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Western Alliance’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 3, 2010).
3.7  Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Western Alliance Bancorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Western Alliance’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 30, 2010).

 

134


Table of Contents
3.8  Certificate of Designations for the Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B, of Western Alliance Bancorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Western Alliance Bancorporation’s Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 28, 2011).
3.9  Certificate of Correction to the Certificate of Designations for the Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B, of Western Alliance Bancorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.9 to Western Alliance’s Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 8, 2011).
4.1  Form of common stock certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Amendment No. 3 to Western Alliance’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on June 27, 2005).
4.2  Form of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, stock certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Western Alliance’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 25, 2008).
4.3  Form of Warrant to purchase shares of Western Alliance Bancorporation common stock, dated December 12, 2003, together with a schedule of warrant holders (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Western Alliance’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on April 28, 2005). ±
4.4  Warrant, dated November 21, 2008, by and between Western Alliance Bancorporation and the United States Department of the Treasury (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Western Alliance’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 25, 2008).
4.5  Senior Debt Indenture, dated August 25, 2010, between Western Alliance Bancorporation and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Western Alliance’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 25, 2010).
4.6  First Supplemental Indenture, dated August 25, 2010, between Western Alliance Bancorporation and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Western Alliance’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 25, 2010).
4.7  Form of 10.00% Senior Notes due 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Western Alliance’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 25, 2010).
4.8  Form of Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B, stock certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to Western Alliance’s Annual Report on form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 2, 2012).
10.1  Western Alliance Bancorporation 2005 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Western Alliance’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 6, 2012). ±
10.2  Form of BankWest Nevada Corporation Incentive Stock Option Plan Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Western Alliance’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on April 28, 2005). ±
10.3  Form of Western Alliance Incentive Stock Option Plan Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Western Alliance’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on April 28, 2005). ±
10.4  Form of Western Alliance 2002 Stock Option Plan Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Western Alliance’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on April 28, 2005). ±
10.5  Form of Western Alliance 2002 Stock Option Plan Agreement (with double trigger acceleration clause) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Western Alliance’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on April 28, 2005). ±
10.6  Form of Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Western Alliance’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on April 28, 2005). ±
10.11  Form of Non-Competition Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Western Alliance’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on April 28, 2005). ±

 

135


Table of Contents
10.13  Securities Purchase Agreement, dated September 29, 2008, by and among Western Alliance Bancorporation and certain other parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Western Alliance’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 2, 2008).
10.14  Registration Rights Agreement, dated September 29, 2008, by and among Western Alliance Bancorporation and certain other parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Western Alliance’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 2, 2008).
10.15  Letter Agreement, dated November 21, 2008, between Western Alliance Bancorporation and the United States Department of the Treasury, and the Securities Purchase Agreement – Standard Terms attached thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Western Alliance’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 25, 2008).
10.17  Western Alliance Bancorporation 2009 Annual Bonus Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Western Alliance’s Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 10, 2009). ±
10.18  Western Alliance Bancorporation 2010 Annual Bonus Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to Western Alliance’s Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 16, 2010). ±
10.19  Western Alliance Bancorporation 2011 Annual Bonus Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10,19 to Western Alliance’s Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 7, 2011). ±
10.20  Western Alliance Bancorporation 2012 Annual Bonus Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to Western Alliance’s Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 3, 2012). ±
10.21  Western Alliance Bancorporation 2013 Annual Bonus Plan. ±
10.22  Bank of Nevada 2009 Annual Bonus Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Western Alliance’s Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 10. 2009). ±
10.23  Bank of Nevada 2010 Annual Bonus Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to Western Alliance’s Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 16, 2010). ±
10.25  Torrey Pines Bank 2009 Annual Bonus Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Western Alliance’s Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 10. 2009). ±
10.26  Torrey Pines Bank 2010 Annual Bonus Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to Western Alliance’s Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 16, 2010). ±
10.27  First Independent Bank of Nevada 2009 Annual Bonus Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Western Alliance’s Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 10, 2009). ±
10.28  First Independent Bank of Nevada 2010 Annual Bonus Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to Western Alliance’s Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 16, 2010). ±
10.29  Alliance Bank of Arizona 2009 Annual Bonus Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Western Alliance’s Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 10, 2009). ±
10.30  Alliance Bank of Arizona 2010 Annual Bonus Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to Western Alliance’s Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 16, 2010). ±
10.31  Alta Alliance Bank 2009 Annual Bonus Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Western Alliance’s Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 10, 2009). ±
10.32  Alta Alliance Bank 2010 Annual Bonus Plan. ±(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to Western Alliance’s Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 16, 2010)
10.33  Underwriting Agreement, dated May 14, 2009, by and between Western Alliance Bancorporation and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to Western Alliance’s Form 8-K/A filed with the SEC on August 10, 2009).

 

136


Table of Contents
10.34  Employment letter dated April 2, 2010, between Western Alliance Bancorporation and Kenneth Vecchione (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to Western Alliance’s Form 10-Q/A filed with the SEC on August 18, 2010).
10.35  Underwriting Agreement, dated August 19, 2010, by and between Western Alliance Bancorporation and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to Western Alliance’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 24, 2010).
10.36  Underwriting Agreement, dated August 20, 2010, by and among Western Alliance Bancorporation and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to Western Alliance’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 25, 2010).
10.37  Small Business Lending Fund – Securities Purchase Agreement, dated September 27, 2011, between Western Alliance Bancorporation and the Secretary of the Treasury (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Western Alliance’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 27, 2011).
10.38  Repurchase Agreement, dated September 27, 2011, between Western Alliance Bancorporation and the United States Department of the Treasury (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Western Alliance’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 27, 2011).
10.39  Western Alliance Bancorporation Change in Control Severance Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Western Alliance’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 25, 2012). ±
21.1  List of Subsidiaries of Western Alliance Bancorporation.
23.1  Consent of McGladrey LLP.
24.1  Power of Attorney (see signature page).
31.1  CEO Certification Pursuant Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-a4(a).
31.2  CFO Certification Pursuant Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a).
32  CEO and CFO Certification Pursuant 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002.

Stockholders may obtain copies of exhibits by writing to: Dale Gibbons, Western Alliance Bancorporation, One East Washington Street Suite 1400, Phoenix, AZ 85004.

 

137


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

  WESTERN ALLIANCE BANCORPORATION
March 1, 2013  By: /s/ Robert Sarver
   Robert Sarver
   Chairman of the Board and
   Chief Executive Officer

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Robert Sarver and Dale Gibbons, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully and to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant in their listed capacities on March 1, 2013.

 

138


Table of Contents

Name

  

Title

/S/ Robert Sarver

  Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

Robert Sarver

  (Principal Executive Officer)

/S/ Dale Gibbons

  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial

Dale Gibbons

  Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

/S/ J. Kelly Ardrey Jr.

  Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer

J. Kelly Ardrey Jr.

  

/S/ Kenneth A. Vecchione

  Director, President and Chief Operating Officer

Kenneth A Vecchione

  

/S/ Bruce D. Beach

  Director

Bruce D. Beach

  

/S/ William S. Boyd

  Director

William S. Boyd

  

/S/ Steven J. Hilton

  Director

Steven J. Hilton

  

/S/ Marianne Boyd Johnson

  Director

Marianne Boyd Johnson

  

/S/ Cary Mack

  Director

Cary Mack

  

/S/ Todd Marshall

  Director

Todd Marshall

  

/S/ M. Nafees Nagy

  Director

M. Nafees Nagy

  

/S/ James Nave

  Director

James Nave

  

/S/ John Peter Sande III

  Director

John Peter Sande III

  

/S/ Donald D. Snyder

  Director

Donald D. Snyder

  

/S/ Sung Won Sohn

  Director

Sung Won Sohn

  

 

139